]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge changes from emacs-24; up to 2012-04-26T02:03:19Z!ueno@unixuser.org
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20355 10021))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
34
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
36
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39
40 \(fn)" t nil)
41
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44
45 \(fn)" t nil)
46
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49
50 \(fn)" t nil)
51
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
55
56 \(fn)" t nil)
57
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
60
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
65
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
73
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
80
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
82
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
85
86 \(fn)" t nil)
87
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
93
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
96
97 \(fn)" t nil)
98
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
104
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
108
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
110
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
119
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
121
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
126
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
128
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
132
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
134
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
141
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
143
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
146
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
148
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
151
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
156
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
160
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
164
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
166
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
171
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
174
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
176
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
180
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
184
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
188
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
192
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
195
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
197
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
202
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
204
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
211
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
213
214 \(fn)" t nil)
215
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
218
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
221
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
224
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
227
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
230
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
236
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
238
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
240
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
246
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
249
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
251
252 ;;;***
253 \f
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20355 10021))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
258
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
269
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
271
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
280
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
282
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
285
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
287
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
290
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
292
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
295
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
301
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
305
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
311
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
315
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
317
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
319
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
336
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
338
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
342
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
346
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
361
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
366
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
369
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
372
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
375
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
380
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
387
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
392
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
394
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
396
397 ;;;***
398 \f
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20355 10021))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
403
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
411
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
415
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
420
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
422
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
434
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
437
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
442
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
446
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
455
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
465
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
475
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
477
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
480
481 \(fn)" t nil)
482
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
485
486 \(fn)" t nil)
487
488 ;;;***
489 \f
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20399 35365))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
494
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
497
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
499
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
501
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
504
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
507
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
510
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
512
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
515
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
519
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
523
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
526
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
529
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
531
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
533
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
535
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
537
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
541
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
543
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
545
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
547
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
549
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
553
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
555
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
557
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
559
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
561
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
563
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
565
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
568
569 \(fn)" nil (quote macro))
570
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
576
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
584 outline.)
585
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
587
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
596
597 and many other features.
598
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
604
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
615
616 Exposure Control:
617 ----------------
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
623
624 Navigation:
625 ----------
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
636
637
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
643
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
649 current topic
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
656
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
667
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
672
673 Misc commands:
674 -------------
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
677 for `allout-layout'.
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
686 format.
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
689 auto-activation.
690
691 Topic Encryption
692
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
696
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
702
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
709 signal.
710
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
713 for details.
714
715 HOT-SPOT Operation
716
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
719
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
725
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
731
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
739
740 Extending Allout
741
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
745
746 `allout-mode-hook'
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
750 `allout-structure-added-functions'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
755
756 Terminology
757
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
759
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
763 CURRENT ITEM:
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
767 called the:
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
769
770 ANCESTORS:
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
773 of the ITEM.
774 OFFSPRING:
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
776 SUBTOPIC:
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
778 CHILD:
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
780 SIBLINGS:
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
782
783 Topic text constituents:
784
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
786 text.
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
789 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
797 the PREFIX.
798
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
800 of the ITEM.
801 PREFIX-LEAD:
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
805
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
813 PREFIX-PADDING:
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
825 more details.
826 EXPOSURE:
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
829 CONCEALED:
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
832
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
836
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
840
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
843
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
846
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
848
849 ;;;***
850 \f
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20385 23626))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
855
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
857
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
860
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
862
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
864
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
867
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
869 visiting an outline.
870
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
873
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
877
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
879
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
881
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
883
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
889
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
893
894 The graphics include:
895
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
897
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
900
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
903
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
907
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
909
910 ;;;***
911 \f
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20373 11301))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
915
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
917
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
924
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
926
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
928
929
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
931
932 ;;;***
933 \f
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20355 10021))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
937
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
945
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
947
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
954
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
956
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
962
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
964
965 ;;;***
966 \f
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20394 17446))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
970
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
973
974 \(fn)" t nil)
975
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
978
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
983
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
986
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
988
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
990
991 ;;;***
992 \f
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20355 10021))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
996
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1002 \\[yank].
1003
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1007 the rules.
1008
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" t nil)
1015
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1018
1019 \(fn)" t nil)
1020
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1024
1025 \(fn)" nil nil)
1026
1027 ;;;***
1028 \f
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1032
1033 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1039
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1041
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1046
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1048
1049 ;;;***
1050 \f
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20374 32165))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1055
1056 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1057 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1058 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1059 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1060
1061 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1062 kind of objects to search.
1063
1064 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1072
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1074 normal variables.
1075
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1077
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1079
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1086
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1089
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1092
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1095
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1100
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1102
1103 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1107
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1112
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1115
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1117
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1119
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1125
1126 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1127
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1134
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1138
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1140
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1142
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1149
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1154
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1156
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1158
1159 ;;;***
1160 \f
1161 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20387
1162 ;;;;;; 44199))
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1164
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1171
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1174 archive.
1175
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1177
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1179
1180 ;;;***
1181 \f
1182 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20355 10021))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1184
1185 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1187
1188 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1191
1192 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1193
1194 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1197
1198 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1202 The variables are:
1203
1204 Variables you assign:
1205 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1206 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1207 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1209 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210 row numbers in the buffer.
1211
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1215
1216 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1218
1219 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1220 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1221 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1222 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1228
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1232 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1233
1234 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235 between that of point and mark.
1236
1237 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1238 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1239
1240 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1241 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1242 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243 newlines inside rows)
1244
1245 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1246
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1248
1249 \(fn)" t nil)
1250
1251 ;;;***
1252 \f
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20357
1254 ;;;;;; 58785))
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1256
1257 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1258 Toggle Artist mode.
1259 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1260 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1261 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262
1263 How to quit Artist mode
1264
1265 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1266
1267
1268 How to submit a bug report
1269
1270 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1271
1272
1273 Drawing with the mouse:
1274
1275 mouse-2
1276 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1277 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1278 below).
1279
1280 mouse-1
1281 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1282 or pastes:
1283
1284 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1287 to new point
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1304 lines
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 Paste Paste Paste
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314
1315 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1316 or diagonally.
1317
1318 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1319 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1320 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1321 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1322 poly-lines.
1323
1324 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1325 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1326 overwrite means the opposite.
1327
1328 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1329 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1330 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331
1332 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333
1334 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1335 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1336
1337 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1338 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1339 are currently drawing something.
1340
1341 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1342 some time to fill.
1343
1344
1345 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1346 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1347
1348
1349 Settings
1350
1351 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352
1353 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354
1355 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356
1357 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358
1359 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1360 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361
1362 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1363
1364
1365 Drawing with keys
1366
1367 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1368 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1369 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1370 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1371 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1372 When pasting: Pastes
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375
1376 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377
1378 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1379 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1380 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1381 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1382 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1383 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1384
1385
1386 Arrows
1387
1388 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1389 of the line/poly-line
1390
1391 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1392 of the line/poly-line
1393
1394
1395 Selecting operation
1396
1397 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398
1399 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1403 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1406 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1418 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1419
1420
1421 Variables
1422
1423 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1424 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425
1426 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1427 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1428 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1429 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1430 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1431 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1432 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1433 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1434 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1435 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1436 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1439 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1440 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1441 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1442 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1443 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1444 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1445
1446 Hooks
1447
1448 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1449
1450
1451 Keymap summary
1452
1453 \\{artist-mode-map}
1454
1455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1456
1457 ;;;***
1458 \f
1459 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20355
1460 ;;;;;; 10021))
1461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1462
1463 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1464 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1465 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1466
1467 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1471
1472 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1473 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1474
1475 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1476 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1477
1478 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1479
1480 Special commands:
1481 \\{asm-mode-map}
1482
1483 \(fn)" t nil)
1484
1485 ;;;***
1486 \f
1487 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1488 ;;;;;; (20381 5411))
1489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1490
1491 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1492 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1493 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1494 let-binding.")
1495
1496 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1497
1498 ;;;***
1499 \f
1500 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1501 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
1502 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1503
1504 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1505 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1506 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1507
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1509
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1515
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1524
1525 For example:
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1531
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1533
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1535
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1541 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1542
1543 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1544
1545 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1546 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1548 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1549 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1550
1551 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1552 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1553 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1554
1555 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1556
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558
1559 ;;;***
1560 \f
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1562 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1564
1565 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1566 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1567
1568 \(fn)" t nil)
1569
1570 ;;;***
1571 \f
1572 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1573 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20387 44199))
1574 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1575
1576 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1578 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1579
1580 \(fn)" t nil)
1581
1582 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1583 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1584 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1585 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1586
1587 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1588
1589 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1590 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1591 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1595
1596 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1597
1598 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1599 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1603
1604 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1605 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1606
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1608
1609 ;;;***
1610 \f
1611 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1612 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1613 ;;;;;; (20423 17700))
1614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1615
1616 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1617
1618 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1619
1620 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1621 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1622 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1623
1624 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1625 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1626 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1627 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1628 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1629
1630 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1631
1632 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1633
1634 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1635 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1636 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1637 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1638 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1639
1640 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1641 directory or directories specified.
1642
1643 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1644 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1645 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1646 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1647 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1648 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1649
1650 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1651
1652 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1653 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1654 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1655 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1656 should be non-nil).
1657
1658 \(fn)" nil nil)
1659
1660 ;;;***
1661 \f
1662 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1663 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1664 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20373 11301))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1666
1667 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1668 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1670 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1671 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1672
1673 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1674 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1675 disk changes.
1676
1677 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1678 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1679 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1680
1681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1682
1683 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1684 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1685
1686 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1687 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1688
1689 \(fn)" nil nil)
1690
1691 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1692 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1694 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1695 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1696
1697 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1698 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1699 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1700 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1701 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1702
1703 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1704 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1705 writing before you save the file!
1706
1707 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1708
1709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1710
1711 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1712 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1713
1714 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1715 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1716
1717 \(fn)" nil nil)
1718
1719 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1720 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1721 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1723 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1724 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1725
1726 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1727
1728 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1729 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1731 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1732 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1733
1734 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1735 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1736 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1737
1738 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1739 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1740 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1741 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1742 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1743
1744 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1745 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1746 specifies in the mode line.
1747
1748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1749
1750 ;;;***
1751 \f
1752 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1753 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20369 14251))
1754 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1755
1756 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1757 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1758 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1761
1762 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1763
1764 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1765 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1766 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1767 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1768
1769 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1770 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1771 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1772
1773 Effects of the different modes:
1774 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1775 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1776 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1777 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1778 a random distance & direction.
1779 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1780 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1781 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1782
1783 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1784
1785 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1786 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1787 definition of \"random distance\".)
1788
1789 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1790
1791 ;;;***
1792 \f
1793 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1794 ;;;;;; (20369 14251))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1796 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1797
1798 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1799 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1800 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1801 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1802
1803 \(fn)" t nil)
1804
1805 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1806 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1807 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1809 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1810 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1811
1812 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1813
1814 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1815 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1817 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1818 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1819
1820 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1821 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1822 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1823 seconds.
1824
1825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1826
1827 ;;;***
1828 \f
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1830 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20355 10021))
1831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1832
1833 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1834 Time execution of FORMS.
1835 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1836 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1837 FORMS once.
1838 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1839 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1840 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1841
1842 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1843
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1846 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1847 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1848 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1849
1850 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1851
1852 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1853 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1854 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1855 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1856 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1857
1858 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1859
1860 ;;;***
1861 \f
1862 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1863 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20355 10021))
1864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1865
1866 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1867 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1868 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1869 of corresponding buffers.
1870 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1871 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1872 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1873 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1874 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1875 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1876
1877 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1878
1879 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1880 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1881
1882 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1883
1884 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1885 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1886 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1887 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1888
1889 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1890 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1891 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1892 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1893 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1894
1895 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1896 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1897
1898
1899 Special information:
1900
1901 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1902
1903 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1904 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1905 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1906 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1907 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1908 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1909 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1910 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1911 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1912 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1913 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1914
1915 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1916 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1917 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1918 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1919 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1920 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1921 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1922 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1923
1924 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1925
1926 ----------------------------------------------------------
1927 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1928 if that value is non-nil.
1929
1930 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1931
1932 \(fn)" t nil)
1933
1934 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1935 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1936 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1937 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1938 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1939 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1940 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1941 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1942 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1943 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1944 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1945 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1946
1947 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1948
1949 ;;;***
1950 \f
1951 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1952 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
1953 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1954
1955 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1956 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1957
1958 \(fn)" t nil)
1959
1960 ;;;***
1961 \f
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1963 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1964 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
1965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1966
1967 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1968 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1969
1970 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1971 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1972 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1973
1974 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1975
1976 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1977 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1978
1979 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1980
1981 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1982 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1983
1984 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1985
1986 ;;;***
1987 \f
1988 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20355
1989 ;;;;;; 10021))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1991
1992 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1993 Play blackbox.
1994 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1995
1996 What is blackbox?
1997
1998 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1999 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2000 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2001 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2002 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2003 your score.
2004
2005 Overview of play:
2006
2007 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2008 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2009 four.
2010
2011 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2012 movement keys.
2013
2014 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2015 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2016
2017 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2018 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2019
2020 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2021 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2022 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2023 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2024 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2025 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2026
2027 Details:
2028
2029 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2030
2031 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2032 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2033 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2034 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2035
2036 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2037 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2038 denoted by the letter `R'.
2039
2040 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2041 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2042 denoted by the letter `H'.
2043
2044 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2045 example.
2046
2047 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2048 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2049 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2050 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2051 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2052 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2053 ray.
2054
2055 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2056 degree deflection it causes.
2057
2058 1
2059 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2062 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2063 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2067 2 3
2068
2069 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2070 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2071
2072
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2076 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2081
2082 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2083 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2084 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2085 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2086 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2087 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2088 emerging from the box.
2089
2090 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2091
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2097 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100
2101 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2102 a reflection.
2103
2104 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2105
2106 ;;;***
2107 \f
2108 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2109 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2112 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20399 35365))
2113 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2114 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2115 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2116 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2117
2118 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2119 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2120 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2121 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2122 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2123 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2124 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2125
2126 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2127 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2128 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2129
2130 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2131 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2132 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2133 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2134 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2135 recent one.
2136
2137 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2138 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2139 yank successive words.
2140
2141 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2142 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2143 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2144 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2145 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2146
2147 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2148 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2149 the list of bookmarks.)
2150
2151 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2152
2153 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2154 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2155 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2156 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2157 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2158 this.
2159
2160 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2161 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2162 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2163 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2164
2165 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2166 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2167
2168 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2169 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2170 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2171
2172 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2173
2174 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2175 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2176
2177 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2178
2179 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2180 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2181
2182 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2183 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2184 after a bookmark was set in it.
2185
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2187
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2189 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2190
2191 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2192 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2193
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2195
2196 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2197
2198 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2199 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2200 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2201 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2202
2203 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2204 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2205 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2206
2207 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2208 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2209 name.
2210
2211 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2214 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2215 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2216
2217 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2218 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2219 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2220 this.
2221
2222 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2223
2224 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2225 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2226
2227 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2228 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2229 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2230 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2231 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2232 probably because we were called from there.
2233
2234 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2235
2236 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2237 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2238 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2239
2240 \(fn)" t nil)
2241
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2243 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2244 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2245 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2246 \(second argument).
2247
2248 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2249 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2250 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2251 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2252 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2253
2254 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2255 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2256 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2257 `bookmark-default-file'.
2258
2259 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2260
2261 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2262 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2263 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2264 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2265 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2266 while loading.
2267
2268 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2269 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2270 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2271 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2272 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2273 explicitly.
2274
2275 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2276 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2277 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2278 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2279
2280 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2281
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2283 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2284 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2285 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2286 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2287
2288 \(fn)" t nil)
2289
2290 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2291
2292 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2293
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2295 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2296
2297 \(fn)" t nil)
2298
2299 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2300
2301 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2302
2303 ;;;***
2304 \f
2305 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2306 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2313 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20395 3526))
2314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2315
2316 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2317 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2318 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2319 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2320
2321 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2322 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2323 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2324 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2325 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2326
2327 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2328
2329 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2330 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2331 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2332 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2333 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2334 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2335
2336 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2337
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2340 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2341 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2342 narrowed.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2347 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2348
2349 \(fn)" t nil)
2350
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2352 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2353
2354 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2355
2356 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2358 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2359 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2360 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2361 first, if that exists.
2362
2363 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2364
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2367 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2368 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2369
2370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2371
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2374 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2375 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2376 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2377 to use.
2378
2379 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2380
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2382 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2383 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2384 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2385
2386 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2387
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2390 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2391 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2392
2393 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2394 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2395 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2396 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397
2398 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2399 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2400 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2401
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2406
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2409 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2410 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2411
2412 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2413 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2414 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2415 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416
2417 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2418 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2419 new tab in an existing window instead.
2420
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425
2426 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2429 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2430 Firefox.
2431
2432 When called interactively, if variable
2433 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2434 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2435 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2436 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437
2438 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2439 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2440 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2441
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2443 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444
2445 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2446 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2447 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2448 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2449 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2450 URL in a new window.
2451
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453
2454 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2457 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2458 Chromium.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2465 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2466
2467 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2468 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2469 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2470 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471
2472 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2473 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2474 new tab in an existing window instead.
2475
2476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2480
2481 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2482 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2483
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2488 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2489 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2490
2491 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2492 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2493 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2494 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2495
2496 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2497 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2500
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2503
2504 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2506 program is invoked according to the variable
2507 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2508
2509 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2510 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2511 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2512 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2513
2514 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2515 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2516
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2518
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2522
2523 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2524 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2525 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2526
2527 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2528 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2529 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2530 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2531
2532 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2533 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2534
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536
2537 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2538 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2539 Default to the URL around or before point.
2540
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2543 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544
2545 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2546 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2547
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2549
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2552 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2553 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2554
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2559 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2560 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2561 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2562 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2563
2564 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2568 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2569 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2570 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2571
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2574 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2575 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2576
2577 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2578 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579
2580 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2581
2582 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2583 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2584 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2585 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2586 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2587 current one.
2588
2589 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2590 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2591 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2592 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2593
2594 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2595 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2601 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2602 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2603 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2604 don't offer a form of remote control.
2605
2606 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607
2608 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2609 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2610 Default to the URL around or before point.
2611
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around the point.
2617
2618 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2619 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2620
2621 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2622 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2623
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2625
2626 ;;;***
2627 \f
2628 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2629 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20369 14251))
2630 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2631
2632 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2633 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2634 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2635 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2636
2637 \(fn)" t nil)
2638
2639 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2640 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2641 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2642 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2643
2644 \(fn)" t nil)
2645
2646 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2647 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2648
2649 \(fn)" t nil)
2650
2651 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2652 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2653 \\<bs-mode-map>
2654 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2655 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2656 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2657 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2658
2659 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2660 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2661 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2662 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2663 name of buffer configuration.
2664
2665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2666
2667 ;;;***
2668 \f
2669 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20355 10021))
2670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2671
2672 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2673 Play Bubbles game.
2674 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2675 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2676 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2677 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2678 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2679 columns on its right towards the left.
2680
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2683 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2684 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2685
2686 \(fn)" t nil)
2687
2688 ;;;***
2689 \f
2690 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2691 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20355 10021))
2692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2693
2694 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2695
2696 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2697 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2701
2702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2703
2704 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2705 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2706
2707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2708
2709 ;;;***
2710 \f
2711 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2712 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2713 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2714 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2715 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20423 17700))
2716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2717 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2718 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2719 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2720
2721 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2722
2723 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2724 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2725 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2726 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2727 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2728 else the global value will be modified.
2729
2730 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2731
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2735 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2738
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2742 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2743 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2744
2745 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2746
2747 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2749 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2750 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2751
2752 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2753 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2754 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2755 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2756 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2757 before scanning it.
2758
2759 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2760 that already has a `.elc' file.
2761
2762 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2763 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2764
2765 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2766 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2767 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2768 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2769 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2770 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2771
2772 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2773
2774 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2776 Print the result in the echo area.
2777 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2778
2779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2780
2781 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2782 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2783 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2784
2785 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2786
2787 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2788 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2789 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2790 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2791 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2792 all functions called by those functions.
2793
2794 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2795 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2796 cons, etc.).
2797
2798 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2799 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2800 invoked interactively.
2801
2802 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2803
2804 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2805 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2806 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2807 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2808
2809 \(fn)" nil nil)
2810
2811 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2812 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2813 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2814 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2815 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2816 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2817 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2818 already up-to-date.
2819
2820 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2821
2822 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2823 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2824 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2825 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2826
2827 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2828 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2829 and corresponding effects.
2830
2831 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2832
2833 ;;;***
2834 \f
2835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20355
2836 ;;;;;; 10021))
2837 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2838
2839 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2840
2841 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2842
2843 ;;;***
2844 \f
2845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20355 10021))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2847
2848 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2849
2850 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2851
2852 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2853
2854 ;;;***
2855 \f
2856 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2857 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
2858 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2859
2860 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2861 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2862 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2863 from the cursor position.
2864
2865 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2866
2867 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2868
2869 ;;;***
2870 \f
2871 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2872 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2873 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20407
2874 ;;;;;; 29477))
2875 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2876 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2877
2878 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2879 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2880
2881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2882
2883 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2884 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2885
2886 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887
2888 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2890
2891 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2895
2896 \(fn)" t nil)
2897
2898 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2899 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2900 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2901 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2902
2903 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2904
2905 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2907 This is most useful in the X window system.
2908 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2909 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2910
2911 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2912
2913 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2914 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2915 See calc-keypad for details.
2916
2917 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2918
2919 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2920 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2921
2922 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2923
2924 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2925 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2926
2927 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2930 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2931
2932 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2935 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2936 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2937
2938 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2939
2940 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2941 Define Calc function.
2942
2943 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2944 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2945 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2946
2947 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2948 actual Lisp function name.
2949
2950 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2951
2952 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2953
2954 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2955
2956 ;;;***
2957 \f
2958 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20355
2959 ;;;;;; 10021))
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2961
2962 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2963
2964
2965 \(fn N)" t nil)
2966
2967 ;;;***
2968 \f
2969 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20355
2970 ;;;;;; 10021))
2971 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2972
2973 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2974 Run the Emacs calculator.
2975 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2976
2977 \(fn)" t nil)
2978
2979 ;;;***
2980 \f
2981 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20388
2982 ;;;;;; 65061))
2983 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2984
2985 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2986 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2987 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2988 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2989 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2990 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2991
2992 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2993 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2994 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2995 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2996 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2997 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2998 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2999 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3000 window.
3001
3002 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3003 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3004
3005 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3006 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3007 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3008 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3009 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3010 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3011
3012 Runs the following hooks:
3013
3014 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3015 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3016 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3017 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3018
3019 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3020
3021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3022
3023 ;;;***
3024 \f
3025 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3026 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20355 10021))
3027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3028
3029 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3030 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3031
3032 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3033
3034 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3035 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3036 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3037 it fails.
3038
3039 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3040
3041 ;;;***
3042 \f
3043 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3044 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
3045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3046
3047 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3048 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3049 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3050 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3051 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3052
3053 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3054 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3055 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3056 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3057 restriction to ASCII.
3058
3059 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3060
3061 capitalizedWorDD
3062 ^ ^ ^^
3063
3064 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3065 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3066 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3067
3068 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3069 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3070 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3071 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3072 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3073 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3074 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3075
3076 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3077 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3078
3079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3080
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20355
3084 ;;;;;; 10021))
3085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3086 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3087
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3091 ;;;;;; (20373 11301))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3093
3094 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3095 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3096
3097 \(fn)" nil nil)
3098
3099 ;;;***
3100 \f
3101 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3102 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3103 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20355 10021))
3104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3105
3106 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3107 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3108
3109 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3110 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3111
3112 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3113 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3114
3115 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3116
3117 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3118 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3119 made from scratch.
3120
3121 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3122
3123 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3125
3126 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3127 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3128 made from scratch.
3129
3130 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3131
3132 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3134
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3136
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3140
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3142
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3145
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3148 made from scratch.
3149
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3151
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3154
3155 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3156
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3160
3161 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3162
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3165
3166 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3167 variables are guessed:
3168
3169 * `c-basic-offset', and
3170 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3171 `c-offsets-alist'.
3172
3173 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3174 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3175
3176 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3177 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3178
3179 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3180 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3181 guess is made from scratch.
3182
3183 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3184 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3185
3186 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3187
3188 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3189 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3190 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3191 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3192
3193 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3194 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3195 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3196
3197 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3198
3199 ;;;***
3200 \f
3201 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3202 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3203 ;;;;;; (20416 44451))
3204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3205
3206 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3207 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3208 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3209 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3210 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3211 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3212 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3213
3214 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3215
3216 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3217 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3224 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3225 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3226
3227 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3228 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3229 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3230 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3231 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3232 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3233
3234 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3235
3236 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3237 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3238
3239 Key bindings:
3240 \\{c-mode-map}
3241
3242 \(fn)" t nil)
3243
3244 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3245 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3246
3247 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3248 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3249 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3250 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3251 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3252 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3253 message.
3254
3255 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3256
3257 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3258 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3259
3260 Key bindings:
3261 \\{c++-mode-map}
3262
3263 \(fn)" t nil)
3264
3265 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3266 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3267 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3268
3269 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3270 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3271 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3272 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3273 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3274 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3275 message.
3276
3277 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3278
3279 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3280 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3281
3282 Key bindings:
3283 \\{objc-mode-map}
3284
3285 \(fn)" t nil)
3286
3287 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3288 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3289 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3290
3291 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3292 Major mode for editing Java code.
3293 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3294 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3295 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3296 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3297 message.
3298
3299 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3300
3301 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3302 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3303
3304 Key bindings:
3305 \\{java-mode-map}
3306
3307 \(fn)" t nil)
3308
3309 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3310 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3311 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3312
3313 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3314 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3315 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3316 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3317 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3318 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3319 message.
3320
3321 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3322
3323 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3324 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3325
3326 Key bindings:
3327 \\{idl-mode-map}
3328
3329 \(fn)" t nil)
3330
3331 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3332 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3333 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3334 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3335
3336 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3337 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3338 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3339 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3340 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3341 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3342 message.
3343
3344 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3345
3346 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3347 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3348
3349 Key bindings:
3350 \\{pike-mode-map}
3351
3352 \(fn)" t nil)
3353 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3354 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3355 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3356 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3357 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3358 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3359
3360 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3361 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3362 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3363 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3364 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3365 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3366
3367 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3368
3369 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3370 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3371
3372 Key bindings:
3373 \\{awk-mode-map}
3374
3375 \(fn)" t nil)
3376
3377 ;;;***
3378 \f
3379 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3380 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20355 10021))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3382
3383 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3384 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3385 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3386 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3387
3388 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3389
3390 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3391 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3392 might get set too.
3393
3394 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3395 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3396 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3397 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3398 way.
3399
3400 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3401 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3402 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3403 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3404 a null operation.
3405
3406 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3407
3408 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3409 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3410 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3411 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3412
3413 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3414
3415 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3416 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3417 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3418
3419 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3420
3421 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3422 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3423 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3424 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3425 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3426
3427 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3428
3429 ;;;***
3430 \f
3431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20355 10021))
3432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3433 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3434 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3435 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3436
3437 ;;;***
3438 \f
3439 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3440 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3441 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3443
3444 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3445 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3446
3447 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3448
3449 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3450 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3451
3452 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3453
3454 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3455 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3456
3457 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3458 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3459 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3460 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3461 execution.
3462
3463 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3464
3465 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3466
3467 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3468 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3469
3470 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3471 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3472 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3473 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3474
3475 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3476 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3477 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3478 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3479 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3480 `write' commands.
3481
3482 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3483 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3484 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3485 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3486
3487 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3488 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3489 semantics.
3490
3491 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3492
3493 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3494
3495 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3496
3497 STATEMENT :=
3498 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3499 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3500
3501 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3502 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3503 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3504 | integer
3505
3506 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3507
3508 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3509 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3510 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3511
3512 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3513 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3514 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3515
3516 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3517 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3518
3519 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3520 BREAK := (break)
3521
3522 REPEAT :=
3523 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3524 (repeat)
3525 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3526 ;; (repeat))
3527 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3528 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3529 ;; (read REG)
3530 ;; (repeat))
3531 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3532 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3533 ;; (read REG)
3534 ;; (repeat))
3535 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3536
3537 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3538 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3539 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3540 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3541 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3542 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3543 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3544 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3545 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3546 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3547 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3548 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3549 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3550 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3551 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3552 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3553
3554 WRITE :=
3555 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3556 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3557 ;; representation.
3558 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3559 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3560 ;; (write r7))
3561 | (write EXPRESSION)
3562 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3563 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3564 ;; representation.
3565 | (write integer)
3566 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3567 ;; buffer.
3568 | (write string)
3569 ;; Same as: (write string)
3570 | string
3571 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3572 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3573 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3574 ;; representation.
3575 | (write REG ARRAY)
3576 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3577 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3578 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3579 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3580 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3581 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3582
3583 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3584 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3585
3586 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3587 END := (end)
3588
3589 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3590 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3591 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3592
3593 ARG := REG | integer
3594
3595 OPERATOR :=
3596 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3597 + | - | * | / | %
3598
3599 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3600 | & | `|' | ^
3601
3602 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3603 | << | >>
3604
3605 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3606 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3607 | <8
3608
3609 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3610 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3611 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3612 | >8
3613
3614 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3615 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3616 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3617 | //
3618
3619 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3620 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3621
3622 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3623 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3626 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3627 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3628 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3629 | de-sjis
3630
3631 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3632 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3633 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3634 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3635 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3636 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3637 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3638 ;; byte of SJIS.
3639 | en-sjis
3640
3641 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3642 ;; Same meaning as C code
3643 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3644
3645 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3646 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3647 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3648 | <8=
3649
3650 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3651 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3652 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3653
3654 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3655 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3656 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3657 | //=
3658
3659 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3660
3661
3662 TRANSLATE :=
3663 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3664 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3665 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3666 LOOKUP :=
3667 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3668 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3669 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3670 MAP :=
3671 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3672 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3673 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3674 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3675 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3676 MAP-ID := integer
3677
3678 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3679
3680 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3681
3682 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3683 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3684 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3685 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3686 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3687 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3688
3689 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3690
3691 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3692 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3693 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3694
3695 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3696
3697 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3698
3699 ;;;***
3700 \f
3701 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3702 ;;;;;; (20421 62373))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3704
3705 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3706 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3707 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3708 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3709
3710 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3711
3712 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3713
3714 ;;;***
3715 \f
3716 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3717 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20355 10021))
3718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3719
3720 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3721 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3722 There are no special keybindings by default.
3723
3724 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3725 to the action header.
3726
3727 \(fn)" t nil)
3728
3729 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3730 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3731 There are no special keybindings by default.
3732
3733 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3734 to the action header.
3735
3736 \(fn)" t nil)
3737
3738 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3739 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3740 on the buffer contents
3741
3742 \(fn)" nil nil)
3743
3744 ;;;***
3745 \f
3746 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3747 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20378 29222))
3748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3749
3750 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3751 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3752 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3753
3754 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3755
3756 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3757 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3758 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3759
3760 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3761
3762 ;;;***
3763 \f
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3765 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3766 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3767 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3768 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3769 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3770 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3771 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3772 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20388 65061))
3773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3774 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3779
3780 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3781
3782
3783 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3784
3785 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3786 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3787 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3788 the users will view as each check is completed.
3789
3790 \(fn)" t nil)
3791
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3793 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3794 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3795 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3796 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3797 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3798 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3799 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3800
3801 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3802
3803 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3804 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3805 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3806 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3807 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3808 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3809 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3810 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3811
3812 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3813
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3815 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3816 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3817 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3818 spacing are all verified.
3819
3820 \(fn)" t nil)
3821
3822 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3823 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3824 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3825 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3826 otherwise stop after the first error.
3827
3828 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3829
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3831 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3832 Only documentation strings are checked.
3833 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3834 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3835 a separate buffer.
3836
3837 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3838
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3840 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3842 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3843 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3844
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3848 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3850 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3851 if there is one.
3852
3853 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3854
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3856 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3857 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3858 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3859 if there is one.
3860 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3861
3862 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3863
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3865 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3866 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3867
3868 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3869
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3871 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3872 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3873 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3874 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3875
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3877
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3879 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3880 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3881 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3882 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3883 space at the end of each line.
3884
3885 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3886
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3888 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3889 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3890 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3891
3892 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3893
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3896 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3897 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3898
3899 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3900
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3903 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3904 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3905
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3907
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3910 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3911 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3912
3913 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3914
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3916 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3917 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3918 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3919
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3921
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3923 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3924 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3925 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3926
3927 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3928
3929 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3930 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3931 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3933
3934 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3935
3936 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3937 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3938 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3939 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3940
3941 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3942
3943 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3944 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3945 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3946 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3947
3948 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3949
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3951 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3953 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3954 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3955
3956 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3957 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3958 checking of documentation strings.
3959
3960 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3961
3962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3963
3964 ;;;***
3965 \f
3966 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3967 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3968 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20355 10021))
3969 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3970
3971 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3972 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3973 Return the length of resulting text.
3974
3975 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3976
3977 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3978 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3979
3980 \(fn)" t nil)
3981
3982 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3983 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3984 Return the length of resulting text.
3985
3986 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3987
3988 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3989 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3990
3991 \(fn)" t nil)
3992
3993 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3994
3995
3996 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3997
3998 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3999
4000
4001 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4002
4003 ;;;***
4004 \f
4005 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4006 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20355 10021))
4007 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4008
4009 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4010 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4011 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4012 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4013 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4014 editing and the result is evaluated.
4015
4016 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4017
4018 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4019 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4020 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4021 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4022 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4023
4024 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4025
4026 \(fn)" t nil)
4027
4028 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4029 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4030 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4031 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4032 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4033
4034 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4035 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4036 \\{command-history-map}
4037
4038 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4039 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4040
4041 \(fn)" t nil)
4042
4043 ;;;***
4044 \f
4045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (20406 8611))
4046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4047
4048 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4049 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4050 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4051 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4052 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4053 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4054
4055 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4056 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4057
4058 (put 'defun* 'doc-string-elt 3)
4059
4060 (put 'defmacro* 'doc-string-elt 3)
4061
4062 (put 'defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4063
4064 (put 'defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4065
4066 ;;;***
4067 \f
4068 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4069 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4071
4072 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4073 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4074 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4075 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4076 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4077 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4078 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4079 of this function.
4080
4081 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4082 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4083 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4084 property are:
4085
4086 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4087 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4088
4089 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4090 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4091 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4092 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4093 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4094 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4095 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4096 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4097 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4098 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4099 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4100 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4101
4102 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4103 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4104 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4105
4106 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4107 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4108 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4109 list elements are:
4110
4111 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4112
4113 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4114
4115 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4116
4117 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4118 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4119
4120 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4121 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4122
4123 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4124 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4125 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4126 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4127 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4128 value specified by their associated list element.
4129
4130 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4131
4132 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4133 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4134 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4135
4136 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4137 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4138 * indent the first argument by 4.
4139 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4140 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4141 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4142
4143 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4144
4145 ;;;***
4146 \f
4147 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4148 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4149 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4150
4151 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4152 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4153 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4154 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4155
4156 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4157 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4158 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4159 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4160
4161 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4162 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4163
4164 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4165
4166 ;;;***
4167 \f
4168 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20355
4169 ;;;;;; 10021))
4170 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4171
4172 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4173 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4174 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4175 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4176 of `scheme-program-name').
4177 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4178 it is given as initial input.
4179 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4180 discards input when it starts up.
4181 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4182 is run).
4183 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4184
4185 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4186
4187 ;;;***
4188 \f
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20355 10021))
4190 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4191
4192 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4193 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4194 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4195 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4196
4197 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4198 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4199
4200 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4201 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4202 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4203
4204 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4205
4206 ;;;***
4207 \f
4208 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4209 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4210 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4211 ;;;;;; (20420 41510))
4212 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4213
4214 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4215 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4216 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4217 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4218 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4219 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4220 functions have already modified the buffer.
4221
4222 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4223
4224 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4225 either globally or locally.")
4226
4227 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4228 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4229 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4230 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4231
4232 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4233 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4234 `start-file-process'
4235 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4236 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4237 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4238
4239 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4240 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4241
4242 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4243
4244 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4245
4246 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4247
4248 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4249 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4250 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4251 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4252 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4253 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4254 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4255 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4256 process as its initial input.
4257
4258 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4259
4260 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4261
4262 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4263
4264 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4265 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4266 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4267 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4268 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4269 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4270
4271 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4272
4273 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4274 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4275 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4276 directory tracking functions.")
4277
4278 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4279 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4280 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4281
4282 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4283
4284 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4285
4286 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4287 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4288 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4289
4290 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4291
4292 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4293
4294 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4295 Send COMMAND to current process.
4296 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4297 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4298
4299 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4300
4301 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4302 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4303 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4304 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4305
4306 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4307
4308 ;;;***
4309 \f
4310 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4311 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4312 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4313
4314 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4315 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4316 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4317 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4318
4319 This command pushes the mark in each window
4320 at the prior location of point in that window.
4321 If both windows display the same buffer,
4322 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4323 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4324
4325 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4326 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4327 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4328 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4329 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4330 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4331 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4332 ignored.
4333
4334 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4335 this command work in interlaced mode:
4336 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4337 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4338 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4339
4340 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4341
4342 ;;;***
4343 \f
4344 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4345 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4346 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4347 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4348 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20410
4349 ;;;;;; 5673))
4350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4351
4352 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4353 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4354
4355 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4356
4357 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4358 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4359 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4360 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4361 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4362 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4363 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4364
4365 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4366
4367 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4368 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4369
4370 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4371
4372 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4373 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4374 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4375 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4376 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4377
4378 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4379 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4380 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4381 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4382 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4383
4384 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4385 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4386 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4387 describing how the process finished.")
4388
4389 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4390 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4391 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4392 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4393 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4394
4395 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4396 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4397 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4398
4399 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4400
4401 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4402 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4403 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4404 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4405
4406 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4407
4408 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4409 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4410
4411 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4412 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4413
4414 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4415 (lambda ()
4416 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4417 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4418 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4419 (concat \"make -k \"
4420 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4421
4422 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4423 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4424
4425 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4426 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4427 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4428 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4429
4430 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4431
4432 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4433 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4434 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4435 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4436
4437 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4438 and move to the source code that caused it.
4439
4440 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4441 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4442
4443 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4444 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4445 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4446 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4447
4448 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4449 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4450 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4451 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4452
4453 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4454 kills its subprocesses.
4455
4456 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4457 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4458 to a function that generates a unique name.
4459
4460 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4461
4462 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4463 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4464 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4465 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4466
4467 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4468 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4469
4470 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4471 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4472 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4473 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4474
4475 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4476 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4477 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4478
4479 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4480
4481 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4482
4483 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4484 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4485 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4486 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4487 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4488
4489 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4490
4491 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4492
4493 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4494
4495 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4496
4497 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4498 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4499 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4500 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4501 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4502
4503 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4504 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4505 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4506 See `compilation-mode'.
4507
4508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4509
4510 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4511 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4513 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4514 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4515
4516 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4517 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4518 `compilation-mode'.
4519
4520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4521
4522 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4523 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4524 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4525
4526 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4527
4528 ;;;***
4529 \f
4530 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4531 ;;;;;; (20388 65061))
4532 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4533
4534 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4535 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4536 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4539 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4540
4541 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4542
4543 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4544 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4545 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4546 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4547 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4548
4549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4550
4551 ;;;***
4552 \f
4553 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4554 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4555 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4556 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4557 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4558
4559 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4560 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4561 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4562 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4563 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4564 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4565 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4566
4567 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4568 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4569 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4570
4571 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4572 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4573 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4574
4575 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4576 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4577 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4578 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4579
4580 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4581 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4582 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4583 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4584 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4585 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4586 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4587
4588 \\{conf-mode-map}
4589
4590 \(fn)" t nil)
4591
4592 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4593 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4594 Comments start with `#'.
4595 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4596
4597 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4598
4599 \[Desktop Entry]
4600 Encoding=UTF-8
4601 Name=The GIMP
4602 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4603 Name[cs]=GIMP
4604
4605 \(fn)" t nil)
4606
4607 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4608 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4609 Comments start with `;'.
4610 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4611
4612 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4613
4614 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4615 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4616 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4617
4618 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4619 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4620
4621 \(fn)" t nil)
4622
4623 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4624 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4625 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4626 between `/*' and `*/'.
4627 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4628
4629 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4630 // another kind of comment
4631 /* yet another */
4632
4633 name:value
4634 name=value
4635 name value
4636 x.1 =
4637 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4638 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4639
4640 \(fn)" t nil)
4641
4642 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4643 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4644 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4645 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4646 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4647 `conf-space-keywords'.
4648 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4649 in an interactive fashion instead.
4650
4651 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4652
4653 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4654
4655 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4656 image/png png
4657 image/tiff tiff tif
4658
4659 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4660 class desktop
4661 # Standard multimedia devices
4662 add /dev/audio desktop
4663 add /dev/mixer desktop
4664
4665 \(fn)" t nil)
4666
4667 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4668 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4669 See `conf-space-mode'.
4670
4671 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4672
4673 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4674 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4675 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4676 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4677
4678 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4679
4680 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4681 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4682
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4684
4685 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4686 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4687 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4688 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4689
4690 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4691
4692 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4693 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4694
4695 \(fn)" t nil)
4696
4697 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4698 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4699 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4700 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4701
4702 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4703
4704 *background: gray99
4705 *foreground: black
4706
4707 \(fn)" t nil)
4708
4709 ;;;***
4710 \f
4711 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4712 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20364 27900))
4713 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4714
4715 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4716 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4717 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4718 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4719
4720 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4721
4722 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4723 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4724 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4725 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4726
4727 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4728
4729 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4730 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4731 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4732 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4733
4734 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4735
4736 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4737 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4738
4739 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4740
4741 ;;;***
4742 \f
4743 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4744 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20387
4745 ;;;;;; 44199))
4746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4747 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4748 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4749 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4750
4751 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4752 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4753 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4754 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4755 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4756 following the copyright are updated as well.
4757 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4758 interactively.
4759
4760 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4761
4762 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4763 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4764 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4765 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4766 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4767
4768 \(fn)" t nil)
4769
4770 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4771 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4772
4773 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4774
4775 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4776 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4777 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4778
4779 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4780
4781 ;;;***
4782 \f
4783 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4784 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20355 10021))
4785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4786 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4789 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4790 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4791 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4792 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4793
4794 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4795 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4796 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4797 Tab indents for Perl code.
4798 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4799 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4800
4801 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4802 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4803 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4804 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4805 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4806 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4807 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4808 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4809 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4810 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4811 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4812 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4813
4814 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4815
4816 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4817 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4818
4819 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4820
4821 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4822 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4823 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4824 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4825 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4826 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4827 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4828 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4829 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4830
4831 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4832
4833 bite if angry;
4834
4835 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4836 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4837 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4838 to nil.)
4839
4840 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4841 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4842 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4843
4844 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4845
4846 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4847 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4848 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4849 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4850 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4851
4852 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4853
4854 if (A) { B }
4855
4856 into
4857
4858 B if A;
4859
4860 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4861
4862 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4863 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4864 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4865 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4866 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4867 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4868 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4869 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4870 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4871 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4872 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4873 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4874 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4875
4876 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4877 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4878 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4879 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4880 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4881 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4882
4883 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4884 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4885 man via menu.
4886
4887 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4888 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4889 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4890 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4891 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4892
4893 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4894 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4895 span the needed amount of lines.
4896
4897 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4898 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4899 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4900 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4901
4902 Variables controlling indentation style:
4903 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4904 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4905 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4906 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4907 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4908 `cperl-auto-newline'
4909 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4910 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4911 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4912 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4913 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4914 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4915 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4916 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4917 `cperl-indent-level'
4918 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4919 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4920 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4921 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4922 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4923 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4924 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4925 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4926 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4927 `cperl-brace-offset'
4928 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4929 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4930 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4931 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4932 `cperl-label-offset'
4933 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4934 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4935 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4936
4937 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4938 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4939 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4940 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4941 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4942 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4943
4944 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4945 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4946 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4947 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4948
4949 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4950 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4951 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4952 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4953 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4954 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4955 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4956
4957 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4958 column 0 is indented on
4959 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4960
4961 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4962 with no args.
4963
4964 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4965 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4966 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4967
4968 \(fn)" t nil)
4969
4970 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4971 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4972
4973 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4974
4975 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4976 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4977
4978 \(fn)" t nil)
4979
4980 ;;;***
4981 \f
4982 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4983 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4985
4986 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4987 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4988 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4989 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4990 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4991
4992 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4993
4994 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4995 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4996
4997 \(fn)" t nil)
4998
4999 ;;;***
5000 \f
5001 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5002 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5004
5005 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5006 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5007 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5008 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5009
5010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5011 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5012
5013 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5014
5015 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5016 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5017 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5018 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5019 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5020
5021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5022
5023 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5024
5025 ;;;***
5026 \f
5027 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5028 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5030
5031 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5032 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5033 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5034 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5035
5036 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5037 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5038 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5039 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5040
5041 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5042 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5043 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5044
5045 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5046 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5047 'bob', and 'eve'.
5048
5049 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5050 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5051 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5052
5053 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5054
5055 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5056 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5057 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5058
5059 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5060
5061 ;;;***
5062 \f
5063 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20355
5064 ;;;;;; 10021))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5066
5067 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5068 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5069
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5071
5072 ;;;***
5073 \f
5074 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5075 ;;;;;; (20361 20134))
5076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5077
5078 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5079 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5080 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5083 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5084
5085 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5086
5087 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5088 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5090 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5091 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5092
5093 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5094 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5095 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5096 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5097 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5098 normal function of these prefix keys.
5099
5100 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5101 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5102 options:
5103 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5104 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5105 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5106
5107 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5108 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5109 the prefix fallback behavior.
5110
5111 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5112 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5113 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5114 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5115
5116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5117
5118 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5119 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5120
5121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5122
5123 ;;;***
5124 \f
5125 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5126 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5127 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5128 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5129 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5130 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5131 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5132 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5133 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5134 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5135 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20399 35365))
5136 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5137
5138 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5139 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5140
5141 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5142
5143 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5144 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5145
5146 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5147
5148 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5149 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5150
5151 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5152
5153 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5154 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5155
5156 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5157 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5158
5159 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5160 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5161
5162 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5163
5164 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5165
5166 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5167 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5168 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5169
5170 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5171 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5172
5173 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5174 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5175
5176 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5177 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5178
5179 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5180
5181 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5182
5183 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5184 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5185 Return VALUE.
5186
5187 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5188 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5189
5190 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5191 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5192
5193 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5194 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5195
5196 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5197
5198 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5199
5200 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5201 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5202 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5203 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5204
5205 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5206 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5207 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5208
5209 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5210
5211 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5212 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5213 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5214 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5215 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5216
5217 \(fn)" t nil)
5218
5219 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5220 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5221 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5222 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5223
5224 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5225
5226 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5227 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5228 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5229
5230 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5231
5232 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5233 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5234
5235 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5236
5237 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5238
5239 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5240 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5241
5242 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5243
5244 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5245
5246 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5247 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5248 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5249
5250 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5251
5252 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5253 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5254 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5255 as part of Emacs itself.
5256
5257 Each elements looks like this:
5258
5259 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5260
5261 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5262 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5263 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5264 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5265 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5266 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5267 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5268 and `defface'.
5269
5270 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5271
5272 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5273 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5274 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5275 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5276 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5277
5278 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5279 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5280 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5281 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5282
5283 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5284
5285 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5286 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5287 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5288 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5289 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5290 release.
5291
5292 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5293 that were added or redefined since that version.
5294
5295 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5298 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5299 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5300 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5301
5302 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5303
5304 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5305 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5306
5307 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5308
5309 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5310 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5311 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5312
5313 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5314 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5315
5316 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5317
5318 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5319 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5320
5321 \(fn)" t nil)
5322
5323 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5324 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5325
5326 \(fn)" t nil)
5327
5328 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5329 Customize all saved options and faces.
5330
5331 \(fn)" t nil)
5332
5333 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5334 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5335 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5336 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5337 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5338 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5339
5340 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5341 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5342 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5343
5344 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5345
5346 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5347 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5348
5349 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5350
5351 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5352 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5353
5354 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5355
5356 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5357 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5358
5359 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5360
5361 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5362 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5363 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5364 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5365 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5366 that option.
5367
5368 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5369
5370 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5371 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5372 The result includes selecting that window.
5373 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5374 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5375 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5376 that option.
5377
5378 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5379
5380 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5381 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5382
5383 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5384
5385 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5386 File used for storing customization information.
5387 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5388 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5389 it should be an absolute file name.
5390
5391 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5392 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5393 something like the following in your init file:
5394
5395 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5396 \(load custom-file)
5397
5398 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5399 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5400
5401 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5402 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5403 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5404 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5405 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5406
5407 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5408 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5409 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5410 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5411 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5412 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5413 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5414 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5415 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5416 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5417
5418 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5419
5420 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5421 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5422
5423 \(fn)" nil nil)
5424
5425 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5426 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5427
5428 \(fn)" t nil)
5429
5430 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5431 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5432 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5433
5434 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5435
5436 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5437 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5438 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5439 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5440 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5441
5442 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5443
5444 ;;;***
5445 \f
5446 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5447 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20355
5448 ;;;;;; 10021))
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5450
5451 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5452 Create or edit a custom theme.
5453 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5454 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5455 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5456 from the Custom save file.
5457 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5458 named *Custom Theme*.
5459
5460 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5461
5462 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5463 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5464
5465 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5466
5467 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5468 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5469
5470 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5471
5472 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5473 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5474 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5475 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5476
5477 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5478
5479 ;;;***
5480 \f
5481 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5482 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5484
5485 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5486 Mode used for cvs status output.
5487
5488 \(fn)" t nil)
5489
5490 ;;;***
5491 \f
5492 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5493 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20355 10021))
5494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5495
5496 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5497 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5498
5499 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5500
5501 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5502 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5503 C++ modes are included.
5504
5505 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5506 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5507 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5508
5509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5510
5511 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5512 Turn on CWarn mode.
5513
5514 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5515 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5516
5517 \(fn)" nil nil)
5518
5519 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5520 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5521 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5524 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5525
5526 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5527
5528 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5529 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5530 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5531 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5532 ARG is omitted or nil.
5533
5534 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5535 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5536 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5537
5538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5539
5540 ;;;***
5541 \f
5542 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5543 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5544 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5546
5547 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5548 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5549
5550 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5551
5552 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5553 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5554
5555 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5556
5557 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5558 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5559 For readability, the table is slightly
5560 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5561
5562 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5563 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5564 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5565 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5566 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5567
5568 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5569
5570 ;;;***
5571 \f
5572 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5573 ;;;;;; (20397 45851))
5574 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5575 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5576 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5577 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5578 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5579
5580 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5581 Completion on current word.
5582 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5583 and presents suggestions for completion.
5584
5585 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5586 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5587 completions.
5588
5589 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5590 then it searches *all* buffers.
5591
5592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5593
5594 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5595 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5596
5597 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5598 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5599 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5600 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5601 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5602
5603 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5604 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5605
5606 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5607 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5608 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5609
5610 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5611 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5612
5613 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5614
5615 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5616
5617 ;;;***
5618 \f
5619 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5620 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5622
5623 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5624 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5625
5626 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5627
5628 ;;;***
5629 \f
5630 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20399
5631 ;;;;;; 35365))
5632 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5633
5634 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5635 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5636 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5637 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5638 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5639
5640 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5641
5642 ;;;***
5643 \f
5644 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20355
5645 ;;;;;; 10021))
5646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5647
5648 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5649 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5650
5651 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5652 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5653 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5654
5655 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5656 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5657 Data lines are not indented.
5658
5659 Key bindings:
5660
5661 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5662 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5663
5664 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5665 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5666 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5667 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5668
5669 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5670
5671 dcl-basic-offset
5672 Extra indentation within blocks.
5673
5674 dcl-continuation-offset
5675 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5676
5677 dcl-margin-offset
5678 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5679
5680 dcl-margin-label-offset
5681 Indentation for a label.
5682
5683 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5684 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5685
5686 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5687 dcl-block-end-regexp
5688 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5689 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5690 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5691 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5692 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5693
5694 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5695 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5696 Two such functions are included in the package:
5697 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5698 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5699
5700 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5701 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5702 One such function is included in the package:
5703 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5704
5705 dcl-tab-always-indent
5706 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5707 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5708 margin.
5709
5710 dcl-electric-characters
5711 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5712 typed.
5713
5714 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5715 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5716 which words trigger electric indentation.
5717
5718 dcl-tempo-comma
5719 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5720 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5721 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5722
5723 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5724 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5725 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5726 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5727
5728 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5729 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5730 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5731 dcl-imenu-label-call
5732 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5733
5734 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5735 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5736 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5737 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5738
5739
5740 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5741
5742 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5743 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5744 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5745 $ i = 1
5746 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5747 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5748 $ label:
5749 $ if i.eq.1
5750 $ then
5751 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5752 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5753 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5754 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5755 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5756 \"lined up with the command line\"
5757 $ type sys$input
5758 Data lines are not indented at all.
5759 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5760 $ endif
5761 $
5762
5763
5764 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5765 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5766
5767 \(fn)" t nil)
5768
5769 ;;;***
5770 \f
5771 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5772 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20355 10021))
5773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5774
5775 (setq debugger 'debug)
5776
5777 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5778 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5779 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5780 of the evaluator.
5781
5782 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5783 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5784 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5785
5786 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5787
5788 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5789 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5790
5791 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5792
5793 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5794 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5795 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5796 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5797 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5798 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5799
5800 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5801 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5802
5803 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5804
5805 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5806 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5807 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5808 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5809 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5810
5811 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5812
5813 ;;;***
5814 \f
5815 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5816 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5818
5819 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5820 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5821
5822 \(fn)" t nil)
5823
5824 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5825 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5826 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5827 Upper-case letters are commands.
5828
5829 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5830 modify it.
5831
5832 The most useful commands are:
5833 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5834 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5835 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5836 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5837 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5838 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5839
5840 \(fn)" t nil)
5841
5842 ;;;***
5843 \f
5844 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5845 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20355
5846 ;;;;;; 10021))
5847 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5848
5849 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5850 Customization of `columns' group.
5851
5852 \(fn)" t nil)
5853
5854 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5855 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5856
5857 START and END delimits the text region.
5858
5859 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5860
5861 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5862 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5863
5864 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5865
5866 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5867
5868 ;;;***
5869 \f
5870 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20355
5871 ;;;;;; 10021))
5872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5873
5874 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5875 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5876 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5877 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5878 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5879 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5880 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5881
5882 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5883
5884 Customization:
5885
5886 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5887 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5888 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5889 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5890 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5891 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5892 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5893 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5894 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5895 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5896 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5897 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5898 blank line.
5899 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5900 Directories to search when finding external units.
5901 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5902 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5903
5904 Coloring:
5905
5906 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5907 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5908 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5909 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5910 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5911 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5912 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5913 Face used to color everything else.
5914
5915 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5916 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5917
5918 \(fn)" t nil)
5919
5920 ;;;***
5921 \f
5922 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20355
5923 ;;;;;; 10021))
5924 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5925
5926 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5927
5928 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5929 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5930 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5931 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5932 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5933 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5934
5935 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5936
5937 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5938 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5940 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5941 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5942
5943 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5944 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5945 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5946 any selection.
5947
5948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5949
5950 ;;;***
5951 \f
5952 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5953 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20355 10021))
5954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5955
5956 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5957 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5958
5959 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5960
5961 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5962 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5963 or nil if there is no parent.
5964 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5965 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5966 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5967 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5968 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5969
5970 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5971 arguments are currently understood:
5972 :group GROUP
5973 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5974 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5975 :syntax-table TABLE
5976 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5977 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5978 :abbrev-table TABLE
5979 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5980 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5981
5982 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5983
5984 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5985
5986 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5987 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5988 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5989
5990 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5991 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5992
5993 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5994 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5995 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5996
5997 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5998 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5999
6000 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6001 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6002
6003 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6004
6005 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6006
6007 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6008
6009 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6010 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6011 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6012 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6013 the first time the mode is used.
6014
6015 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6016
6017 ;;;***
6018 \f
6019 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6020 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20369 14251))
6021 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6022
6023 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6024 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6025 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6026 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6027 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6028 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6029 otherwise.
6030
6031 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6032
6033 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6034 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6035 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6036 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6037
6038 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6039 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6040 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6041
6042 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6043 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6044 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6045 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6046 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6047 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6048 relevant to POS.
6049
6050 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6051
6052 ;;;***
6053 \f
6054 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6055 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6056 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6057 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20423 17700))
6058 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6059
6060 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6061 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6062 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6063
6064 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6065
6066 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6067 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6068 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6069 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6070 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6071
6072 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6073 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6074 `desktop-read' for details.
6075
6076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6077
6078 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6079 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6080 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6081 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6082
6083 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6084
6085 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6086 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6087 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6088
6089 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6090 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6091 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6092
6093 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6094 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6095
6096 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6097 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6098 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6099
6100 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6101 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6102 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6103 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6104
6105 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6106
6107 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6108 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6109
6110 Handlers are called with argument list
6111
6112 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6113
6114 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6115
6116 desktop-file-version
6117 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6118 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6119 desktop-buffer-point
6120 desktop-buffer-mark
6121 desktop-buffer-read-only
6122 desktop-buffer-locals
6123
6124 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6125 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6126
6127 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6128 code like
6129
6130 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6131 ...
6132 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6133 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6134
6135 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6136
6137 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6138
6139 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6140 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6141 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6142 List elements must have the form
6143
6144 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6145
6146 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6147 function.
6148
6149 Handlers are called with argument list
6150
6151 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6152
6153 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6154
6155 desktop-file-version
6156 desktop-buffer-file-name
6157 desktop-buffer-name
6158 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6159 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6160 desktop-buffer-point
6161 desktop-buffer-mark
6162 desktop-buffer-read-only
6163 desktop-buffer-misc
6164
6165 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6166 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6167 created and set.
6168
6169 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6170 code like
6171
6172 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6173 ...
6174 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6175 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6176
6177 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6178
6179 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6180
6181 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6182
6183 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6184 Empty the Desktop.
6185 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6186 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6187 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6188
6189 \(fn)" t nil)
6190
6191 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6192 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6193 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6194 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6195 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6196
6197 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6198
6199 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6200 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6201 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6202
6203 \(fn)" t nil)
6204
6205 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6206 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6207 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6208 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6209 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6210 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6211 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6212 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6213
6214 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6215
6216 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6217 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6218 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6219
6220 \(fn)" nil nil)
6221
6222 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6223 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6224 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6225 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6226 directory DIRNAME.
6227
6228 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6229
6230 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6231 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6232
6233 \(fn)" t nil)
6234
6235 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6236 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6237
6238 \(fn)" t nil)
6239
6240 ;;;***
6241 \f
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6243 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6244 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20355 10021))
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6246
6247 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6248 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6249 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6250 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6251 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6252 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6253
6254 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6255
6256 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6257 Repair a broken attribution line.
6258 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6259
6260 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6261
6262 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6263 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6264 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6265 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6266
6267 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6268
6269 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6270 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6271
6272 \(fn)" t nil)
6273
6274 ;;;***
6275 \f
6276 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6277 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20355 10021))
6278 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6279
6280 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6281 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6282 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6283 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6284 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6285
6286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6287
6288 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6289 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6290 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6291 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6292
6293 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6294 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6295 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6296 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6297
6298 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6299 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6300
6301 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6302 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6303 calendar-date-style 'european
6304 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6305
6306 \(diary-mail-entries)
6307
6308 # diary-rem.el ends here
6309
6310 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6311
6312 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6313 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6314
6315 \(fn)" t nil)
6316
6317 ;;;***
6318 \f
6319 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6320 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20379 50083))
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6322
6323 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6324 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6325
6326 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6327
6328 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6329 The command to use to run diff.")
6330
6331 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6332
6333 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6334 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6335 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6336 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6337 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6338 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6339
6340 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6341 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6342 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6343
6344 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6345
6346 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6347 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6348 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6349 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6350 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6351 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6352
6353 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6354
6355 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6356 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6357 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6358
6359 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6360
6361 ;;;***
6362 \f
6363 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6364 ;;;;;; (20415 23587))
6365 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6366
6367 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6368 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6369 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6370 normal diffs.
6371
6372 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6373 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6374 headers for you on-the-fly.
6375
6376 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6377 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6378 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6379
6380 \\{diff-mode-map}
6381
6382 \(fn)" t nil)
6383
6384 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6385 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6387 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6388 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6389
6390 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6391
6392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6393
6394 ;;;***
6395 \f
6396 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20355 10021))
6397 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6398
6399 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6400 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6401 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6402
6403 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6404
6405 ;;;***
6406 \f
6407 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6408 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20399 35754))
6409 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6410
6411 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6412 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6413 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6414 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6415 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6416 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6417 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6418 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6419
6420 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6421
6422 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6423 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6424 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6425 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6426 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6427 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6428
6429 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6430 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6431 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6432 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6433 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6434 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6435 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6436 list of files to make directory entries for.
6437 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6438 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6439 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6440
6441 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6442
6443 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6444 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6445
6446 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6447 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6448
6449 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6450 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6451
6452 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6453 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6454
6455 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6456
6457 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6458 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6459
6460 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6461
6462 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6463 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6464 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6465 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6466 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6467 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6468 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6469 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6470 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6471 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6472 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6473 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6474 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6475 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6476 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6477 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6478 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6479 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6480 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6481 to see why something went wrong.
6482 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6483 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6484 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6485 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6486 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6487 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6488 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6489 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6490 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6491 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6492 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6493 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6494 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6495
6496 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6497 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6498 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6499 again for the directory tree.
6500
6501 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6502 for more info):
6503
6504 `dired-listing-switches'
6505 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6506 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6507 `dired-marker-char'
6508 `dired-del-marker'
6509 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6510 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6511 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6512 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6513
6514 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6515
6516 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6517 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6518 `dired-mode-hook'
6519 `dired-load-hook'
6520
6521 Keybindings:
6522 \\{dired-mode-map}
6523
6524 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6525 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6526
6527 ;;;***
6528 \f
6529 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6530 ;;;;;; (20399 35365))
6531 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6532
6533 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6534 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6535 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6536 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6537 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6538
6539 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6540 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6541 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6542
6543 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6544 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6545 directory.
6546
6547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6548
6549 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6550 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6551 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6552 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6553 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6554 from `default-directory'.
6555
6556 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6557
6558 ;;;***
6559 \f
6560 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20355
6561 ;;;;;; 10021))
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6563
6564 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6565 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6566 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6567 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6568 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6569 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6570
6571 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6572
6573 ;;;***
6574 \f
6575 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6576 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6577 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6578 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6579 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6580 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20355 10021))
6581 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6582
6583 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6584 Return a new, empty display table.
6585
6586 \(fn)" nil nil)
6587
6588 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6589 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6590 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6591 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6592 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6593
6594 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6595
6596 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6597 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6598 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6599 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6600 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6601
6602 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6603
6604 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6605 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6606
6607 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6608
6609 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6610 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6611
6612 \(fn)" t nil)
6613
6614 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6615 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6616
6617 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6618 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6619
6620 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6621 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6622 byte.
6623
6624 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6625 in the default way after this call.
6626
6627 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6628
6629 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6630 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6631
6632 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6633
6634 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6635 Display character C using printable string S.
6636
6637 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6638
6639 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6640 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6641 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6642 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6643
6644 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6645
6646 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6647 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6648 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6649 X frame.
6650
6651 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6652
6653 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6654 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6655
6656 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6657
6658 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6659 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6660
6661 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6662
6663 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6664 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6665
6666 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6667
6668 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6669 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6670
6671 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6672
6673 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6674 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6675
6676 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6677
6678 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6679 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6680
6681 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6682 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6683
6684 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6685 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6686
6687 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6688 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6689 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6690 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6691
6692 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6693 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6694 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6695 in `.emacs'.
6696
6697 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6698
6699 ;;;***
6700 \f
6701 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6702 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
6703 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6704
6705 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6706 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6707 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6708 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6709 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6710 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6711 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6712 Default is 2.
6713
6714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6715
6716 ;;;***
6717 \f
6718 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20355 10021))
6719 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6720
6721 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6722 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6723 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6724 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6725 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6726 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6727 private or ask).
6728 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6729 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6730 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6731 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6732 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6733
6734 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6735
6736 ;;;***
6737 \f
6738 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6739 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20355 10021))
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6741
6742 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6743 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6744 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6745 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6746 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6747 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6748 table and its own syntax table.
6749
6750 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6751
6752 \(fn)" t nil)
6753 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6754
6755 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6756 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6757
6758 \(fn)" t nil)
6759
6760 ;;;***
6761 \f
6762 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6763 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20378
6764 ;;;;;; 29222))
6765 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6766
6767 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6768 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6769 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6770 OpenDocument format).
6771
6772 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6773
6774 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6775 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6776
6777 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6778 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6779
6780 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6781 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6782 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6783
6784 \(fn)" t nil)
6785
6786 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6787 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6788 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6789 to the next best mode.
6790
6791 \(fn)" nil nil)
6792
6793 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6794 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6795 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6796 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6797 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6798
6799 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6800
6801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6802
6803 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6804
6805
6806 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6807
6808 ;;;***
6809 \f
6810 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20355 10021))
6811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6812
6813 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6814 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6815
6816 \(fn)" t nil)
6817
6818 ;;;***
6819 \f
6820 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20355 10021))
6821 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6822
6823 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6824 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6826 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6827 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6828
6829 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6830 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6831
6832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6833
6834 ;;;***
6835 \f
6836 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20355 10021))
6837 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6838
6839 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6840 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6841
6842 \(fn)" t nil)
6843
6844 ;;;***
6845 \f
6846 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6847 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20423 17700))
6849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6850
6851 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6852
6853 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6854 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6855 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6856 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6857 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6858
6859 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6860 Interactively with no prefix argument it toggles the mode.
6861 With a prefix argument, it enables the mode if the argument is
6862 positive and otherwise disables it. When called from Lisp, it
6863 enables the mode if the argument is omitted or nil, and toggles
6864 the mode if the argument is `toggle'. If DOC is nil this
6865 function adds a basic doc-string stating these facts.
6866
6867 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6868 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6869 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6870 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6871 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6872 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6873 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6874 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6875
6876 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6877 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6878 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6879 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6880 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6881 mode is global):
6882
6883 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6884 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6885 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6886 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6887 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6888 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6889 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6890 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6891 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6892 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6893 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6894 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6895 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6896 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6897 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6898 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6899 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6900 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6901 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6902 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6903 the terms used in :variable).
6904 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6905 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6906
6907 For example, you could write
6908 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6909 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6910 ...BODY CODE...)
6911
6912 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6913
6914 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6915
6916 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6917
6918 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6919
6920 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6921 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6922 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6923 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6924 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6925 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6926 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6927 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6928 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6929 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6930 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6931 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6932
6933 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6934 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6935 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6936 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6937 call another major mode in their body.
6938
6939 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6940
6941 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6942
6943 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6944 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6945 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6946 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6947 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6948 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6949 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6950
6951 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6952
6953 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6954 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6955 :inherit Parent keymap.
6956 :group Ignored.
6957 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6958 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6959
6960 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6961
6962 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6963 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6964 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6965 the constant's documentation.
6966
6967 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6968
6969 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6970 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6971 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6972
6973 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6974
6975 ;;;***
6976 \f
6977 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6978 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20355
6979 ;;;;;; 10021))
6980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6981
6982 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6983 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6984
6985 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6986 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6987 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6988
6989 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6990 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6991
6992 :filter FUNCTION
6993
6994 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6995 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6996
6997 :visible INCLUDE
6998
6999 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7000 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7001
7002 :active ENABLE
7003
7004 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
7005 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7006
7007 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7008
7009 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7010
7011 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7012
7013 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7014 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7015
7016 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7017 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7018
7019 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7020
7021 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7022
7023 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7024
7025 :keys KEYS
7026
7027 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7028 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7029 computed automatically.
7030 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7031
7032 :key-sequence KEYS
7033
7034 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7035 menu item.
7036 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs's first display of
7037 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7038 keyboard equivalent.
7039
7040 :active ENABLE
7041
7042 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7043 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7044
7045 :visible INCLUDE
7046
7047 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7048 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7049
7050 :label FORM
7051
7052 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7053 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7054
7055 :suffix FORM
7056
7057 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7058 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7059
7060 :style STYLE
7061
7062 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7063 defined:
7064
7065 toggle: A checkbox.
7066 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7067 radio: A radio button.
7068 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7069 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7070 menu bar itself.
7071 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7072
7073 :selected SELECTED
7074
7075 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7076 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7077
7078 :help HELP
7079
7080 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7081
7082 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7083 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7084 as a solid horizontal line.
7085
7086 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7087
7088 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7089
7090 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7091
7092 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7093
7094
7095 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7096
7097 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7098 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7099 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7100 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7101
7102 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7103
7104 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7105 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7106 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7107 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7108 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7109 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7110
7111 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7112 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7113 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7114
7115 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7116 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7117 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7118
7119 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7120 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7121
7122 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7123
7124 ;;;***
7125 \f
7126 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7127 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7128 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7129 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7130 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7131 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7132 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7133 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20373 11301))
7134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7135
7136 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7137 Customization for ebnf group.
7138
7139 \(fn)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7143
7144 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7145
7146 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7147 processed.
7148
7149 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7150
7151 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7155
7156 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7157 killed after process termination.
7158
7159 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7160
7161 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7164 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7165
7166 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7167 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7168 it to the printer.
7169
7170 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7171 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7172 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7173 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7174
7175 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7176
7177 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7178 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7179 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7180
7181 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7185
7186 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7187
7188 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7189 processed.
7190
7191 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7192
7193 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7194
7195 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7197
7198 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7199 killed after process termination.
7200
7201 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7202
7203 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7204
7205 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7206 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7207 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7208 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7209
7210 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7211
7212 \(fn)" t nil)
7213
7214 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7215 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7216 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7217
7218 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7219
7220 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7224
7225 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7226
7227 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7228 processed.
7229
7230 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7231
7232 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7236
7237 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7238 killed after EPS generation.
7239
7240 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7241
7242 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7243
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7246
7247 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7248 The EPS file name has the following form:
7249
7250 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7251
7252 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7253 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7254
7255 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7256 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7257 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7258 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7259 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7260
7261 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7262 files.
7263
7264 \(fn)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7268
7269 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7270 The EPS file name has the following form:
7271
7272 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7273
7274 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7275 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7276
7277 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7278 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7279 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7280 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7281 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7282
7283 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7284 files.
7285
7286 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7287
7288 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7289
7290 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7291 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7292
7293 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7294
7295 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7296 are processed.
7297
7298 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7299
7300 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7301
7302 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7303 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7304
7305 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7306 killed after syntax checking.
7307
7308 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7309
7310 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7313 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7314
7315 \(fn)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7319
7320 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7323 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7324
7325 \(fn)" nil nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7329
7330 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7331
7332 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7335 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7336
7337 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7338
7339 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7340
7341 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7342 Delete style NAME.
7343
7344 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7345
7346 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7349 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7350
7351 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7352
7353 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7354
7355 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7356 Set STYLE as the current style.
7357
7358 Returns the old style symbol.
7359
7360 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7361
7362 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7363
7364 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7365 Reset current style.
7366
7367 Returns the old style symbol.
7368
7369 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7370
7371 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7374 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7375
7376 Returns the old style symbol.
7377
7378 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7379
7380 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7381
7382 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7383
7384 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7385 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7386
7387 Returns the old style symbol.
7388
7389 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7390
7391 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7392
7393 \(fn)" t nil)
7394
7395 ;;;***
7396 \f
7397 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7398 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7399 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7400 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7401 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7402 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7403 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7404 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7405 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7406 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7407 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20355
7408 ;;;;;; 10021))
7409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7410
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7412 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7413 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7414 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7415 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7416 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7417
7418 Tree mode key bindings:
7419 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7420
7421 \(fn)" t nil)
7422
7423 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7424 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7425
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7427
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7429 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7430
7431 \(fn)" t nil)
7432
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7434 View declaration of member at point.
7435
7436 \(fn)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7439 Find declaration of member at point.
7440
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7442
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7444 View definition of member at point.
7445
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7449 Find definition of member at point.
7450
7451 \(fn)" t nil)
7452
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7454 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7455
7456 \(fn)" t nil)
7457
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7459 View definition of member at point in other window.
7460
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7462
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7464 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7465
7466 \(fn)" t nil)
7467
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7469 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7470
7471 \(fn)" t nil)
7472
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7474 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7475
7476 \(fn)" t nil)
7477
7478 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7479 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7480
7481 \(fn)" t nil)
7482
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7484 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7485 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7486 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7487 completion.
7488
7489 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7490
7491 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7492 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7493 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7494 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7495
7496 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7497
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7499 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7500 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7501 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7502
7503 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7504
7505 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7506 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7507 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7508
7509 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7510
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7512 Search for call sites of a member.
7513 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7514 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7515 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7516 looks like a function call to the member.
7517
7518 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7519
7520 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7521 Move backward in the position stack.
7522 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7523
7524 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7525
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7527 Move forward in the position stack.
7528 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7529
7530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7531
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7533 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7534
7535 \(fn)" t nil)
7536
7537 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7538 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7539
7540 \(fn)" t nil)
7541
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7543 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7544 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7545 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7546
7547 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7548
7549 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7550 Display statistics for a class tree.
7551
7552 \(fn)" t nil)
7553
7554 ;;;***
7555 \f
7556 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7557 ;;;;;; (20400 56227))
7558 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7559
7560 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7561 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7562 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7563 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7564 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7565 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7566 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7567
7568 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7569
7570 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7571 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7572 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7573 also has this effect.
7574 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7575 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7576 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7577 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7578 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7579 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7580 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7581 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7582 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7583 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7584
7585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7586
7587 ;;;***
7588 \f
7589 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7590 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20355 10021))
7591 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7592
7593 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7594 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7595 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7596
7597 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7598
7599 ;;;***
7600 \f
7601 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7602 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7604
7605 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7606
7607
7608 \(fn)" nil nil)
7609
7610 ;;;***
7611 \f
7612 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20355 10021))
7613 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7614
7615 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7616 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7617 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7619 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7620 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7621
7622 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7623
7624 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7625 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7626 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7627 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7628 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7629
7630 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7631 an EDE controlled project.
7632
7633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7634
7635 ;;;***
7636 \f
7637 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7638 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7639 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20417 65331))
7640 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7641
7642 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7643 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7644 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7645 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7646 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7647
7648 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7649 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7650 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7651 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7652
7653 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7654
7655 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7656 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7657 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7658 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7659
7660 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7661
7662 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7663 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7664 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7665 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7666
7667 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7668
7669 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7670
7671 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7672 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7673 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7674 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7675 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7676
7677 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7678 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7679 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7680 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7681 instrumented for Edebug.
7682
7683 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7684 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7685 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7686 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7687 already is one.)
7688
7689 \(fn)" t nil)
7690
7691 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7692 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7693
7694 \(fn)" t nil)
7695
7696 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7697 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7698
7699 \(fn)" t nil)
7700
7701 ;;;***
7702 \f
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7704 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7705 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7706 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7707 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7708 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7709 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7710 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7711 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7712 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20373 11301))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7714
7715 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7717
7718 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7719
7720 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7721 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7722
7723 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7724
7725 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7726
7727 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7728
7729 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7730 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7731 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7732 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7733
7734 \(fn)" t nil)
7735
7736 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7737 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7738 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7739 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7740
7741 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7742
7743 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7744 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7745
7746 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7747
7748 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7749
7750 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7751 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7752
7753 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7754
7755 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7756
7757 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7758 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7759 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7760 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7761
7762 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7763
7764 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7765
7766 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7768 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7769 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7770
7771 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7772
7773 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7774
7775 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7776 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7777 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7778 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7779
7780 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7781
7782 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7783
7784 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7785 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7786 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7787 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7788
7789 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7790
7791 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7792
7793 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7794 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7795 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7796 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7797 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7798 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7799
7800 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7801
7802 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7804 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7805 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7806
7807 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7808
7809 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7810
7811 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7812 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7813 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7814 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7815
7816 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7817
7818 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7819
7820 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7821
7822 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7823 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7824 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7825 follows:
7826 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7827 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7828
7829 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7830
7831 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7832 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7833 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7834 follows:
7835 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7836 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7837
7838 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7839
7840 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7841 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7842 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7843 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7844 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7845
7846 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7847
7848 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7849 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7850 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7851 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7852 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7853 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7854
7855 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7856
7857 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7858
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7860 Merge two files without ancestor.
7861
7862 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7865 Merge two files with ancestor.
7866
7867 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7868
7869 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7870
7871 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7872 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7873
7874 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7875
7876 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7877 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7878
7879 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7880
7881 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7882 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7883 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7884 buffer.
7885
7886 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7887
7888 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7889 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7890 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7891 buffer.
7892
7893 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7894
7895 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7896 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7897 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7898 and don't ask the user.
7899 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7900 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7901
7902 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7903
7904 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7905 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7906 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7907 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7908 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7909 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7910 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7911 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7912
7913 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7914
7915 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7916
7917 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7918
7919 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7920 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7921 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7922 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7923 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7924
7925 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7926
7927 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7928
7929 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7930 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7931 When called interactively, displays the version.
7932
7933 \(fn)" t nil)
7934
7935 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7936 Display Ediff's manual.
7937 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7938
7939 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7940
7941 ;;;***
7942 \f
7943 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7944 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
7945 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7946
7947 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7948
7949
7950 \(fn)" t nil)
7951
7952 ;;;***
7953 \f
7954 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7955 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
7956 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7957
7958 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7959 Display Ediff's registry.
7960
7961 \(fn)" t nil)
7962
7963 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7964
7965 ;;;***
7966 \f
7967 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7968 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20355 10021))
7969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7970
7971 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7972 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7973 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7974 which see.
7975
7976 \(fn)" t nil)
7977
7978 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7979 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7980 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7981 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7982
7983 \(fn)" t nil)
7984
7985 ;;;***
7986 \f
7987 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7988 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7989 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
7990 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7991
7992 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7993 Edit a keyboard macro.
7994 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7995 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7996 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7997 its command name.
7998 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7999
8000 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8001
8002 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8003 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8004
8005 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8006
8007 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8008 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8009
8010 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8011
8012 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8013 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8014 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8015 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8016 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8017 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8018
8019 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8020 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8021 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8022 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8023
8024 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8025
8026 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8027 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8028 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8029 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8030 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8031 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8032
8033 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8034
8035 ;;;***
8036 \f
8037 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8038 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20355 10021))
8039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8040
8041 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8042 Set scroll margins.
8043 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8044 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8045
8046 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8047
8048 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8049 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8050
8051 \(fn)" t nil)
8052
8053 ;;;***
8054 \f
8055 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8056 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
8057 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8058
8059 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8060 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8061 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8062 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8063 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8064 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8065 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8066
8067 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8068 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8069
8070 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8071 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8072 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8073 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8074
8075 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8076 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8077 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8078
8079 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8080 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8081 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8082
8083 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8084
8085 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8086
8087
8088 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8089
8090 ;;;***
8091 \f
8092 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8093 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20355 10021))
8094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8095
8096 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8097 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8098
8099 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8100
8101 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8102 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8103 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8104 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8105 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8106
8107 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8108 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8109 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8110 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8111 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8112 expression point is on.
8113
8114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8115
8116 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8117 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8118
8119 \(fn)" t nil)
8120
8121 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8122 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8123 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8124 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8125 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8126 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8127 arg list.
8128
8129 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8130 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8131 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8132 effect.
8133
8134 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8135 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8136
8137 ;;;***
8138 \f
8139 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8140 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20369 14251))
8141 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8142
8143 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8144 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8145
8146 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8147 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8148 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8150 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8151 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8152
8153 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8154
8155 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8156 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8158 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8159 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8160
8161 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8162 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8163 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8164
8165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8166
8167 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8168 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8169 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8170 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8171 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8172 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8173
8174 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8175
8176 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8177 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8178 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8179 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8180 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8181
8182 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8183 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8184 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8185
8186 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8187
8188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8189
8190 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8191 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8192 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8195 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8196
8197 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8198
8199 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8200 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8202 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8203 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8204 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8205
8206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8207
8208 ;;;***
8209 \f
8210 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20355
8211 ;;;;;; 10021))
8212 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8213
8214 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8215 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8216
8217 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8218 an elided material again.
8219
8220 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8221
8222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8223
8224 ;;;***
8225 \f
8226 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8227 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8228 ;;;;;; (20421 62373))
8229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8230
8231 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8232 Lint the file FILE.
8233
8234 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8235
8236 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8237 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8238 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8239
8240 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8241
8242 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8243 Lint the current buffer.
8244 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8245
8246 \(fn)" t nil)
8247
8248 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8249 Lint the function at point.
8250 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8251
8252 \(fn)" t nil)
8253
8254 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8255 Initialize elint.
8256 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8257 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8258
8259 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8260
8261 ;;;***
8262 \f
8263 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8264 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20355
8265 ;;;;;; 10021))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8267
8268 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8269 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8270 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8271
8272 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8273
8274 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8275 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8276 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8277 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8278
8279 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8282 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8283 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8284
8285 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8286
8287 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8288
8289 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8290 Display current profiling results.
8291 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8292 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8293 displayed.
8294
8295 \(fn)" t nil)
8296
8297 ;;;***
8298 \f
8299 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8300 ;;;;;; (20399 35365))
8301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8302
8303 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8304 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8305 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8306 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8307 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8308 ARG is omitted or nil.
8309
8310 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8311 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8312 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8313 used instead.
8314
8315 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8316
8317 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8318 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8319 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8320
8321 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8322
8323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8324
8325 ;;;***
8326 \f
8327 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8328 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20411 26532))
8329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8330
8331 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8332 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8333 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8334
8335 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8336
8337 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8338 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8339 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8340
8341 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8342
8343 ;;;***
8344 \f
8345 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8346 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8347 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8348 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8349 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20355 10021))
8350 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8351
8352 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8353 Run Emerge on two files.
8354
8355 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8356
8357 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8358 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8359
8360 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8361
8362 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8363 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8364
8365 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8366
8367 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8368 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8369
8370 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8371
8372 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8373
8374
8375 \(fn)" nil nil)
8376
8377 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8378
8379
8380 \(fn)" nil nil)
8381
8382 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8383
8384
8385 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8386
8387 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8388
8389
8390 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8391
8392 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8393 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8394
8395 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8396
8397 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8398 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8399
8400 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8401
8402 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8403
8404
8405 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8406
8407 ;;;***
8408 \f
8409 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8410 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20355 10021))
8411 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8412
8413 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8414 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8415 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8416 text/enriched format.
8417
8418 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8419 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8420 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8421
8422 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8423
8424 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8425 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8426
8427 Commands:
8428
8429 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8430
8431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8432
8433 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8434
8435
8436 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8437
8438 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8439
8440
8441 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8442
8443 ;;;***
8444 \f
8445 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8446 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8447 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8448 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8449 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8450 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20355
8451 ;;;;;; 10021))
8452 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8453
8454 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8455 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8456
8457 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8458
8459 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8460 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8461
8462 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8463
8464 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8465 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8466 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8467 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8468 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8469 the keys are listed.
8470 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8471
8472 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8473
8474 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8475 Decrypt FILE.
8476
8477 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8478
8479 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8480 Verify FILE.
8481
8482 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8483
8484 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8485 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8486
8487 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8488
8489 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8490 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8491
8492 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8493
8494 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8495 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8496
8497 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8498 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8499 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8500 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8501
8502 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8503 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8504 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8505 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8506 should consider using the string based counterpart
8507 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8508 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8509
8510 For example:
8511
8512 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8513 (decode-coding-string
8514 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8515 'utf-8))
8516
8517 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8518
8519 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8520 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8521
8522 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8523 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8524
8525 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8526
8527 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8528 Verify the current region between START and END.
8529
8530 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8531 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8532 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8533 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8534 should consider using the string based counterpart
8535 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8536 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8537
8538 For example:
8539
8540 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8541 (decode-coding-string
8542 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8543 'utf-8))
8544
8545 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8546
8547 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8548 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8549 between START and END.
8550
8551 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8552 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8553
8554 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8555
8556 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8557 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8558
8559 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8560 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8561 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8562 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8563 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8564 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8565
8566 For example:
8567
8568 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8569 (epg-sign-string
8570 context
8571 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8572
8573 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8574
8575 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8576 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8577
8578 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8579 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8580 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8581 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8582 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8583 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8584
8585 For example:
8586
8587 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8588 (epg-encrypt-string
8589 context
8590 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8591 nil))
8592
8593 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8594
8595 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8596 Delete selected KEYS.
8597
8598 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8599
8600 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8601 Import keys from FILE.
8602
8603 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8604
8605 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8606 Import keys from the region.
8607
8608 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8609
8610 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8611 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8612 between START and END.
8613
8614 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8615
8616 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8617 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8618
8619 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8620
8621 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8622 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8623
8624 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8625
8626 ;;;***
8627 \f
8628 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8629 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20355 10021))
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8631
8632 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8633 Decrypt marked files.
8634
8635 \(fn)" t nil)
8636
8637 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8638 Verify marked files.
8639
8640 \(fn)" t nil)
8641
8642 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8643 Sign marked files.
8644
8645 \(fn)" t nil)
8646
8647 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8648 Encrypt marked files.
8649
8650 \(fn)" t nil)
8651
8652 ;;;***
8653 \f
8654 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8655 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20355 10021))
8656 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8657
8658 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8659
8660
8661 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8662
8663 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8664
8665
8666 \(fn)" t nil)
8667
8668 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8669
8670
8671 \(fn)" t nil)
8672
8673 ;;;***
8674 \f
8675 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8676 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8677 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20355 10021))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8679
8680 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8681 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8683 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8684 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8685
8686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8687
8688 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8689 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8690 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8691
8692 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8693
8694 \(fn)" t nil)
8695
8696 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8697 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8698 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8699
8700 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8701
8702 \(fn)" t nil)
8703
8704 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8705 Sign the current buffer.
8706 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8707
8708 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8709
8710 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8711
8712 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8713 Encrypt the current buffer.
8714 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8715
8716 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8717
8718 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8719
8720 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8721 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8722 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8723
8724 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8725
8726 \(fn)" t nil)
8727
8728 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8729 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8730 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8732 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8733 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8734
8735 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8736
8737 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8738 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8739 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8740 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8741 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8742
8743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8744
8745 ;;;***
8746 \f
8747 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20355 10021))
8748 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8749
8750 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8751 Return a context object.
8752
8753 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8754
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8758 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20373 11301))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8760
8761 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8762 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8763
8764 \(fn)" nil nil)
8765
8766 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8767 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8768
8769 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8770
8771 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8772 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8773
8774 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8775
8776 ;;;***
8777 \f
8778 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8779 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20356 2211))
8780 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8781
8782 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8783 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8784
8785 \(fn)" nil nil)
8786
8787 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8788 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8789 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8790
8791 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8792
8793 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8794 (server (erc-compute-server))
8795 (port (erc-compute-port))
8796 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8797 password
8798 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8799
8800 That is, if called with
8801
8802 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8803
8804 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8805 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8806 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8807
8808 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8809
8810 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8811
8812 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8813 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8814 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8815
8816 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8817
8818 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8819 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8820 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8821 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8822
8823 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8824
8825 ;;;***
8826 \f
8827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20355
8828 ;;;;;; 10021))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8830 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8831
8832 ;;;***
8833 \f
8834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20355 10021))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8836 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8837
8838 ;;;***
8839 \f
8840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20355 10021))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8842 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8843
8844 ;;;***
8845 \f
8846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20355 10021))
8847 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8848 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8849
8850 ;;;***
8851 \f
8852 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8853 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20402 11562))
8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8855 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8856
8857 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8858 Parser for /dcc command.
8859 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8860 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8861 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8862
8863 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8864
8865 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8866 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8867
8868 \(fn)" nil nil)
8869
8870 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8871 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8872
8873 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8874 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8875 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8876 that subcommand.
8877
8878 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8879
8880 ;;;***
8881 \f
8882 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8883 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8884 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8885 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8886 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
8887 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8888
8889 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8890 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8891
8892 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8893
8894 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8895 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8896 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8897 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8898
8899 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8900
8901 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8902
8903
8904 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8905
8906 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8907 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8908
8909 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8910
8911 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8912 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8913
8914 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8915
8916 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8917 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8918
8919 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8920
8921 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8922 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8923
8924 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8925
8926 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8927 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8928
8929 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8930
8931 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8932 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8933
8934 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8935
8936 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8937 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8938
8939 \(fn)" nil nil)
8940
8941 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8942 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8943
8944 \(fn)" nil nil)
8945
8946 ;;;***
8947 \f
8948 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20355
8949 ;;;;;; 10021))
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8951 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8954 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8955 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8956
8957 \(fn)" nil nil)
8958
8959 ;;;***
8960 \f
8961 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8962 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20355 10021))
8963 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8964 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8965
8966 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8967 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8968 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8969 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8970 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8971 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8972 system.
8973
8974 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8975
8976 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8977
8978
8979 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8980
8981 ;;;***
8982 \f
8983 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8984 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
8985 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8986
8987 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8988
8989
8990 \(fn)" nil nil)
8991
8992 ;;;***
8993 \f
8994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20356 2211))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8997
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20355 10021))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9002 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9003
9004 ;;;***
9005 \f
9006 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9007 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20355 10021))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9009 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9010
9011 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9012 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9013 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9014 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9015 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9016 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9017
9018 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9019
9020 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9021 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9022 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9023 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9024
9025 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9026 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9027 automatically.
9028
9029 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9030 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9031
9032 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9033
9034 ;;;***
9035 \f
9036 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9037 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9038 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9039 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9040 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9041 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9042
9043 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9044 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9045
9046 \(fn)" t nil)
9047
9048 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9049 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9050
9051 \(fn)" t nil)
9052
9053 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9054 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9055
9056 \(fn)" t nil)
9057
9058 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9059 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9060
9061 \(fn)" t nil)
9062
9063 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9064 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9065
9066 \(fn)" t nil)
9067
9068 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9069 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9070
9071 \(fn)" t nil)
9072
9073 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9074 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9075
9076 \(fn)" t nil)
9077
9078 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9079 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9080
9081 \(fn)" t nil)
9082
9083 ;;;***
9084 \f
9085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20355 10021))
9086 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9087 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9088
9089 ;;;***
9090 \f
9091 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9092 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9093 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9094 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9095
9096 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9097 Show who's gone.
9098
9099 \(fn)" nil nil)
9100
9101 ;;;***
9102 \f
9103 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9104 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20355 10021))
9105 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9106
9107 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9108 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9109 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9110 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9111
9112 \(fn)" nil nil)
9113
9114 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9115 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9116
9117 \(fn)" t nil)
9118
9119 ;;;***
9120 \f
9121 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9122 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20355 10021))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9125
9126 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9127 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9128 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9129 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9130
9131 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9132
9133 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9134
9135
9136 \(fn)" nil nil)
9137
9138 ;;;***
9139 \f
9140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20355 10021))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9142 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9143
9144 ;;;***
9145 \f
9146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20355
9147 ;;;;;; 10021))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9149 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9150
9151 ;;;***
9152 \f
9153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20355 10021))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9155 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9156
9157 ;;;***
9158 \f
9159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20355 10021))
9160 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9161 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9162
9163 ;;;***
9164 \f
9165 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9166 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20357 58785))
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9169
9170 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9171 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9172
9173 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9174
9175 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9176 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9177 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9178
9179 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9180
9181 ;;;***
9182 \f
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20355 10021))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9185 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9186
9187 ;;;***
9188 \f
9189 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9190 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9192
9193 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9194 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9195 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9196
9197 \(fn)" t nil)
9198
9199 ;;;***
9200 \f
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20355
9202 ;;;;;; 10021))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9205
9206 ;;;***
9207 \f
9208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20355 10021))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9211
9212 ;;;***
9213 \f
9214 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9215 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9217
9218 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9219 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9220 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9221
9222 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9223
9224 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9225 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9227 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9228 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9229
9230 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9231 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9232 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9233 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9234
9235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9236 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9237
9238 ;;;***
9239 \f
9240 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9241 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20355 10021))
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9243 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9244
9245 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9246 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9247 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9248 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9249
9250 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9251
9252 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9253 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9254 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9255
9256 \(fn)" t nil)
9257
9258 ;;;***
9259 \f
9260 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9261 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9263 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9264
9265 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9266 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9267
9268 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9269
9270 ;;;***
9271 \f
9272 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9273 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9274 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20355 10021))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9276
9277 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9278 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9279
9280 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9281 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9282
9283 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9284 assertions in BODY.
9285
9286 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9287
9288 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9289 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9290 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9291
9292 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9293
9294 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9295
9296 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9297
9298 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9299
9300 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9301
9302 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9303 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9304
9305 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9306 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9307 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9308 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9309
9310 Returns the stats object.
9311
9312 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9313
9314 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9315 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9316
9317 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9318 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9319 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9320 the tests).
9321
9322 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9323
9324 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9325 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9326
9327 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9328 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9329 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9330 and how to display message.
9331
9332 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9333
9334 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9335
9336 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9337 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9338
9339 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9340
9341 ;;;***
9342 \f
9343 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9344 ;;;;;; (20364 28960))
9345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9346
9347 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9348
9349 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9350 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9351
9352 \(fn)" t nil)
9353
9354 ;;;***
9355 \f
9356 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20355
9357 ;;;;;; 10021))
9358 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9359
9360 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9361 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9362
9363 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9364
9365 \(fn)" nil nil)
9366
9367 ;;;***
9368 \f
9369 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9370 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20373 11301))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9372
9373 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9374 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9375 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9376 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9377 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9378 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9379 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9380 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9381 buffer selected (or created).
9382
9383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9384
9385 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9386 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9387 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9388
9389 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9390
9391 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9392 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9393 The result might be any Lisp object.
9394 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9395 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9396 corresponding to a successful execution.
9397
9398 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9399
9400 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9401
9402 ;;;***
9403 \f
9404 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9405 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9406 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9407 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9408 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9409 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9410 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9411 ;;;;;; (20388 65061))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9413
9414 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9415 File name of tags table.
9416 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9417 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9418 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9419 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9420 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9421
9422 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9423 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9424 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9425 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9426
9427 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9428
9429 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9430 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9431 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9432 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9433 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9434 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9435
9436 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9437
9438 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9439 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9440 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9441 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9442 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9443 `auto-compression-mode').")
9444
9445 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9446
9447 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9448 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9449 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9450 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9451 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9452
9453 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9454
9455 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9456 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9457 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9458 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9459
9460 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9461
9462 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9463 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9464 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9465 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9466 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9467
9468 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9469
9470 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9471 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9472
9473 \(fn)" t nil)
9474
9475 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9476 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9477 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9478 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9479
9480 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9481 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9482 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9483 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9484 file the tag was in.
9485
9486 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9487
9488 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9489 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9490 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9491 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9492 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9493 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9494 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9495 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9496 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9497
9498 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9499
9500 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9501 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9502 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9503 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9504 without directory names.
9505
9506 \(fn)" nil nil)
9507 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9508 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9509 (progn
9510 (load "etags")
9511 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9512
9513 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9514 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9515 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9516 but does not select the buffer.
9517 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9518
9519 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9520 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9521 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9522 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9523 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9524
9525 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9526
9527 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9528 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9529 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9530
9531 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9532
9533 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9534
9535 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9536 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9537 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9538 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9539
9540 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9541 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9542 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9543 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9544 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9545
9546 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9547
9548 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9549 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9550 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9551
9552 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9553
9554 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9555 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9556
9557 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9558 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9559 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9560 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9561 around or before point.
9562
9563 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9564 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9565 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9566 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9567 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9568
9569 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9570
9571 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9572 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9573 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9574
9575 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9576
9577 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9578 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9579
9580 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9581 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9582 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9583 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9584 around or before point.
9585
9586 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9587 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9588 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9589 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9590 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9591
9592 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9593
9594 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9595 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9596 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9597
9598 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9599
9600 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9601 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9602
9603 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9604 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9605 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9606
9607 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9608 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9609 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9610 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9611 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9612
9613 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9614
9615 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9616 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9617 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9618
9619 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9620
9621 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9622 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9623 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9624
9625 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9626 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9627
9628 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9629 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9630 where they were found.
9631
9632 \(fn)" t nil)
9633
9634 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9635 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9636
9637 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9638 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9639 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9640
9641 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9642 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9643
9644 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9645 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9646
9647 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9648
9649 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9650 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9651 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9652 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9653
9654 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9655 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9656 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9657 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9658 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9659
9660 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9661 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9662
9663 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9664 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9665 Stops when a match is found.
9666 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9667
9668 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9669 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9670 restricted to these files.
9671
9672 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9673
9674 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9675
9676 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9677 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9678 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9679 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9680 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9681 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9682 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9683 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9684
9685 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9686 produce the list of files to search.
9687
9688 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9689
9690 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9691
9692 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9693 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9694 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9695 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9696 directory specification.
9697
9698 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9699
9700 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9701 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9702
9703 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9704
9705 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9706 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9707 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9708 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9709
9710 \(fn)" t nil)
9711
9712 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9713 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9714 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9715 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9716 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9717
9718 \(fn)" t nil)
9719
9720 ;;;***
9721 \f
9722 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9723 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9724 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9725 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9726 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9727 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9728 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9729 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9730 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9731
9732 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9733
9734
9735 \(fn)" nil nil)
9736
9737 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9738 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9739
9740 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9741 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9742
9743 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9744 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9745 primary language.
9746
9747 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9748 even if the buffer is read-only.
9749
9750 See also the descriptions of the variables
9751 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9752
9753 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9754
9755 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9756 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9757
9758 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9759 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9760
9761 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9762 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9763 primary language.
9764
9765 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9766 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9767
9768 See also the descriptions of the variables
9769 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9770
9771 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9772
9773 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9774 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9775 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9776 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9777
9778 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9779
9780 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9781 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9782 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9783 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9784
9785 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9786 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9787 primary language.
9788
9789 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9790 buffer is read-only.
9791
9792 See also the descriptions of the variables
9793 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9794 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9795
9796 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9797
9798 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9799 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9800
9801 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9802 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9803
9804 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9805 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9806 the primary language.
9807
9808 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9809 buffer is read-only.
9810
9811 See also the descriptions of the variables
9812 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9813 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9814
9815 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9816
9817 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9818 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9819 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9820
9821 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9822
9823 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9824 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9825
9826 \(fn)" t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9829 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9830
9831 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9832 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9833 be 1, 2, or 3.
9834
9835 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9836 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9837 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9838
9839 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9840
9841 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9842
9843 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9844 This function is deprecated.
9845
9846 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9847
9848 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9849 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9850
9851 \(fn)" t nil)
9852
9853 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9854 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9855
9856 \(fn)" t nil)
9857
9858 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9859 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9860
9861 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9862 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9863
9864 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9865 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9866
9867 \(fn)" nil nil)
9868
9869 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9870 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9871
9872 \(fn)" nil nil)
9873
9874 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9875 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9876
9877 \(fn)" nil nil)
9878
9879 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9880 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9881
9882 \(fn)" nil nil)
9883
9884 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9885 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9886 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9887
9888 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9889
9890 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9891
9892
9893 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9894
9895 ;;;***
9896 \f
9897 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9898 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9899 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9901
9902 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9903 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9904 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9905 server for future sessions.
9906
9907 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9908
9909 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9910 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9911 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9912
9913 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9914
9915 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9916 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9917 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9918
9919 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9920
9921 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9922 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9923 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9924 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9925 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9926 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9927 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9928 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9929 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9930 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9931 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9932 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9933
9934 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9935
9936 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9937 Display a form to query the directory server.
9938 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9939 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9940
9941 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9942
9943 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9944 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9945 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9946
9947 \(fn)" t nil)
9948
9949 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9950
9951 ;;;***
9952 \f
9953 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9954 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9955 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20355 10021))
9956 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9957
9958 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9959 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9960
9961 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9962
9963 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9964 Display URL and make it clickable.
9965
9966 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9967
9968 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9969 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9970
9971 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9972
9973 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9974 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9975
9976 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9977
9978 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9979 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9980
9981 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9982
9983 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9984 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9985
9986 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9987
9988 ;;;***
9989 \f
9990 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9991 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20355 10021))
9992 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9993
9994 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9995 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9996 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9997
9998 \(fn)" t nil)
9999
10000 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10001 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10002
10003 \(fn)" t nil)
10004
10005 ;;;***
10006 \f
10007 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10008 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
10009 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10010
10011 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10012 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10013
10014 \(fn)" t nil)
10015
10016 ;;;***
10017 \f
10018 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20378
10019 ;;;;;; 29222))
10020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10021
10022 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10023 Create an empty ewoc.
10024
10025 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10026
10027 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10028 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10029 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10030 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10031 `insert-before-markers'.
10032
10033 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10034 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10035 respectively, of the ewoc.
10036
10037 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10038 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10039 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10040
10041 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10042
10043 ;;;***
10044 \f
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10046 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10047 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10048 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
10049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10050
10051 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10052 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10053 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10054
10055 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10056
10057 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10058 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10059 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10060 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10061 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10062
10063 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10064
10065 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10066 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10067 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10068 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10069 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10070 executable.
10071
10072 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10073
10074 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10075 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10076 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10077
10078 \(fn)" t nil)
10079
10080 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10081 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10082 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10083 file modes.
10084
10085 \(fn)" nil nil)
10086
10087 ;;;***
10088 \f
10089 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10090 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10091 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10093
10094 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10095 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10096 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10097 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10098
10099 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10100
10101 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10102 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10103 to generate such functions.
10104
10105 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10106 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10107 beginning of the expanded text.
10108
10109 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10110 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10111 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10112 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10113
10114 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10115
10116 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10117
10118 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10119 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10120 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10121
10122 \(fn)" nil nil)
10123
10124 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10125 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10126 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10127
10128 \(fn)" t nil)
10129
10130 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10131 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10132 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10133
10134 \(fn)" t nil)
10135 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10136 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10137
10138 ;;;***
10139 \f
10140 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20388 65061))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10142
10143 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10144 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10145 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10146
10147 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10148 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10149 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10150
10151 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10152
10153 Key definitions:
10154 \\{f90-mode-map}
10155
10156 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10157
10158 `f90-do-indent'
10159 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10160 `f90-if-indent'
10161 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10162 `f90-type-indent'
10163 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10164 `f90-program-indent'
10165 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10166 (default 2).
10167 `f90-associate-indent'
10168 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10169 `f90-critical-indent'
10170 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10171 `f90-continuation-indent'
10172 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10173 `f90-comment-region'
10174 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10175 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10176 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10177 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10178 (default \"!\").
10179 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10180 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10181 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10182 `f90-break-delimiters'
10183 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10184 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10185 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10186 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10187 (default t).
10188 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10189 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10190 `f90-smart-end'
10191 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10192 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10193 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10194 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10195 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10196 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10197 `f90-leave-line-no'
10198 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10199
10200 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10201 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10202
10203 \(fn)" t nil)
10204
10205 ;;;***
10206 \f
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10208 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10209 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10210 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20388
10211 ;;;;;; 65061))
10212 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10213
10214 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10215 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10216 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10217 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10218
10219 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should be either a list of face
10220 names, or a property list of face attribute/value pairs. The
10221 remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10222 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative', as well
10223 as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest priority). This
10224 function tries to sort multiple remappings for the same face, so
10225 that remappings specifying relative face attributes are applied
10226 after remappings specifying absolute face attributes.
10227
10228 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10229 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10230
10231 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10232
10233 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10234 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10235 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10236 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10237
10238 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10239
10240 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10241 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10242 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10243 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS. SPECS
10244 should be either a list of face names, or a property list of face
10245 attribute/value pairs.
10246
10247 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10248 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10249 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10250 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10251
10252 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10253
10254 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10255 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10256 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10257
10258 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10259 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10260 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10261 the same amount).
10262
10263 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10264
10265 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10266 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10267 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10268
10269 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10270 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10271 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10272 will remove any scaling currently active.
10273
10274 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10275
10276 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10277 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10278 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10279
10280 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10281 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10282 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10283 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10284 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10285
10286 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10287 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10288
10289 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10290 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10291
10292 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10293 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10294 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10295
10296 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10297 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10298 is one of the above.
10299
10300 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10301 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10302 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10303 will remove any scaling currently active.
10304
10305 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10306 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10307 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10308 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10309 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10310
10311 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10312
10313 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10314 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10315 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10316 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10317 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10318 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10319
10320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10321
10322 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10323 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10324 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10325 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10326 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10327
10328 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10329 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10330
10331 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10332
10333 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10334 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10335 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10336 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10337
10338 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10339 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10340 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10341 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10342
10343 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10344 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10345
10346 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10349 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10350 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10351 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10352
10353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10354
10355 ;;;***
10356 \f
10357 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10358 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10359 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20387 44199))
10360 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10361
10362 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10363 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10364 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10365 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10366
10367 \(fn)" nil nil)
10368
10369 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10370 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10371
10372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10373
10374 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10375 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10376 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10377 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10378
10379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10380
10381 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10382 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10383 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10384 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10385 backup file names and the like).
10386
10387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10388
10389 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10390 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10391 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10392 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10393 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10394 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10395 internally by feedmail):
10396
10397 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10398 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10399 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10400 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10401
10402 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10403 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10404 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10405 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10406 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10407
10408 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10409
10410 ;;;***
10411 \f
10412 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10413 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10414 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20395 38306))
10415 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10416
10417 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10418 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10419 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10420 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10421 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10422 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10423 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10424
10425 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10426
10427 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10428 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10429 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10430 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10431 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10432 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10433 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10434
10435 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10436
10437 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10438
10439 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10440 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10441 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10442 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10443 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10444 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10445
10446 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10447
10448 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10449 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10450 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10451 Return value:
10452 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10453 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10454 * otherwise, nil
10455
10456 \(fn E)" t nil)
10457
10458 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10459 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10460 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10461
10462 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10463
10464 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10465 Try to get a file name at point.
10466 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10467
10468 \(fn)" nil nil)
10469
10470 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10471 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10472
10473 \(fn)" t nil)
10474
10475 ;;;***
10476 \f
10477 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10478 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10479 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10480 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20355 10021))
10481 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10482
10483 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10484 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10485 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10486 be added to the cache.
10487
10488 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10489
10490 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10491 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10492 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10493 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10494 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10495
10496 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10497
10498 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10499 Add FILE to the file cache.
10500
10501 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10502
10503 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10504 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10505 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10506
10507 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10508
10509 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10510 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10511 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10512
10513 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10514
10515 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10516 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10517 This function does not use any external programs.
10518 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10519 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10520 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10521
10522 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10523
10524 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10525 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10526 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10527 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10528 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10529 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10530 \(directories) is done.
10531
10532 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10533
10534 ;;;***
10535 \f
10536 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10537 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10538 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10539 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10540 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20355 10021))
10541 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10542
10543 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10544 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10545
10546 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10547 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10548 Local Variables list.
10549
10550 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10551 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10552 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10553
10554 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10555
10556 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10557 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10558
10559 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10560
10561 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10562 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10563
10564 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10565 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10566 the -*- line.
10567
10568 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10569 then this function adds it.
10570
10571 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10572
10573 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10574 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10575
10576 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10577
10578 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10579 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10580
10581 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10582
10583 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10584 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10585
10586 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10587
10588 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10589 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10590
10591 \(fn)" t nil)
10592
10593 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10594 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10595
10596 \(fn)" t nil)
10597
10598 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10599 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10600
10601 \(fn)" t nil)
10602
10603 ;;;***
10604 \f
10605 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20355
10606 ;;;;;; 10021))
10607 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10608
10609 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10610 Filesets initialization.
10611 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10612
10613 \(fn)" nil nil)
10614
10615 ;;;***
10616 \f
10617 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20355 10021))
10618 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10619
10620 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10621 Initiate the building of a find command.
10622 For example:
10623
10624 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10625 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10626 (mtime \"+1\"))
10627 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10628
10629 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10630 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10631
10632 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10633
10634 ;;;***
10635 \f
10636 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10637 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20355 10021))
10638 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10639
10640 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10641 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10642 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10643
10644 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10645
10646 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10647 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10648
10649 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10650
10651 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10652 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10653 and run dired on those files.
10654 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10655 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10656
10657 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10658
10659 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10660
10661 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10662 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10663 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10664
10665 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10666 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10667
10668 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10669 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10670
10671 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10672
10673 ;;;***
10674 \f
10675 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10676 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10677 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20387 44199))
10678 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10679
10680 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10681 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10682 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10683 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10684 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10685 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10686 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10687
10688 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10689
10690 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10691 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10692 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10693
10694 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10695
10696 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10697
10698 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10699
10700 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10701 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10702 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10703
10704 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10705 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10706
10707 Variables of interest include:
10708
10709 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10710 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10711 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10712
10713 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10714 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10715 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10716
10717 - `ff-ignore-include'
10718 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10719
10720 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10721 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10722
10723 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10724 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10725
10726 - `ff-special-constructs'
10727 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10728 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10729 extracting the filename from that construct.
10730
10731 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10732 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10733
10734 - `ff-search-directories'
10735 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10736 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10737
10738 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10739 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10740
10741 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10742 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10743
10744 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10745 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10746
10747 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10748 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10749
10750 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10751 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10752
10753 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10754
10755 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10756 Visit the file you click on.
10757
10758 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10759
10760 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10761 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10762
10763 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10764
10765 ;;;***
10766 \f
10767 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10768 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10769 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10770 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10771 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10772 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10773 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20355 10021))
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10775
10776 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10777 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10778 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10779
10780 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10781
10782 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10783 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10784 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10785 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10786
10787 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10788 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10789 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10790 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10791
10792 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10793
10794 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10795 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10796
10797 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10798 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10799 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10800 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10801
10802 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10803 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10804 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10805
10806 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10807 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10808 in `load-path'.
10809
10810 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10811
10812 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10813 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10814
10815 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10816 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10817 places point before the definition.
10818 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10819
10820 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10821 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10822 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10823
10824 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10825
10826 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10827 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10828
10829 See `find-function' for more details.
10830
10831 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10832
10833 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10834 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10835
10836 See `find-function' for more details.
10837
10838 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10839
10840 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10841 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10842
10843 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10844 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10845 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10846
10847 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10848 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10849
10850 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10851
10852 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10853 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10854
10855 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10856 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10857 places point before the definition.
10858
10859 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10860
10861 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10862 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10863 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10864
10865 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10866
10867 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10868 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10869
10870 See `find-variable' for more details.
10871
10872 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10873
10874 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10875 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10876
10877 See `find-variable' for more details.
10878
10879 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10880
10881 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10882 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10883 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10884 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10885 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10886 buffer nor display it.
10887
10888 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10889 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10890
10891 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10892
10893 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10894 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10895
10896 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10897 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10898 places point before the definition.
10899
10900 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10901
10902 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10903 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10904 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10905
10906 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10907
10908 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10909 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10910 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10911
10912 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10913
10914 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10915 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10916
10917 \(fn)" t nil)
10918
10919 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10920 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10921
10922 \(fn)" t nil)
10923
10924 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10925 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10926
10927 \(fn)" nil nil)
10928
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10932 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20355 10021))
10933 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10934
10935 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10936 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10937
10938 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10939
10940 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10941 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10942
10943 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10944
10945 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10946 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10947
10948 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10949
10950 ;;;***
10951 \f
10952 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10953 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20355 10021))
10954 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10955
10956 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10957 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10958
10959 \(fn)" t nil)
10960
10961 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10962 Display FILE's commentary section.
10963 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10964
10965 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10966
10967 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10968 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10969
10970 \(fn)" t nil)
10971
10972 ;;;***
10973 \f
10974 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10975 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20355 10021))
10976 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10977
10978 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10979 Toggle flow control handling.
10980 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10981 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10982
10983 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10984
10985 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10986 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10987 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10988 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10989 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10990 to get the effect of a C-q.
10991
10992 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10993
10994 ;;;***
10995 \f
10996 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10997 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
10998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10999
11000 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11001
11002
11003 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11004
11005 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11006
11007
11008 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11009
11010 ;;;***
11011 \f
11012 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11013 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20373 11301))
11014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11015
11016 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11017 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11018 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11019 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11020 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11021
11022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11023
11024 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11025 Turn flymake mode on.
11026
11027 \(fn)" nil nil)
11028
11029 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11030 Turn flymake mode off.
11031
11032 \(fn)" nil nil)
11033
11034 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11035
11036
11037 \(fn)" nil nil)
11038
11039 ;;;***
11040 \f
11041 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11042 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11043 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20420 41510))
11044 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11045
11046 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11047 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11048
11049 \(fn)" t nil)
11050 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11051
11052 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11053 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11055 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11056 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11057
11058 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11059 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11060 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11061
11062 Bindings:
11063 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11064 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11065 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11066 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11067
11068 Hooks:
11069 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11070
11071 Remark:
11072 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11073 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11074 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11075
11076 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11077 consider adding:
11078 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11079 in your .emacs file.
11080
11081 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11082 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11083
11084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11085
11086 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11087 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11088
11089 \(fn)" nil nil)
11090
11091 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11092 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11093
11094 \(fn)" nil nil)
11095
11096 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11097 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11098
11099 \(fn)" nil nil)
11100
11101 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11102 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11103
11104 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11105
11106 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11107 Flyspell whole buffer.
11108
11109 \(fn)" t nil)
11110
11111 ;;;***
11112 \f
11113 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11114 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11115 ;;;;;; (20387 44199))
11116 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11117
11118 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11119 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11120
11121 \(fn)" nil nil)
11122
11123 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11124 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11125
11126 \(fn)" nil nil)
11127
11128 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11129 Toggle Follow mode.
11130 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11131 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11132 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11133
11134 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11135 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11136
11137 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11138 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11139 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11140
11141 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11142 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11143 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11144 movement commands.
11145
11146 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11147 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11148 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11149 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11150 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11151 mileage may vary).
11152
11153 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11154 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11155
11156 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11157
11158 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11159
11160 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11161 \\{follow-mode-map}
11162
11163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11164
11165 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11166 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11167
11168 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11169 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11170 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11171 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11172 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11173 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11174
11175 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11176 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11177 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11178
11179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11180
11181 ;;;***
11182 \f
11183 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20387
11184 ;;;;;; 44199))
11185 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11186
11187 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11188 Toggle Footnote mode.
11189 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11190 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11191 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11192
11193 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11194 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11195 play around with the following keys:
11196 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11197
11198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11199
11200 ;;;***
11201 \f
11202 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11203 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20392 20740))
11204 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11205
11206 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11207 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11208
11209 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11210 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11211 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11212 C-c < forms-first-record <
11213 C-c > forms-last-record >
11214 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11215 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11216 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11217 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11218 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11219 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11220 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11221 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11222 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11223 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11224
11225 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11226
11227 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11228 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11229
11230 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11231
11232 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11233 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11234
11235 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11236
11237 ;;;***
11238 \f
11239 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11240 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11241 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11242
11243 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11244 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11245 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11246
11247 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11248 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11249
11250 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11251
11252 Key definitions:
11253 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11254
11255 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11256
11257 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11258 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11259 `fortran-do-indent'
11260 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11261 `fortran-if-indent'
11262 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11263 `fortran-structure-indent'
11264 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11265 (default 3)
11266 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11267 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11268 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11269 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11270 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11271 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11272 nil don't change the indentation
11273 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11274 value of either
11275 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11276 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11277 depending on the continuation format in use.
11278 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11279 indentation for a line of code.
11280 (default 'fixed)
11281 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11282 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11283 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11284 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11285 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11286 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11287 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11288 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11289 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11290 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11291 column 5.
11292 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11293 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11294 statements (default nil).
11295 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11296 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11297 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11298 `fortran-continuation-string'
11299 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11300 line (default \"$\").
11301 `fortran-comment-region'
11302 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11303 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11304 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11305 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11306 as typed (default t).
11307 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11308 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11309
11310 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11311 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11312
11313 \(fn)" t nil)
11314
11315 ;;;***
11316 \f
11317 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11318 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20355 10021))
11319 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11320
11321 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11322 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11323
11324 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11325 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11326
11327 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11328
11329 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11330 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11331
11332 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11333 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11334
11335 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11336
11337 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11338 Compile fortune file.
11339
11340 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11341 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11342
11343 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11344
11345 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11346 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11347
11348 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11349 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11350 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11351 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11352
11353 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11354
11355 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11356 Display a fortune cookie.
11357 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11358 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11359 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11360 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11361
11362 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11363
11364 ;;;***
11365 \f
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11367 ;;;;;; (20415 53309))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11369
11370 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11371 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11372 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11373
11374 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11375
11376 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11377 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11378 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11379 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11380 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11381 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11382 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11383
11384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11385
11386 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11387 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11388 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11389 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11390
11391 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11392 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11393 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11394 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11395 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11396
11397 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11398 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11399 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11400 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11401
11402 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11403 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11404 shown in some of the buffers.
11405
11406 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11407
11408 The following commands help control operation :
11409
11410 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11411 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11412
11413 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11414 detailed description of this mode.
11415
11416
11417 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11418 | GDB Toolbar |
11419 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11420 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11421 | | |
11422 | | |
11423 | | |
11424 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11425 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11426 | | (comint-mode) |
11427 | | |
11428 | | |
11429 | | |
11430 | | |
11431 | | |
11432 | | |
11433 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11434 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11435 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11436 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11437 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11438 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11439
11440 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11441
11442 ;;;***
11443 \f
11444 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11445 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20406
11446 ;;;;;; 8611))
11447 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11448
11449 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11450 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11451 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11452 instead (which see).")
11453
11454 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11455 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11456
11457 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11458 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11459 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11460 documentation string instead.
11461
11462 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11463 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11464 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11465 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11466 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11467 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11468 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11469 enders are actually possible.
11470
11471 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11472 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11473
11474 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11475 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11476 `font-lock-keywords'.
11477
11478 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11479 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11480 runs the macro expansion.
11481
11482 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11483 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11484 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11485
11486 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11487
11488 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11489
11490 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11491
11492 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11493
11494 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11495 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11496
11497 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11498
11499 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11500 Enter generic mode MODE.
11501
11502 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11503 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11504 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11505
11506 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11507 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11508
11509 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11510
11511 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11512 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11513 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11514 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11515 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11516 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11517 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11518 `font-lock-keywords'.
11519
11520 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11521
11522 ;;;***
11523 \f
11524 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11525 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11527
11528 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11529 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11531 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11532 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11533 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11534
11535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11536
11537 ;;;***
11538 \f
11539 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11540 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11541 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11543
11544 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11545 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11546 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11547
11548 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11549
11550 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11551 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11552
11553 Guideline for numbers:
11554 1 - error messages
11555 3 - non-serious error messages
11556 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11557 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11558 9 - messages inside loops.
11559
11560 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11561
11562 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11563 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11564 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11565
11566 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11567
11568 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11569 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11570
11571 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11572
11573 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11574 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11575
11576 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11577 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11578 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11579 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11580 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11581 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11582
11583 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11584 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11585 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11586 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11587 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11588
11589 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11590
11591 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11592
11593 ;;;***
11594 \f
11595 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11596 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20414 2727))
11597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11598 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11599 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11600
11601 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11602 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11603
11604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11605
11606 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11607 Read network news.
11608 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11609 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11610 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11611 name of an NNTP server to use.
11612 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11613 server.
11614
11615 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11616
11617 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11618 Read news as a slave.
11619
11620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11621
11622 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11623 Pop up a frame to read news.
11624 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11625 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11626 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11627 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11628 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11629 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11630 current display is used.
11631
11632 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11633
11634 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11635 Read network news.
11636 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11637 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11638 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11639
11640 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11641
11642 ;;;***
11643 \f
11644 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11645 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11646 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11647 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11648 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11649 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20355 10021))
11650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11651
11652 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11653 Start Gnus unplugged.
11654
11655 \(fn)" t nil)
11656
11657 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11658 Start Gnus plugged.
11659
11660 \(fn)" t nil)
11661
11662 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11663 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11664
11665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11666
11667 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11668 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11669
11670 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11671 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11672 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11673
11674 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11675 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11676 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11677
11678 \(fn)" t nil)
11679
11680 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11681 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11682
11683 \(fn)" nil nil)
11684
11685 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11686 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11687 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11688 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11689 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11690 supported.
11691
11692 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11693
11694 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11695 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11696 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11697 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11698 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11699 supported.
11700
11701 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11702
11703 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11704 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11705
11706 \(fn)" nil nil)
11707
11708 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11709 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11710 downloaded into the agent.
11711
11712 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11713
11714 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11715 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11716 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11717 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11718
11719 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11720
11721 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11722 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11723
11724 \(fn)" t nil)
11725
11726 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11727 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11728
11729 \(fn)" t nil)
11730
11731 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11732 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11733 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11734
11735 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11736
11737 ;;;***
11738 \f
11739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11740 ;;;;;; (20361 20134))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11742
11743 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11744 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11745
11746 \(fn)" nil nil)
11747
11748 ;;;***
11749 \f
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11751 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20355 10021))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11753
11754 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11755 Set a bookmark for this article.
11756
11757 \(fn)" t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11760 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11761
11762 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11763
11764 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11765 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11766 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11767 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11768 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11769
11770 \(fn)" t nil)
11771
11772 ;;;***
11773 \f
11774 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11775 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11776 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20355
11777 ;;;;;; 10021))
11778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11779
11780 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11781 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11782
11783 Usage:
11784 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11785
11786 \(fn)" t nil)
11787
11788 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11789 Generate the cache active file.
11790
11791 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11792
11793 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11794 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11795
11796 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11799 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11800 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11801 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11802 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11803 supported.
11804
11805 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11806
11807 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11808 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11809 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11810 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11811 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11812 supported.
11813
11814 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11815
11816 ;;;***
11817 \f
11818 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11819 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20355 10021))
11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11821
11822 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11823 Delay this article by some time.
11824 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11825
11826 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11827 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11828
11829 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11830 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11831
11832 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11833 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11834
11835 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11836
11837 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11838 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11839
11840 \(fn)" t nil)
11841
11842 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11843 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11844 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11845 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11846
11847 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11848 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11849
11850 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11851
11852 ;;;***
11853 \f
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11855 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20355 10021))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11857
11858 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11859
11860
11861 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11862
11863 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11864
11865
11866 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11867
11868 ;;;***
11869 \f
11870 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11871 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11873
11874 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11875 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11876
11877 \(fn)" t nil)
11878
11879 ;;;***
11880 \f
11881 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11882 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11884
11885 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11886 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11887
11888 \(fn)" t nil)
11889
11890 ;;;***
11891 \f
11892 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11893 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11894 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20355
11895 ;;;;;; 10021))
11896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11897
11898 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11899 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11900
11901 \(fn)" t nil)
11902
11903 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11904 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11905
11906 \(fn)" t nil)
11907
11908 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11909 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11910
11911 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11912 different input formats.
11913
11914 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11915
11916 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11917 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11918
11919 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11920 different input formats.
11921
11922 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11923
11924 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11925 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11926 The PNG is returned as a string.
11927
11928 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11929
11930 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11931 Convert FILE to a Face.
11932 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11933 726 bytes.
11934
11935 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11936
11937 ;;;***
11938 \f
11939 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11940 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20355 10021))
11941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11942
11943 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11944 Display gravatar in the From header.
11945 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11946
11947 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11948
11949 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11950 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11951 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11952
11953 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11954
11955 ;;;***
11956 \f
11957 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11958 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20355 10021))
11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11960
11961 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11962 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11963 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11964 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11965
11966 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11967
11968 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11969 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11970
11971 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11972
11973 ;;;***
11974 \f
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11976 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20355 10021))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11978
11979 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11980
11981
11982 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11983
11984 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11985
11986
11987 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11988
11989 ;;;***
11990 \f
11991 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11992 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11994
11995 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11996
11997 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11998 Run batched scoring.
11999 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12000
12001 \(fn)" t nil)
12002
12003 ;;;***
12004 \f
12005 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12006 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12007 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12009
12010 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12011
12012
12013 \(fn)" nil nil)
12014
12015 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12016 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12017 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12018
12019 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12020
12021 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12022 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12023
12024 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12025
12026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12027
12028 ;;;***
12029 \f
12030 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12031 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12032 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12034
12035 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12036 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12037 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12038 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12039 group parameters.
12040
12041 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12042 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12043 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12044 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12045
12046 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12047 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12048 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12049 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12050 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12051 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12052 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12053 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12054 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12055 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12056
12057 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12058
12059 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12060 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12061 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12062 nil CATCH-ALL).
12063
12064 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12065 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12066
12067 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12068
12069 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12070 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12071 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12072
12073 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12074
12075 \(fn)" nil nil)
12076
12077 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12078 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12079 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12080
12081 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12082
12083 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12084 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12085 existing groups are considered.
12086
12087 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12088 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12089 returned.
12090
12091 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12092 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12093 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12094 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12095 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12096 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12097 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12098 clauses will be generated.
12099
12100 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12101 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12102 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12103 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12104 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12105 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12106
12107 For example, given the following group parameters:
12108
12109 nnml:mail.bar:
12110 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12111 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12112 nnml:mail.foo:
12113 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12114 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12115 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12116 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12117 nnml:mail.others:
12118 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12119
12120 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12121
12122 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12123 \"mail.bar\")
12124 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12125 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12126 \"mail.others\")
12127
12128 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12129
12130 ;;;***
12131 \f
12132 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12133 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20417 65331))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12135
12136 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12137 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12138 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12139 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12140 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12141 instead.
12142
12143 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12144
12145 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12146 Mail to ADDRESS.
12147
12148 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12149
12150 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12151 Like `message-reply'.
12152
12153 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12154
12155 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12156
12157 ;;;***
12158 \f
12159 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12160 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12161 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12163
12164 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12165 Display picons in the From header.
12166 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12167
12168 \(fn)" t nil)
12169
12170 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12171 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12172 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12173
12174 \(fn)" t nil)
12175
12176 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12177 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12178 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12179
12180 \(fn)" t nil)
12181
12182 ;;;***
12183 \f
12184 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12185 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12186 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12187 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12188 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20355 10021))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12190
12191 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12192 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12193 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12194 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12195
12196 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12197
12198 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12199 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12200 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12201 LIST1 is modified.
12202
12203 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12204
12205 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12206 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12207 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12208
12209 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12210
12211 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12212
12213
12214 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12215
12216 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12217 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12218 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12219
12220 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12221
12222 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12223 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12224 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12225
12226 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12227
12228 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12229
12230 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12231 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12232 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12233
12234 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12235
12236 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12237 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12238 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12239
12240 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12241
12242 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12243 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12244 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12245
12246 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12247
12248 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12249 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12250
12251 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12252
12253 ;;;***
12254 \f
12255 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12256 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20415 53309))
12257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12258
12259 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12260 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12261
12262 \(fn)" t nil)
12263
12264 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12265 Install the registry hooks.
12266
12267 \(fn)" t nil)
12268
12269 ;;;***
12270 \f
12271 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12272 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20355
12273 ;;;;;; 10021))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12275
12276 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12277 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12278 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12279 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12280 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12281 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12282
12283 \(fn)" t nil)
12284
12285 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12286 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12287 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12288 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12289 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12290
12291 \(fn)" t nil)
12292
12293 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12294
12295
12296 \(fn)" t nil)
12297
12298 ;;;***
12299 \f
12300 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12301 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12303
12304 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12305 Update the format specification near point.
12306
12307 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12308
12309 ;;;***
12310 \f
12311 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12312 ;;;;;; (20361 20134))
12313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12314
12315 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12316 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12317
12318 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12319
12320 ;;;***
12321 \f
12322 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12323 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12325
12326 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12327 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12328 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12329
12330 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12331
12332 ;;;***
12333 \f
12334 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12335 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20355 10021))
12336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12337
12338 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12339 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12340
12341 \(fn)" t nil)
12342
12343 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12344 Install the sync hooks.
12345
12346 \(fn)" t nil)
12347
12348 ;;;***
12349 \f
12350 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12351 ;;;;;; (20420 41510))
12352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12353
12354 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12355 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12356
12357 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12358
12359 ;;;***
12360 \f
12361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12362 ;;;;;; (20417 65331))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12364
12365 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12366 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12367 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12368 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12369 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12370 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12371
12372 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12373
12374 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12375
12376 ;;;***
12377 \f
12378 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20355 10021))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12380
12381 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12382 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12383
12384 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12385 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12386 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12387
12388 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12389 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12390 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12391
12392 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12393 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12394
12395 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12396 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12397
12398 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12399
12400 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12401
12402 ;;;***
12403 \f
12404 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12405 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20355
12406 ;;;;;; 10021))
12407 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12408
12409 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12410
12411 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12412 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12413 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12414 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12415 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12416
12417 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12418
12419 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12420 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12421 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12422 or to send e-mail.
12423 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12424 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12425
12426 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12427 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12428
12429 \(fn)" t nil)
12430 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12431
12432 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12433 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12434 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12435 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12436 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12437
12438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12439
12440 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12441 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12442
12443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12444
12445 ;;;***
12446 \f
12447 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12448 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20355 10021))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12450
12451 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12452 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12453 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12454
12455 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12456
12457 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12458 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12459
12460 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12461
12462 ;;;***
12463 \f
12464 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12465 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12466 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20369 14251))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12468
12469 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12470 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12471
12472 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12473
12474 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12475 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12476 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12477 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12478 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12479
12480 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12481 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12482 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12483
12484 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12485
12486 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12487 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12488 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12489 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12490 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12491
12492 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12493
12494 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12495 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12496
12497 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12498
12499 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12500 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12501
12502 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12503 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12504 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12505
12506 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12507 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12508 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12509
12510 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12511 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12512 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12513 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12514
12515 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12516 How to invoke find and grep.
12517 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12518 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12519 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12520 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12521
12522 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12523
12524 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12525 History list for grep.")
12526
12527 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12528 History list for grep-find.")
12529
12530 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12531 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12532 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12533
12534 \(fn)" nil nil)
12535
12536 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12537
12538
12539 \(fn)" nil nil)
12540
12541 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12542 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12543
12544 \(fn)" nil nil)
12545
12546 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12547 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12548 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12549 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12550 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12551
12552 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12553 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12554
12555 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12556 can easily repeat a grep command.
12557
12558 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12559 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12560 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12561 list is empty).
12562
12563 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12564
12565 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12566 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12567 Collect output in a buffer.
12568 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12569 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12570
12571 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12572 easily repeat a find command.
12573
12574 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12575
12576 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12577
12578 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12579 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12580 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12581 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12582 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12583
12584 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12585 before it is executed.
12586 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12587
12588 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12589 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12590 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12591
12592 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12593
12594 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12595
12596 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12597 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12598 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12599 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12600 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12601
12602 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12603 before it is executed.
12604 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12605
12606 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12607 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12608 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12609 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12610
12611 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12612
12613 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12614 to specify a command to run.
12615
12616 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12617
12618 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12619 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12620 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12621 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12622
12623 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12624
12625 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12626
12627 ;;;***
12628 \f
12629 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20355 10021))
12630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12631
12632 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12633 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12634 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12635 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12636 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12637
12638 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12639
12640 ;;;***
12641 \f
12642 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12643 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20373 11301))
12644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12645
12646 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12647 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12648 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12649 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12650
12651 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12652
12653 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12654 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12655 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12656 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12657
12658 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12659
12660 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12661 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12662 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12663 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12664
12665 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12666
12667 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12668 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12669 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12670 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12671
12672 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12673 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12674
12675 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12676
12677 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12678 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12679 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12680 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12681
12682 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12683
12684 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12685 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12686 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12687 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12688
12689 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12690
12691 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12692 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12693 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12694 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12695 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12696
12697 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12698 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12699 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12700 original source file access method.
12701
12702 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12703 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12704
12705 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12706
12707 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12708 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12709
12710 \(fn)" t nil)
12711
12712 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12713 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12714 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12716 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12717 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12718
12719 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12720
12721 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12722 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12724 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12725 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12726
12727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12728
12729 ;;;***
12730 \f
12731 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20355
12732 ;;;;;; 10021))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12734
12735 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12736 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12737 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12738 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12739
12740 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12741 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12742 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12743 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12744
12745 \(fn)" t nil)
12746
12747 ;;;***
12748 \f
12749 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12750 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12752
12753 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12754 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12755
12756 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12757
12758 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12759 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12760 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12761 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12762
12763 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12764
12765 \(fn)" t nil)
12766
12767 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12768 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12769 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12770 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12771 to be updated.
12772
12773 \(fn)" t nil)
12774
12775 ;;;***
12776 \f
12777 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12778 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12779 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20355 10021))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12781
12782 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12783 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12784
12785 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12786
12787 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12788 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12789 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12790
12791 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12792
12793 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12794 Verify a hashcash payment
12795
12796 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12797
12798 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12799 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12800 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12801 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12802 `mail-add-payment-async').
12803
12804 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12805
12806 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12807 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12808 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12809 Calculation is asynchronous.
12810
12811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12812
12813 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12814 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12815 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12816
12817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12818
12819 ;;;***
12820 \f
12821 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12822 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12823 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12824 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20355 10021))
12825 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12826
12827 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12828 Return the help-echo string at point.
12829 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12830 property, or nil, is returned.
12831 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12832 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12833 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12834
12835 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12836
12837 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12838 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12839 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12840 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12841 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12842
12843 \(fn)" nil nil)
12844
12845 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12846 Display local help in the echo area.
12847 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12848 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12849 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12850 printed instead.
12851
12852 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12853 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12854 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12855
12856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12857
12858 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12859 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12860 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12861
12862 \(fn)" t nil)
12863
12864 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12865 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12866 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12867
12868 \(fn)" t nil)
12869
12870 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12871 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12872 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12873 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12874 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12875 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12876 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12877 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12878 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12879 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12880 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12881
12882 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12883 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12884 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12885 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12886 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12887
12888 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12889 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12890 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12891 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12892 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12893 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12894 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12895 The default is `never'.")
12896
12897 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12898
12899 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12900 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12901 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12902 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12903 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12904 considered different regions.
12905
12906 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12907 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12908 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12909 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12910 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12911 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12912 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12913 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12914 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12915
12916 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12917
12918 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12919 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12920 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12921 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12922 different regions.
12923
12924 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12925 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12926 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12927 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12928 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12929 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12930 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12931 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12932
12933 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12934 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12935 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12936 rarely happens in practice.
12937
12938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12939
12940 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12941 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12942 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12943 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12944 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12945 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12946
12947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12948
12949 ;;;***
12950 \f
12951 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12952 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12953 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12954 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20355 10021))
12955 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12956
12957 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12958 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12959
12960 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12961
12962 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12963 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12964 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12965
12966 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12967
12968 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12969 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12970 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12971 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12972 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12973 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12974 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12975 search for a function definition.
12976
12977 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12978 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12979 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12980 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12981 suitable file is found, return nil.
12982
12983 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12984
12985 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12986
12987
12988 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12989
12990 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12991 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12992 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12993 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12994
12995 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12996
12997 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12998 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12999 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13000 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13001 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13002 it is displayed along with the global value.
13003
13004 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13005
13006 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13007 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13008 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13009 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13010
13011 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13012
13013 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13014 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13015 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13016 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13017 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13018
13019 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13020
13021 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13022 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13023
13024 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13025
13026 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13027 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13028
13029 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13030
13031 ;;;***
13032 \f
13033 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13034 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
13035 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13036
13037 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13038 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13039 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13040 window listing and describing the options.
13041 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13042 gives the window that lists the options.")
13043
13044 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13045
13046 ;;;***
13047 \f
13048 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13049 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13050 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20355
13051 ;;;;;; 10021))
13052 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13053
13054 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13055 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13056 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13057 Commands:
13058 \\{help-mode-map}
13059
13060 \(fn)" t nil)
13061
13062 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13063
13064
13065 \(fn)" nil nil)
13066
13067 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13068
13069
13070 \(fn)" nil nil)
13071
13072 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13073 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13074
13075 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13076 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13077 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13078 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13079
13080 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13081 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13082 restore it properly when going back.
13083
13084 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13085
13086 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13087 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13088 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13089 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13090 from `help-mode'.
13091 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13092 it does not already exist.
13093
13094 \(fn)" nil nil)
13095
13096 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13097 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13098
13099 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13100 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13101 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13102 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13103 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13104 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13105 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13106 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13107
13108 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13109 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13110 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13111 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13112
13113 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13114 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13115 that.
13116
13117 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13118
13119 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13120 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13121 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13122 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13123 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13124 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13125
13126 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13127
13128 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13129 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13130 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13131 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13132 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13133
13134 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13135
13136 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13137 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13138
13139 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13140
13141 ;;;***
13142 \f
13143 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13144 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20355 10021))
13145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13146
13147 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13148 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13149
13150 \(fn)" t nil)
13151
13152 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13153 Provide help for current mode.
13154
13155 \(fn)" t nil)
13156
13157 ;;;***
13158 \f
13159 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13160 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20420 41510))
13161 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13162
13163 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13164 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13165 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13166 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13167 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13168
13169 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13170 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13171
13172 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13173 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13174 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13175 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13176
13177 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13178 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13179 periods.
13180
13181 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13182 in hexl format.
13183
13184 A sample format:
13185
13186 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13187 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13188 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13189 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13190 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13191 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13192 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13193 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13194 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13195 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13196 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13197 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13198 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13199 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13200 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13201
13202 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13203 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13204 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13205
13206 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13207 also supported.
13208
13209 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13210
13211 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13212 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13213 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13214
13215 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13216 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13217 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13218
13219 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13220 into the buffer at the current point.
13221
13222 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13223 into the buffer at the current point.
13224
13225 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13226 into the buffer at the current point.
13227
13228 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13229
13230 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13231 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13232
13233 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13234
13235 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13236
13237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13238
13239 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13240 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13241 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13242 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13243
13244 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13245
13246 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13247 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13248 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13249
13250 \(fn)" t nil)
13251
13252 ;;;***
13253 \f
13254 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13255 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13256 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13257 ;;;;;; (20410 5673))
13258 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13259
13260 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13261 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13262 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13263 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13264 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13265
13266 Issuing one the highlighting commands listed below will
13267 automatically enable Hi Lock mode. To enable Hi Lock mode in all
13268 buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode' or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1)
13269 to your init file. When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp
13270 Highlighting\" submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The
13271 commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are:
13272
13273 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13274 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13275
13276 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13277 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13278 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13279 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13280
13281 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13282 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13283
13284 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13285 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13286
13287 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13288 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13289 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13290 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13291 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13292 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13293 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13294 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13295 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13296 function returns t.
13297
13298 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13299 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13300
13301 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13302 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13303 form:
13304 Hi-lock: FOO
13305 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13306 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13307 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13308 Patterns will be read until
13309 Hi-lock: end
13310 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13311
13312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13313
13314 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13315 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13316 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13317 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13318 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13319 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13320
13321 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13322
13323 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13324 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13325 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13326 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13327 ARG is omitted or nil.
13328
13329 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13330 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13331 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13332
13333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13334
13335 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13336
13337 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13338 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13339
13340 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13341 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13342 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13343 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13344 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13345
13346 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13347
13348 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13349
13350 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13351 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13352
13353 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13354 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13355 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13356 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13357 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13358
13359 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13360
13361 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13362
13363 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13364 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13365
13366 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13367 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13368
13369 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13370
13371 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13372
13373 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13374 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13375
13376 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13377 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13378 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13379 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13380 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13381
13382 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13383
13384 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13385 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13386
13387 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13388 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13389 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13390
13391 \(fn)" t nil)
13392
13393 ;;;***
13394 \f
13395 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13396 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
13397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13398
13399 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13400 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13402 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13403 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13404
13405 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13406 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13407 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13408 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13409
13410 `hide-ifdef-env'
13411 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13412 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13413 is used.
13414
13415 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13416 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13417 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13418 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13419 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13420
13421 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13422 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13423 #endif lines when hiding.
13424
13425 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13426 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13427 is activated.
13428
13429 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13430 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13431 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13432
13433 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13434
13435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13436
13437 ;;;***
13438 \f
13439 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13440 ;;;;;; (20356 55829))
13441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13442
13443 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13444 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13445 Each element has the form
13446 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13447
13448 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13449 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13450
13451 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13452 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13453
13454 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13455 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13456 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13457 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13458 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13459 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13460
13461 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13462 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13463
13464 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13465 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13466
13467 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13468 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13469 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13470
13471 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13472 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13473 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13474 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13475 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13476
13477 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13478 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13479 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13480
13481 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13482 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13483 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13484
13485 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13486 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13487
13488 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13489
13490 Key bindings:
13491 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13492
13493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13494
13495 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13496 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13497
13498 \(fn)" nil nil)
13499
13500 ;;;***
13501 \f
13502 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13503 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13504 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13505 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13506 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20355
13507 ;;;;;; 10021))
13508 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13509
13510 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13511 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13513 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13514 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13515
13516 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13517 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13518 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13519 this on and off.
13520
13521 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13522 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13523 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13524 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13525 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13526 through various faces.
13527 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13528 buffer with the contents of a file
13529 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13530
13531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13532
13533 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13534 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13535 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13536 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13537 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13538
13539 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13540 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13541 in a distinctive face.
13542
13543 The default value can be customized with variable
13544 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13545
13546 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13547
13548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13549
13550 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13551 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13552 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13553
13554 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13555
13556 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13557 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13558
13559 \(fn)" t nil)
13560
13561 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13562 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13563
13564 \(fn)" t nil)
13565
13566 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13567 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13568
13569 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13570 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13571 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13572 shown in the last face in the list.
13573
13574 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13575 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13576 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13577
13578 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13579
13580 \(fn)" t nil)
13581
13582 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13583 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13584
13585 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13586
13587 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13588 to save the file.
13589
13590 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13591 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13592
13593 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13594 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13595 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13596
13597 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13598
13599 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13600 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13601
13602 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13603 this function is called interactively.
13604
13605 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13606 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13607 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13608
13609 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13610 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13611 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13612
13613 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13614
13615 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13616 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13617 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13619 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13620 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13621
13622 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13623
13624 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13625 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13626 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13627 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13628 ARG is omitted or nil.
13629
13630 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13631 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13632 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13633
13634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13635
13636 ;;;***
13637 \f
13638 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13639 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13640 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13641 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13642 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20355 10021))
13643 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13644
13645 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13646 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13647 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13648 or insert functions in this list.")
13649
13650 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13651
13652 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13653 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13654
13655 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13656
13657 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13658 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13659
13660 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13661
13662 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13663 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13664
13665 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13666
13667 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13668 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13669
13670 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13671
13672 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13673 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13674 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13675
13676 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13677
13678 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13679 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13680 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13681 \(as atoms)")
13682
13683 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13684
13685 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13686 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13687 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13688 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13689 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13690
13691 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13692
13693 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13694 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13695 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13696 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13697 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13698 expansions.
13699 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13700 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13701 undoes the expansion.
13702
13703 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13704
13705 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13706 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13707 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13708 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13709
13710 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13711
13712 ;;;***
13713 \f
13714 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13715 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
13716 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13717
13718 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13719 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13720 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13721 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13722 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13723
13724 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13725 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13726 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13727 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13728 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13729 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13730
13731 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13732 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13733 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13734 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13735
13736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13737
13738 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13739 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13740 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13742 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13743 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13744
13745 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13746
13747 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13748 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13749 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13750 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13751 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13752
13753 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13754 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13755 windows.
13756
13757 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13758 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13759
13760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13761
13762 ;;;***
13763 \f
13764 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13765 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13766 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13767 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13768 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20390 20388))
13769 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13770
13771 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13772
13773 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13774 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13775 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13776
13777 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13778
13779 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13780
13781 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13782
13783 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13784 Oriental holidays.
13785 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13786
13787 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13788
13789 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13790
13791 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13792
13793 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13794 Local holidays.
13795 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13796
13797 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13798
13799 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13800
13801 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13802
13803 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13804 User defined holidays.
13805 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13806
13807 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13808
13809 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13810
13811 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13812 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13813
13814 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13815
13816 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13817 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13818
13819 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13820
13821 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13822 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13823
13824 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13825
13826 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13827 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13828
13829 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13830
13831 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13832
13833 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13834 Jewish holidays.
13835 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13836
13837 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13838
13839 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13840
13841 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13842
13843 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13844 Christian holidays.
13845 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13846
13847 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13848
13849 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13850
13851 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13852
13853 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13854 Islamic holidays.
13855 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13856
13857 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13858
13859 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13860
13861 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13862
13863 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
13864 Bahá'í holidays.
13865 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13866
13867 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13868
13869 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13870
13871 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13872
13873 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13874 Sun-related holidays.
13875 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13876
13877 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13878
13879 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13880
13881 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13882
13883 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13884 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13885 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13886 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13887
13888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13889
13890 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13891 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13892 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13893 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13894 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13895
13896 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13897 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13898
13899 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13900 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13901
13902 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13903 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13904 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13905 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13906 of a holiday list.
13907
13908 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13909
13910 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13911
13912 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13913
13914 ;;;***
13915 \f
13916 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20355
13917 ;;;;;; 10021))
13918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13919
13920 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13921 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13922
13923 \(fn)" t nil)
13924
13925 ;;;***
13926 \f
13927 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13928 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20355 10021))
13929 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13930
13931 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13932 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13933 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13934 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13935 as possible.
13936
13937 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13938 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13939 fontified display.
13940
13941 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13942 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13943
13944 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13945 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13946 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13947
13948 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13949
13950 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13951 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13952 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13953
13954 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13955
13956 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13957
13958 ;;;***
13959 \f
13960 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13961 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20406
13962 ;;;;;; 8611))
13963 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13964
13965 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13966 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13967
13968 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13969 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13970 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13971
13972 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13973 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13974 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13975 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13976 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13977 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13978
13979 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13980 title of the column.
13981
13982 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13983 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13984 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13985 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13986 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13987
13988 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13989
13990 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13991
13992 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13993 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13994 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13995 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13996 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13997
13998 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13999 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14000 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14001
14002 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14003
14004 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14005
14006 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14007
14008 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14009 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14010 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14011 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14012 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14013 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14014
14015 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14016 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14017 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14018 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14019 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14020 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14021 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14022 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14023 values are:
14024 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14025 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14026 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14027 buffer's modification flag.
14028 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14029 prompted before performing this operation.
14030 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14031 operation is complete, in the form:
14032 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14033 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14034 confirmation message, in the form:
14035 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14036 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14037 macro for exactly what it does.
14038
14039 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14040
14041 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14042
14043 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14044
14045 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14046 Define a filter named NAME.
14047 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14048 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14049 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14050
14051 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14052 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14053 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14054 bound to the current value of the filter.
14055
14056 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14057
14058 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14059
14060 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14061
14062 ;;;***
14063 \f
14064 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14065 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20383 47352))
14066 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14067
14068 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14069 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14070 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14071 buffers which are visiting a file.
14072
14073 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14074
14075 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14076 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14077 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14078 buffers which are visiting a file.
14079
14080 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14081
14082 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14083 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14084 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14085
14086 All arguments are optional.
14087 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14088 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14089 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14090 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14091 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14092 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14093 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14094 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14095 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14096 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14097 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14098 that value locally in this buffer.
14099
14100 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14101
14102 ;;;***
14103 \f
14104 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14105 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14106 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20421 62373))
14107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14108
14109 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14110 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14111 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14112 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14113
14114 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14115
14116 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14117 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14118 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14119 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14120 ICAL-FILENAME.
14121 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14122 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14123 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14124
14125 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14126
14127 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14128 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14129 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14130 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14131 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14132 non-marking or not.
14133
14134 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14135
14136 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14137 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14138
14139 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14140 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14141 DIARY-FILE.
14142
14143 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14144 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14145 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14146
14147 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14148 non-marking.
14149
14150 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14151 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14152 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14153
14154 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14155
14156 ;;;***
14157 \f
14158 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20355
14159 ;;;;;; 10021))
14160 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14161
14162 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14163 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14164 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14166 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14167 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14168
14169 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14170
14171 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14172 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14174 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14175 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14176
14177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14178
14179 ;;;***
14180 \f
14181 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20355 10021))
14182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14183
14184 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14185 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14186 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14187 Tab indents for Icon code.
14188 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14189 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14190 \\{icon-mode-map}
14191 Variables controlling indentation style:
14192 icon-tab-always-indent
14193 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14194 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14195 icon-auto-newline
14196 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14197 inserted in Icon code.
14198 icon-indent-level
14199 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14200 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14201 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14202 icon-continued-statement-offset
14203 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14204 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14205 icon-continued-brace-offset
14206 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14207 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14208 icon-brace-offset
14209 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14210 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14211 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14212 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14213
14214 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14215 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14216
14217 \(fn)" t nil)
14218
14219 ;;;***
14220 \f
14221 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14222 ;;;;;; (20394 17446))
14223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14224
14225 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14226 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14227 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14228 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14229
14230 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14231 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14232 separate frames.
14233
14234 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14235 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14236
14237 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14238 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14239 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14240
14241 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14242
14243 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14244
14245 ;;;***
14246 \f
14247 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14248 ;;;;;; (20387 44199))
14249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14250
14251 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14252 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14253
14254 The main features of this mode are
14255
14256 1. Indentation and Formatting
14257 --------------------------
14258 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14259 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14260
14261 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14262 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14263 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14264 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14265
14266 Comments are indented as follows:
14267
14268 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14269 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14270 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14271
14272 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14273
14274 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14275 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14276 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14277 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14278 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14279 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14280
14281 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14282 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14283 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14284 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14285
14286 2. Routine Info
14287 ------------
14288 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14289 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14290 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14291 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14292 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14293 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14294 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14295 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14296 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14297 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14298
14299 3. Online IDL Help
14300 ---------------
14301
14302 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14303 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14304 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14305 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14306
14307 4. Completion
14308 ----------
14309 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14310 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14311 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14312 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14313 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14314 upper case.
14315
14316 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14317 --------------------------------
14318 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14319 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14320
14321 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14322 \\fu FUNCTION template
14323 \\c CASE statement template
14324 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14325 \\f FOR loop template
14326 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14327 \\w WHILE loop template
14328 \\i IF statement template
14329 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14330 \\b BEGIN
14331
14332 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14333 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14334
14335 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14336 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14337 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14338 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14339
14340 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14341 -------------------------
14342 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14343 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14344
14345 7. Automatic END completion
14346 ------------------------
14347 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14348 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14349
14350 8. Hooks
14351 -----
14352 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14353 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14354
14355 9. Documentation and Customization
14356 -------------------------------
14357 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14358 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14359 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14360 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14361 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14362
14363 10.Keybindings
14364 -----------
14365 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14366 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14367 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14368
14369 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14370
14371 \(fn)" t nil)
14372
14373 ;;;***
14374 \f
14375 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14376 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14377 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14378 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14379 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14380 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14381 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14382 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20387
14383 ;;;;;; 44199))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14385
14386 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14387 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14388 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14389 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14390 displaying...)
14391 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14392 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14393 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14394
14395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14396 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14397
14398 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14399
14400 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14401 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14402 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14403 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14404 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14405 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14406 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14407 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14408 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14409
14410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14411
14412 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14413 Switch to another buffer.
14414 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14415 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14416 in another frame.
14417
14418 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14419 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14420 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14421 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14422 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14423
14424 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14425 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14426
14427 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14428 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14429
14430 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14431 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14432 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14433 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14434 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14435 in a separate window.
14436 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14437 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14438 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14439 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14440 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14441 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14442 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14443 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14444 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14445
14446 \(fn)" t nil)
14447
14448 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14449 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14450 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14451 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14452
14453 \(fn)" t nil)
14454
14455 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14456 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14457 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14458 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14459
14460 \(fn)" t nil)
14461
14462 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14463 Kill a buffer.
14464 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14465 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14466
14467 \(fn)" t nil)
14468
14469 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14470 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14471 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14472 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14473
14474 \(fn)" t nil)
14475
14476 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14477 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14478 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14479 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14480
14481 \(fn)" t nil)
14482
14483 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14484 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14485
14486 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14487
14488 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14489 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14490 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14491 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14492 visible in another frame.
14493
14494 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14495 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14496 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14497 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14498 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14499 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14500
14501 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14502 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14503
14504 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14505 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14506
14507 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14508 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14509 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14510 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14511 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14512 in a separate window.
14513 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14514 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14515 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14516 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14517 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14518 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14519 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14520 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14521 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14522 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14523 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14524 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14525 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14526 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14527
14528 \(fn)" t nil)
14529
14530 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14531 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14532 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14533 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14534
14535 \(fn)" t nil)
14536
14537 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14538 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14539 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14540 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14541
14542 \(fn)" t nil)
14543
14544 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14545 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14546 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14547 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14548
14549 \(fn)" t nil)
14550
14551 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14552 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14553 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14554 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14555
14556 \(fn)" t nil)
14557
14558 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14559 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14560 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14561 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14562
14563 \(fn)" t nil)
14564
14565 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14566 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14567 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14568 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14569
14570 \(fn)" t nil)
14571
14572 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14573 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14574 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14575 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14576
14577 \(fn)" t nil)
14578
14579 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14580 Write current buffer to a file.
14581 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14582 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14583
14584 \(fn)" t nil)
14585
14586 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14587 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14588 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14589 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14590
14591 \(fn)" t nil)
14592
14593 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14594 Call `dired' the ido way.
14595 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14596 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14597
14598 \(fn)" t nil)
14599
14600 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14601 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14602 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14603 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14604 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14605 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14606
14607 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14608
14609 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14610 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14611 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14612 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14613
14614 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14615
14616 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14617 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14618 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14619 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14620
14621 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14622
14623 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14624 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14625 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14626 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14627 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14628 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14629 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14630 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14631 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14632 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14633 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14634 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14635 with point positioned at the end.
14636 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14637 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14638
14639 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14640
14641 ;;;***
14642 \f
14643 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20355 10021))
14644 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14645
14646 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14647 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14648 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14649
14650 \(fn)" t nil)
14651
14652 ;;;***
14653 \f
14654 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20355 10021))
14655 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14656
14657 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14658
14659 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14660 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14662 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14663 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14664 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14665
14666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14667
14668 ;;;***
14669 \f
14670 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14671 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14672 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14673 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14674 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14675 ;;;;;; (20423 43129))
14676 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14677
14678 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14679 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14680 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14681 be determined.
14682
14683 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14684
14685 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14686 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14687 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14688 be determined.
14689
14690 \(fn)" nil nil)
14691
14692 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14693 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14694 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14695 be determined.
14696
14697 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14698
14699 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14700 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14701 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14702 be determined.
14703
14704 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14705
14706 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14707 Determine and return image type.
14708 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14709 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14710 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14711 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14712 use its file extension as image type.
14713 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14714
14715 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14716
14717 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14718 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14719 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14720
14721 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14722
14723 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14724 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14725 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14726
14727 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14728 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14729 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14730 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14731 must be available.
14732
14733 \(fn)" nil nil)
14734
14735 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14736 Create an image.
14737 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14738 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14739 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14740 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14741 use its file extension as image type.
14742 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14743 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14744 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14745 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14746
14747 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14748
14749 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14750 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14751 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14752
14753 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14754
14755 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14756 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14757 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14758 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14759 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14760 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14761 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14762 POS may be an integer or marker.
14763 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14764 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14765 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14766 means display it in the right marginal area.
14767
14768 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14769
14770 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14771 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14772 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14773 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14774 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14775 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14776 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14777 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14778 means display it in the right marginal area.
14779 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14780 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14781 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14782 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14783 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14784
14785 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14786
14787 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14788 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14789 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14790 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14791 defaulted if you omit it.
14792 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14793 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14794 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14795 means display it in the right marginal area.
14796 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14797
14798 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14799
14800 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14801 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14802 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14803 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14804
14805 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14806
14807 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14808 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14809
14810 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14811
14812 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14813 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14814 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14815 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14816 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14817 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14818 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14819 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14820 satisfied.
14821
14822 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14823
14824 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14825
14826 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14827
14828 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14829 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14830
14831 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14832 documentation string.
14833
14834 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14835 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14836 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14837 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14838 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14839 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14840 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14841 define SYMBOL.
14842
14843 Example:
14844
14845 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14846 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14847
14848 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
14849
14850 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14851
14852 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14853 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14854 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
14855 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
14856
14857 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14858 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14859 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14860 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
14861
14862 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
14863
14864 \(fn)" nil nil)
14865
14866 ;;;***
14867 \f
14868 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14869 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14870 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14871 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14872 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14873 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14874 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14875 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20355 10021))
14876 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14877
14878 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14879 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14880 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14881 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14882 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14883 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14884
14885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14886
14887 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14888 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14889
14890 Convenience command that:
14891
14892 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14893 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14894 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14895
14896 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14897 image files in dired and type
14898 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14899
14900 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14901
14902 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14903 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14904
14905 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14906
14907 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14908 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14909 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14910 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14911 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14912 another one).
14913
14914 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14915 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14916 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14917
14918 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14919 instead of erasing it first.
14920
14921 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14922 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14923 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14924 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14925 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14926 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14927
14928 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14929
14930 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14931 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14932 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14933 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14934 displayed.
14935
14936 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14937
14938 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14939
14940 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14941
14942 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14943 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14944
14945 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14946
14947 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14948 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14949 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14950
14951 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14952
14953 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14954 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14955
14956 \(fn)" t nil)
14957
14958 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14959 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14960 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14961 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14962
14963 \(fn)" t nil)
14964
14965 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14966 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14967
14968 \(fn)" t nil)
14969
14970 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14971 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14972
14973 \(fn)" t nil)
14974
14975 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14976 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14977
14978 \(fn)" t nil)
14979
14980 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14981 Display current image file.
14982 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14983 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14984
14985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14986
14987 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14988 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14989
14990 \(fn)" t nil)
14991
14992 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14993 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14994 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14995 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14996 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14997 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14998 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14999
15000 \(fn)" t nil)
15001
15002 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15003 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15004 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15005 easy-to-use form.
15006
15007 \(fn)" t nil)
15008
15009 ;;;***
15010 \f
15011 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15012 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15013 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20355 10021))
15014 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15015
15016 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15017 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15018 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15019 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15020
15021 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15022 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15023 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15024 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15025
15026 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15027
15028 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15029 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15030 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15031 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15032
15033 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15034 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15035 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15036 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15037
15038 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15039
15040 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15041 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15042
15043 \(fn)" nil nil)
15044
15045 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15046 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15047 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15048 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15049
15050 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15051
15052 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15053 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15054 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15055 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15056 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15057 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15058
15059 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15060
15061 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15062 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15064 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15065 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15066
15067 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15068 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15069 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15070
15071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15072
15073 ;;;***
15074 \f
15075 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15076 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20420 41510))
15077 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15078
15079 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15080 Major mode for image files.
15081 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15082 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15083
15084 \(fn)" t nil)
15085
15086 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15087 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15089 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15090 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15091
15092 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15093 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15094 actual image.
15095
15096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15097
15098 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15099 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15100 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15101 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15102 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15103 to display an image file as the actual image.
15104
15105 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15106 to display an image file as text initially.
15107
15108 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15109 on these modes.
15110
15111 \(fn)" t nil)
15112
15113 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15114
15115
15116 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15117
15118 ;;;***
15119 \f
15120 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15121 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20393 22044))
15122 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15123
15124 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15125 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15126
15127 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15128
15129 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15130 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15131 in the buffer.
15132
15133 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15134
15135 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15136 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15137 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15138
15139 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15140
15141 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15142 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15143
15144 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15145 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15146 pattern's structure.
15147
15148 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15149 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15150 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15151 during matching.")
15152 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15153
15154 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15155
15156 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15157 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15158
15159 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15160 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15161 called within a `save-excursion'.
15162
15163 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15164
15165 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15166
15167 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15168 Function for finding the next index position.
15169
15170 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15171 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15172 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15173 file.
15174
15175 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15176 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15177
15178 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15179
15180 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15181 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15182
15183 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15184 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15185 It should return the name for that index item.")
15186
15187 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15188
15189 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15190 Function to compare string with index item.
15191
15192 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15193 non-nil if they match.
15194
15195 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15196 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15197 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15198 arguments match\".")
15199
15200 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15201
15202 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15203 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15204 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15205
15206 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15207 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15208
15209 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15210
15211 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15212
15213 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15214 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15215 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15216 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15217
15218 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15219
15220 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15221 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15222
15223 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15224
15225 \(fn)" t nil)
15226
15227 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15228 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15229 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15230 for more information.
15231
15232 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15233
15234 ;;;***
15235 \f
15236 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15237 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15238 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20355 10021))
15239 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15240
15241 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15242 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15243
15244 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15245
15246 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15247
15248
15249 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15250
15251 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15252
15253
15254 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15255
15256 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15257
15258
15259 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15260
15261 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15262 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15263
15264 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15265
15266 ;;;***
15267 \f
15268 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15269 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15270 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20355 10021))
15271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15272
15273 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15274 What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15275 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15276 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15277 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15278
15279 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15280
15281 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
15282 Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15283
15284 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15285
15286 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15287 Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15288 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15289 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15290 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15291 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15292 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15293 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15294
15295 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15296
15297 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15298 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15299 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15300 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15301 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15302
15303 This variable is only used if the variable
15304 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15305
15306 More precise choices:
15307 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15308 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15309 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15310
15311 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15312
15313 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15314
15315 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15316 Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15317
15318 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15319 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15320 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15321 to that buffer.
15322 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15323 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15324 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15325 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15326
15327 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15328
15329 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15330
15331 ;;;***
15332 \f
15333 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15334 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15335 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15336 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15337 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20420 41510))
15338 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15339
15340 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15341 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15342
15343 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15344 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15345
15346 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15347 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15348 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15349 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15350 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15351 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15352 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15353 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15354 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15355 with the top-level Info directory.
15356
15357 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15358 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15359 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15360 appended to the Info buffer name.
15361
15362 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15363 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15364 in all the directories in that path.
15365
15366 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15367
15368 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15369
15370 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15371 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15372
15373 \(fn)" t nil)
15374
15375 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15376 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15377
15378 \(fn)" t nil)
15379
15380 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15381 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15382 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15383 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15384
15385 \(fn)" nil nil)
15386
15387 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15388 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15389 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15390 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15391
15392 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15393
15394 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15395 Go to the Info directory node.
15396
15397 \(fn)" t nil)
15398
15399 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15400 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15401 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15402 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15403 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15404 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15405
15406 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15407
15408 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15409 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15410 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15411
15412 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15413
15414 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15415 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15416 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15417 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15418 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15419
15420 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15421
15422 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15423 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15424 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15425 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15426 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15427
15428 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15429 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15430
15431 Selecting other nodes:
15432 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15433 Follow a node reference you click on.
15434 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15435 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15436 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15437 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15438 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15439 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15440 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15441 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15442 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15443 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15444 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15445 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15446 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15447 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15448 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15449 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15450 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15451 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15452 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15453 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15454
15455 Moving within a node:
15456 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15457 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15458 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15459 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15460 move up to the parent node.
15461 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15462 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15463 if there is none.
15464 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15465
15466 Advanced commands:
15467 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15468 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15469 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15470 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15471 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15472 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15473 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15474 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15475 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15476 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15477 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15478 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15479 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15480 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15481 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15482 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15483
15484 \(fn)" t nil)
15485 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15486
15487 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15488 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15489 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15490 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15491 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15492 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15493
15494 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15495 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15496
15497 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15498 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15499 KEY is a string.
15500 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15501 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15502 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15503 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15504
15505 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15506
15507 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15508 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15509 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15510
15511 \(fn)" t nil)
15512
15513 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15514 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15515 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15516
15517 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15518
15519 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15520 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15521
15522 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15523
15524 ;;;***
15525 \f
15526 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15527 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15528 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
15529 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15530
15531 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15532 Throw away all cached data.
15533 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15534 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15535 system.
15536
15537 \(fn)" t nil)
15538 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15539
15540 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15541 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15542 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15543 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15544 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15545 one found at point.
15546
15547 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15548
15549 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15550 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15551
15552 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15553 Display the documentation of a file.
15554 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15555 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15556 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15557 The default file name is the one found at point.
15558
15559 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15560
15561 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15562
15563 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15564 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15565
15566 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15567
15568 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15569 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15570
15571 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15572
15573 ;;;***
15574 \f
15575 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15576 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15577 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
15578 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15579
15580 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15581 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15582 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15583 current info file is the default.
15584
15585 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15586 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15587 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15588 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15589 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15590
15591 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15592 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15593 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15594 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15595 mistake in the reference.
15596
15597 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15598 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15599 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15600
15601 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15602 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15603 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15604 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15605
15606 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15607
15608 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15609 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15610 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15611 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15612 checked.
15613
15614 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15615 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15616 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15617 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15618 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15619 should be harmless.
15620
15621 \(fn)" t nil)
15622
15623 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15624 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15625 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15626 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15627
15628 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15629 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15630 and can take a long time.
15631
15632 \(fn)" t nil)
15633
15634 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15635 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15636 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15637
15638 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15639
15640 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15641 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15642
15643 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15644 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15645 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15646 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15647 all builtins).
15648
15649 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15650 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15651 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15652 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15653 the sources handy.
15654
15655 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15656
15657 ;;;***
15658 \f
15659 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15660 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20355 10021))
15661 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15662
15663 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15664 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15665
15666 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15667
15668 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15669 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15670
15671 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15672
15673 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15674 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15675 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15676 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15677
15678 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15679 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15680 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15681
15682 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15683 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15684 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15685 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15686
15687 \(fn)" t nil)
15688
15689 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15690 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15691 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15692
15693 \(fn)" t nil)
15694
15695 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15696 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15697 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15698 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15699 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15700
15701 \(fn)" nil nil)
15702
15703 ;;;***
15704 \f
15705 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15706 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15707 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
15708 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15709
15710 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15711 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15712
15713 \(fn)" t nil)
15714
15715 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15716 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15717
15718 \(fn)" t nil)
15719
15720 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15721
15722
15723 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15724
15725 ;;;***
15726 \f
15727 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20355
15728 ;;;;;; 10021))
15729 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15730
15731 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15732 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15733 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15734 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15735 accessed via isearchb.
15736
15737 \(fn)" t nil)
15738
15739 ;;;***
15740 \f
15741 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15742 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15743 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15744 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20355 10021))
15745 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15746
15747 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15748 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15749 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15750 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15751 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15752
15753 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15754
15755 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15756 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15757 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15758 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15759 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15760
15761 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15762
15763 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15764 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15765 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15766 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15767 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15768
15769 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15770
15771 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15772 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15773 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15774 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15775 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15776
15777 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15778
15779 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15780 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15781 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15782 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15783 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15784
15785 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15786
15787 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15788 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15789 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15790 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15791 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15792
15793 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15794
15795 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15796 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15797 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15798 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15799 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15800
15801 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15802
15803 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15804 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15805 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15806 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15807
15808 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15809
15810 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15811 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15812 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15813 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15814
15815 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15816
15817 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15818 Warn that format is read-only.
15819
15820 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15821
15822 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15823 Warn that format is write-only.
15824
15825 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15826
15827 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15828 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15829
15830 \(fn)" t nil)
15831
15832 ;;;***
15833 \f
15834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15835 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
15836 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15837 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15838 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15839 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15840
15841 ;;;***
15842 \f
15843 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15844 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15845 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15846 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15847 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20423 17700))
15848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15849
15850 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15851
15852 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15853 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15854 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15855 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15856 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15857
15858 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15859
15860 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15861
15862 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15863 Key map for ispell menu.")
15864
15865 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15866 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15867 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15868 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15869
15870 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15871
15872 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15873
15874 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15875
15876 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15877
15878 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15879 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15880 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15881 Valid forms include:
15882 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15883 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15884 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15885 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15886
15887 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15888 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15889 First list is used raw.
15890 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15891
15892 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15893 for skipping in latex mode.")
15894
15895 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15896 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15897 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15898 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15899 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15900 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15901 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15902
15903 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15904 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15905 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15906 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15907
15908 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15909 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15910 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15911 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15912 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15913
15914 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15915 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15916
15917 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15918 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15919
15920 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15921 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15922
15923 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15924 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15925
15926 Return values:
15927 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15928 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15929 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15930 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15931 quit spell session exited.
15932
15933 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15934
15935 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15936 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15937 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15938
15939 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15940
15941 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15942 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15943
15944 Selections are:
15945
15946 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15947 SPC: Accept word this time.
15948 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15949 `a': Accept word for this session.
15950 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15951 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15952 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15953 `?': Show these commands.
15954 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15955 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15956 the aborted check to be completed later.
15957 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15958 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15959 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15960 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15961 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15962 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15963 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15964
15965 \(fn)" nil nil)
15966
15967 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15968 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15969 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15970 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
15971
15972 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
15973
15974 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15975 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15976 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15977 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15978
15979 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15980
15981 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15982
15983 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15984 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15985 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
15986 amount for last line processed.
15987
15988 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15989
15990 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15991 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15992
15993 \(fn)" t nil)
15994
15995 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15996 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15997
15998 \(fn)" t nil)
15999
16000 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16001 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16002
16003 \(fn)" t nil)
16004
16005 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16006 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16007 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16008 sequence inside of a word.
16009
16010 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16011
16012 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16013
16014 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16015 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16016
16017 \(fn)" t nil)
16018
16019 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16020 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16021 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16022 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16023
16024 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16025 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16026 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16027 available on the net.
16028
16029 \(fn)" t nil)
16030
16031 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16032 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16033 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16034 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16035 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16036
16037 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16038 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16039 spelled.
16040
16041 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16042 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16043 SPC.
16044
16045 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16046 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16047
16048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16049
16050 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16051 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16052 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16053 Don't check included messages.
16054
16055 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16056 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16057 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16058
16059 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16060 in your .emacs file:
16061 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16062 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16063 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16064 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16065
16066 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16067 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16068 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16069
16070 \(fn)" t nil)
16071
16072 ;;;***
16073 \f
16074 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20387
16075 ;;;;;; 44199))
16076 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16077
16078 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16079 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16080 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16083 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16084
16085 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16086
16087 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16088 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16090 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16091 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16092
16093 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16094 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16095
16096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16097
16098 ;;;***
16099 \f
16100 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16101 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16102 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16103 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20355 10021))
16104 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16105
16106 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16107
16108
16109 \(fn)" nil nil)
16110
16111 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16112 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16113 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16114 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16115 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16116 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16117 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16118 necessary to represent OBJ.
16119
16120 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16121
16122 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16123 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16124 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16125 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16126
16127 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16128
16129 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16130 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16131 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16132 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16133 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16134
16135 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16136
16137 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16138 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16139 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16140 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16141
16142 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16143
16144 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16145 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16146 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16147 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16148
16149 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16150
16151 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16152 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16153
16154 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16155
16156 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16157 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16158 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16159 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16160 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16161
16162 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16163
16164 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16165 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16166 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16167 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16168 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16169
16170 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16171
16172 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16173 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16174 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16175
16176 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16177
16178 ;;;***
16179 \f
16180 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16181 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20355 10021))
16182 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16183
16184 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16185 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16186 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16187 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16188
16189 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16190
16191
16192 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16193
16194 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16195 Uninstall jka-compr.
16196 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16197 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16198 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16199
16200 \(fn)" nil nil)
16201
16202 ;;;***
16203 \f
16204 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20415 53309))
16205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16206
16207 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16208 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16209
16210 \(fn)" t nil)
16211
16212 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16213
16214 ;;;***
16215 \f
16216 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16217 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16218 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16220
16221 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16222 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16223 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16224 decimal key must be specified.")
16225
16226 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16227
16228 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16229 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16230 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16231 decimal key must be specified.")
16232
16233 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16234
16235 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16236 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16237 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16238 decimal key must be specified.")
16239
16240 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16241
16242 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16243 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16244 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16245 decimal key must be specified.")
16246
16247 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16248
16249 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16250 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16251 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16252 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16253 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16254 keys are bound.
16255
16256 Setup Binding
16257 -------------------------------------------------------------
16258 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16259 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16260 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16261 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16262 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16263 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16264 in the global and local keymaps.
16265
16266 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16267 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16268
16269 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16270
16271 ;;;***
16272 \f
16273 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16274 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16275 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16276
16277 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16278 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16279 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16280
16281 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16282 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16283 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16284 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16285 shorter.
16286
16287 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16288 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16289 the context of text formatting.
16290
16291 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16292
16293 ;;;***
16294 \f
16295 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20355
16296 ;;;;;; 10021))
16297 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16298
16299 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16300 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16301 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16302 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16303 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16304 positions that contains the current selection.")
16305
16306 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16307 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16308 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16309 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16310 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16311 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16312 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16313
16314 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16315
16316 ;;;***
16317 \f
16318 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16319 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16320 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16321 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20388 65061))
16322 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16323 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16324 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16325 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16326 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16327 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16328 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16329 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16330
16331 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16332 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16333
16334 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16335
16336 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16337 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16338 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16339 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16340 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16341
16342 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16343
16344 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16345 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16346 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16347
16348 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16349 defining the macro.
16350
16351 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16352 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16353 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16354
16355 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16356 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16357
16358 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16359
16360 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16361 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16362 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16363 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16364 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16365 under that name.
16366
16367 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16368 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16369 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16370
16371 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16372
16373 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16374 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16375 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16376
16377 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16378 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16379 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16380 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16381
16382 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16383 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16384
16385 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16386
16387 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16388 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16389 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16390
16391 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16392 macro.
16393
16394 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16395 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16396
16397 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16398 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16399 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16400
16401 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16402 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16403
16404 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16405
16406 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16407 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16408 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16409 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16410
16411 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16412
16413 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16414 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16415 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16416 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16417
16418 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16419 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16420
16421 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16422
16423 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16424 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16425 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16426
16427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16428
16429 ;;;***
16430 \f
16431 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16432 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20355 10021))
16433 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16434
16435 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16436 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16437 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16438
16439 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16440
16441
16442 \(fn)" nil nil)
16443
16444 ;;;***
16445 \f
16446 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16447 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16448 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16449
16450 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16451
16452 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16453 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16454
16455 \(fn)" t nil)
16456
16457 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16458 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16459 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16460 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16461
16462 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16463 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16464 none / 1 | yes | no
16465 2 | yes | yes
16466 3 | no | yes
16467 4 | no | no
16468
16469 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16470 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16471 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16472
16473 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16474
16475 ;;;***
16476 \f
16477 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16478 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16479 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20355 10021))
16480 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16481
16482 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16483
16484
16485 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16486
16487 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16488 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16489 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16490 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16491 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16492 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16493
16494 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16495 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16496
16497 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16498
16499 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16500 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16501
16502 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16503
16504 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16505
16506
16507 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16508
16509 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16510
16511
16512 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16513
16514 ;;;***
16515 \f
16516 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16517 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16518 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20355 10021))
16519 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16520
16521 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16522 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16523 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16524 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16525
16526 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16527
16528 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16529 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16530 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16531
16532 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16533
16534 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16535 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16536 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16537
16538 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16539
16540 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16541 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16542 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16543 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16544
16545 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16546
16547 ;;;***
16548 \f
16549 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16550 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20355 10021))
16551 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16552
16553 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16554 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16555 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16556 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16557 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16558 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16559 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16560 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16561
16562 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16563 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16564
16565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16566 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16567
16568 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16569
16570 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16571 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16572 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16573 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16574 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16575 `latin1-display-setup'.
16576
16577 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16578
16579 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16580 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16581 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16582 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16583
16584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16585 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16586
16587 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16588
16589 ;;;***
16590 \f
16591 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16592 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16594
16595 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16596 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16597
16598 \(fn)" t nil)
16599
16600 ;;;***
16601 \f
16602 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16603 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16604 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16605
16606 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16607 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16608
16609 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16610 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16611
16612 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16613 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16614
16615 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16616 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16617 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16618 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16619 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16620 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16621 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16622 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16623 and transmit saved text.
16624
16625 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16626 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16627 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16628
16629 \(fn)" t nil)
16630
16631 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16632
16633
16634 \(fn)" nil nil)
16635
16636 ;;;***
16637 \f
16638 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20355 10021))
16639 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16640
16641 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16642 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16643 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16644 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16645 generations (this defaults to 1).
16646
16647 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16648
16649 ;;;***
16650 \f
16651 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16652 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20355 10021))
16653 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16654
16655 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16656 Format used to display line numbers.
16657 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16658 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16659 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16660 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16661
16662 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16663
16664 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16665 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16667 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16668 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16669
16670 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16671
16672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16673
16674 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16675 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16676 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16678 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16679 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16680
16681 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16682
16683 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16684 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16685 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16686 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16687 ARG is omitted or nil.
16688
16689 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16690 `linum-on' would do it.
16691 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16692
16693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16694
16695 ;;;***
16696 \f
16697 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20399
16698 ;;;;;; 35365))
16699 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16700
16701 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16702 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16703 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16704 is nil, raise an error.
16705
16706 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16707 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16708 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16709 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16710 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16711 defined by the library.
16712
16713 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16714 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16715 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16716 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16717 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16718 proceeds.
16719
16720 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16721 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16722 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16723 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16724
16725 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16726
16727 ;;;***
16728 \f
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16730 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20355 10021))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16732
16733 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16734 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16735 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16736
16737 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16738
16739 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16740 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16741 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16742 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16743
16744 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16745 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16746 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16747 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16748 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16749 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16750 the version.)
16751
16752 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16753 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16754
16755 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16756 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16757
16758 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16759 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16760
16761 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16762
16763 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16764 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16765 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16766 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16767 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16768 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16769 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16770 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16771 to constrain a big search.
16772
16773 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16774
16775 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16776 except that FILTER is not optional.
16777
16778 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16779
16780 ;;;***
16781 \f
16782 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20399 35365))
16783 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16784
16785 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16786 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16787 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16788 if MODE is nil.
16789 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16790 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16791 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16792 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16793 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16794
16795 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16796 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16797 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16798 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16799 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16800
16801 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16802 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16803 uses the current buffer.
16804
16805 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16806
16807 ;;;***
16808 \f
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20355
16810 ;;;;;; 10021))
16811 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16812
16813 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16814 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16815
16816 \(fn)" t nil)
16817
16818 ;;;***
16819 \f
16820 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20355
16821 ;;;;;; 10021))
16822 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16823
16824 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16825 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16829
16830 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16831 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16832 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16833 disk.
16834
16835 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16836 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16837 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16838
16839 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16840 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16841
16842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16843
16844 ;;;***
16845 \f
16846 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16847 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20355
16848 ;;;;;; 10021))
16849 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16850
16851 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16852 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16853
16854 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16855 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16856
16857 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16858 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16859 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16860
16861 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16862 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16863
16864 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16865 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16866 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16867 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16868 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16869 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16870 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16871
16872 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16873
16874 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16875 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16876 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16877 switch on this list.
16878 See `lpr-command'.")
16879
16880 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16881
16882 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16883 Name of program for printing a file.
16884
16885 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16886 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16887 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16888 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16889 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16890 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16891 argument.")
16892
16893 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16894
16895 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16896 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16897 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16898 for customization of the printer command.
16899
16900 \(fn)" t nil)
16901
16902 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16903 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16904
16905 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16906 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16907 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16908 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16909
16910 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16911 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16912
16913 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16914 for further customization of the printer command.
16915
16916 \(fn)" t nil)
16917
16918 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16919 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16920 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16921 for customization of the printer command.
16922
16923 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16924
16925 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16926 Paginate and print the region contents.
16927
16928 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16929 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16930 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16931 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16932
16933 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16934 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16935
16936 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16937 for further customization of the printer command.
16938
16939 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16940
16941 ;;;***
16942 \f
16943 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16944 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16945 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16946
16947 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16948 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16949 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16950
16951 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16952
16953 ;;;***
16954 \f
16955 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20355
16956 ;;;;;; 10021))
16957 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16958
16959 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16960 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16961 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16962 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16963
16964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16965
16966 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16967
16968 ;;;***
16969 \f
16970 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20355
16971 ;;;;;; 10021))
16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16973
16974 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16975 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16976
16977 \(fn)" t nil)
16978
16979 ;;;***
16980 \f
16981 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16982 ;;;;;; (20421 62373))
16983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16984
16985 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16986 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16987 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16988 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16989 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16990
16991 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16992
16993 ;;;***
16994 \f
16995 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16996 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20355 10021))
16997 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16998
16999 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17000 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17001 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17002 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17003 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17004
17005 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17006
17007 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17008 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17009 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17010 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17011
17012 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17013 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17014 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17015 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17016 bindings.
17017
17018 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17019 use this command, and then save the file.
17020
17021 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17022
17023 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17024 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17025 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17026 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17027 each time the macro executes.
17028 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17029 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17030 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17031 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17032 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17033 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17034 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17035
17036 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17037
17038 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17039 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17040 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17041 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17042
17043 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17044 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17045 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17046 execute.
17047
17048 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17049 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17050
17051 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17052 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17053 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17054 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17055 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17056
17057 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17058 looked like this:
17059
17060 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17061 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17062 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17063
17064 You could enter the names in this format:
17065
17066 foo
17067 bar
17068 baz
17069
17070 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17071
17072 \\C-x (
17073 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17074 \\C-x )
17075
17076 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17077 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17078
17079 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17080 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17081
17082 ;;;***
17083 \f
17084 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17085 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20355 10021))
17086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17087
17088 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17089 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17090 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17091 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17092 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17093 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17094
17095 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17096 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17097 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17098 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17099 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17100
17101 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17102 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17103 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17104 consing a string.)
17105
17106 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17107
17108 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17109 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17110
17111 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17112
17113 ;;;***
17114 \f
17115 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17116 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17117 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
17118 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17119
17120 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17121 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17122
17123 \(fn)" nil nil)
17124
17125 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17126
17127
17128 \(fn)" nil nil)
17129
17130 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17131 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17132
17133 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17134
17135 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17136 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17137 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17138 message.
17139
17140 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17141
17142 \(fn)" nil nil)
17143
17144 ;;;***
17145 \f
17146 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17147 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17148 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17149 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20355 10021))
17150 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17151
17152 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17153 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17154 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17155 often correct parser.")
17156
17157 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17158
17159 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17160 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17161 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17162 a value which excludes your own email address.
17163
17164 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17165 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17166
17167 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17168
17169 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17170 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17171
17172 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17173
17174 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17175 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17176 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17177 we return it unconverted.
17178
17179 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17180 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17181
17182 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17183
17184 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17185 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17186 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17187 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17188
17189 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17190
17191 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17192 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17193 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17194 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17195
17196 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17197
17198 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17199 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17200 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17201 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17202 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17203 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17204 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17205 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17206 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17207 as Rmail does.
17208
17209 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17210
17211 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17212 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17213 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17214 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17215 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17216 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17217 matches may be returned from the message body.
17218
17219 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17220
17221 ;;;***
17222 \f
17223 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17224 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20387
17225 ;;;;;; 44199))
17226 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17227
17228 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17229 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17230 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17233 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17234
17235 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17236
17237 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17238 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17240 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17241 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17242
17243 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17244 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17245 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17246 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17247
17248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17249
17250 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17251 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17252
17253 \(fn)" nil nil)
17254
17255 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17256 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17257 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17258
17259 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17260
17261 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17262 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17263 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17264
17265 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17266 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17267 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17268 double-quotes.
17269
17270 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17271
17272 ;;;***
17273 \f
17274 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17275 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17276 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20355 10021))
17277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17278
17279 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17280 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17281 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17282 king@grassland.com
17283 If `parens', they look like:
17284 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17285 If `angles', they look like:
17286 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17287
17288 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17289
17290 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17291 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17292 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17293 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17294 their `Resent-' variants.
17295
17296 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17297 removed from alias expansions.
17298
17299 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17300
17301 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17302 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17303 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17304
17305 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17306 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17307 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17308 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17309
17310 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17311
17312 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17313 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17314 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17315
17316 \(fn)" nil nil)
17317
17318 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17319 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17320 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17321 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17322
17323 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17324
17325 ;;;***
17326 \f
17327 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17328 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
17329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17330
17331 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17332 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17333 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17334 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17335
17336 \(fn)" nil nil)
17337
17338 ;;;***
17339 \f
17340 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17341 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17342 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20392 30149))
17343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17344
17345 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17346 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17347
17348 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17349 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17350 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17351 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17352 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17353 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17354
17355 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17356 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17357 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17358 dependency, despite the colon.
17359
17360 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17361
17362 In the browser, use the following keys:
17363
17364 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17365
17366 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17367
17368 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17369 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17370
17371 `makefile-target-colon':
17372 The string that gets appended to all target names
17373 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17374 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17375
17376 `makefile-macro-assign':
17377 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17378 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17379 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17380 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17381 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17382 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17383
17384 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17385 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17386 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17387
17388 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17389 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17390
17391 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17392 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17393 up or down in the browser.
17394
17395 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17396 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17397
17398 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17399 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17400
17401 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17402 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17403 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17404 has been selected in the browser.
17405
17406 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17407 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17408 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17409 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17410 filenames are omitted.
17411
17412 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17413 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17414 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17415 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17416 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17417 the backslash itself intact.
17418 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17419 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17420
17421 `makefile-browser-hook':
17422 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17423 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17424
17425 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17426 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17427 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17428 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17429
17430 \(fn)" t nil)
17431
17432 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17433 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17434
17435 \(fn)" t nil)
17436
17437 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17438 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17439
17440 \(fn)" t nil)
17441
17442 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17443 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17444
17445 \(fn)" t nil)
17446
17447 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17448 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17449
17450 \(fn)" t nil)
17451
17452 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17453 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17454
17455 \(fn)" t nil)
17456
17457 ;;;***
17458 \f
17459 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20355
17460 ;;;;;; 10021))
17461 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17462
17463 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17464 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17465 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17466
17467 \(fn)" t nil)
17468
17469 ;;;***
17470 \f
17471 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17472 ;;;;;; (20390 20388))
17473 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17474
17475 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17476
17477 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17478 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17479 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17480 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17481 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17482 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17483 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17484 page, it will display immediately.
17485
17486 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17487 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17488 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17489
17490 cat(1)
17491 1 cat
17492
17493 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17494 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17495 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17496 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17497
17498 -a chmod
17499
17500 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17501 otherwise look like a page name.
17502
17503 /my/file/name.1.gz
17504 -l somefile.1
17505
17506 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17507 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17508 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17509
17510 -k pattern
17511
17512 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17513
17514 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17515 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17516
17517 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17518
17519 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17520 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17521
17522 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17523
17524 ;;;***
17525 \f
17526 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20355 10021))
17527 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17528
17529 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17530 Toggle Master mode.
17531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17532 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17533 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17534
17535 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17536 using the following commands:
17537
17538 \\{master-mode-map}
17539
17540 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17541 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17542 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17543
17544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17545
17546 ;;;***
17547 \f
17548 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17549 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17551
17552 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17553 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17554 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17557 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17558
17559 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17560
17561 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17562 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17564 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17565 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17566
17567 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17568 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17569 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17570 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17571
17572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17573
17574 ;;;***
17575 \f
17576 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17577 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17578 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17579 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17580 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17581 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17582 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20355 10021))
17583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17584
17585 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17586
17587 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17588 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17589 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17590 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17591 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17592 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17593 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17594 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17595 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17596 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17597 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17598 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17599 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17600 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17601 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17602 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17603 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17604 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17605 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17606 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17607 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17608 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17609 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17610 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17611 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17612 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17613 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17614 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17615 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17616 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17617 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17618 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17619 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17620 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17621 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17622 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17623 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17624 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17625
17626 \(fn)" t nil)
17627
17628 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17629 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17630 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17631 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17632 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17633
17634 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17635
17636 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17637 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17638
17639 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17640
17641 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17642 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17643
17644 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17645
17646 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17647 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17648
17649 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17650
17651 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17652 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17653 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17654
17655 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17656
17657 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17658 Cancel an article you posted.
17659 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17660
17661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17662
17663 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17664 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17665 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17666 header line with the old Message-ID.
17667
17668 \(fn)" t nil)
17669
17670 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17671 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17672
17673 \(fn)" t nil)
17674
17675 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17676 Forward the current message via mail.
17677 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17678 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17679
17680 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17681
17682 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17683
17684
17685 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17686
17687 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17688
17689
17690 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17691
17692 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17693 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17694
17695 \(fn)" t nil)
17696
17697 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17698 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17699
17700 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17701
17702 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17703 Re-mail the current message.
17704 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17705 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17706 you.
17707
17708 \(fn)" t nil)
17709
17710 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17711 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17712
17713 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17714
17715 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17716 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17717
17718 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17719
17720 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17721 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17722
17723 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17724
17725 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17726 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17727
17728 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17729
17730 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17731 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17732 Works by overstriking characters.
17733 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17734 which specify the range to operate on.
17735
17736 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17737
17738 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17739 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17740 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17741 which specify the range to operate on.
17742
17743 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17744
17745 ;;;***
17746 \f
17747 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17748 ;;;;;; (20399 35365))
17749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17750
17751 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17752 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17753
17754 \(fn)" t nil)
17755
17756 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17757 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17758
17759 \(fn)" t nil)
17760
17761 ;;;***
17762 \f
17763 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17764 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17765 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
17766 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17767
17768 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17769 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17770 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17771
17772 \(fn)" t nil)
17773
17774 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17775 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17776 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17777 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17778 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17779 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17780 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17781
17782 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17783
17784 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17785 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17786 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17787 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17788 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17789 means current).
17790 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17791 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17792
17793 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17794
17795 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17796 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17797 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17798 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17799 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17800 means current).
17801 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17802 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17803
17804 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17805
17806 ;;;***
17807 \f
17808 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17809 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17810 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20355 10021))
17811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17812
17813 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17814 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17815 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17816
17817 \(fn)" t nil)
17818
17819 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17820 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17821 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17822
17823 \(fn)" t nil)
17824
17825 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17826 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17827
17828 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17829 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17830 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17831
17832 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17833 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17834
17835 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17836 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17837
17838 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17839
17840 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17841
17842 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17843 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17844 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17845 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17846 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17847 as `compose-mail'.
17848
17849 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17850 initial Subject field, respectively.
17851
17852 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17853 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17854 are strings.
17855
17856 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17857 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17858
17859 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17860
17861 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17862 Save draft and send message.
17863
17864 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17865 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17866 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17867 Mail Delivery*\".
17868
17869 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17870 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17871 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17872
17873 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17874 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17875 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17876 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17877 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17878 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17879
17880 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17881 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17882
17883 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17884 message and scan line.
17885
17886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17887
17888 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17889 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17890
17891 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17892 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17893 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17894 delete the draft message.
17895
17896 \(fn)" t nil)
17897
17898 ;;;***
17899 \f
17900 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20355 10021))
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17902
17903 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17904
17905 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17906
17907 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17908
17909 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17910 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17911
17912 \(fn)" t nil)
17913
17914 ;;;***
17915 \f
17916 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17917 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20371 55972))
17918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17919
17920 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17921 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17922 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17923
17924 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17925 the MH mail system.
17926
17927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17928
17929 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17930 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17931 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17932
17933 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17934 the MH mail system.
17935
17936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17937
17938 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17939 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17940
17941 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17942 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17943 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17944 separate command.
17945
17946 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17947 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17948 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17949 format.
17950
17951 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17952
17953 Ranges
17954 ======
17955 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17956 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17957 can be used in several ways.
17958
17959 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17960 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17961 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17962 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17963 page):
17964
17965 <num1>-<num2>
17966 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17967 The range must be nonempty.
17968
17969 <num>:N
17970 <num>:+N
17971 <num>:-N
17972 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17973 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17974 last.
17975
17976 first:N
17977 prev:N
17978 next:N
17979 last:N
17980 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17981
17982 all
17983 All of the messages.
17984
17985 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17986 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17987
17988 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17989 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17990 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17991
17992 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17993
17994 \(fn)" t nil)
17995
17996 ;;;***
17997 \f
17998 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17999 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20355 10021))
18000 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18001
18002 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18003 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18004 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18005 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18006 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18007 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18008 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18009 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18010 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18011 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18012 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18013
18014 \(fn)" t nil)
18015
18016 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18017 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18018 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18019 to its second argument TM.
18020
18021 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18022
18023 ;;;***
18024 \f
18025 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18026 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20355 10021))
18027 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18028
18029 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18030 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18031 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18034 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18035
18036 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18037
18038 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18039 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18040 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18041 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18042 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18043
18044 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18045 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18046 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18047 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18048 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18049 is modified to remove the default indication.
18050
18051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18052
18053 ;;;***
18054 \f
18055 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18056 ;;;;;; (20356 27828))
18057 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18058
18059 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18060 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18061 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18062 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18063 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18064 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18065 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18066 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18067 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18068
18069 \(fn)" t nil)
18070
18071 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18072 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18073 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18074 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18075 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18076 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18077 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18078 The return value is always nil.
18079
18080 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18081
18082 ;;;***
18083 \f
18084 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18085 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18086 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20420 41510))
18087 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18088 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18089
18090 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18091 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18092
18093 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18094 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18095 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18096 next occurrence.
18097
18098 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18099 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18100 end of the search space).
18101
18102 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18103 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18104 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18105 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18106 should return the previous buffer to search.
18107
18108 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18109 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18110 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18111
18112 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18113 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18114 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18115 Isearch starts.")
18116
18117 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18118 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18119 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18120
18121 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18122 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18123 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18124
18125 \(fn)" nil nil)
18126
18127 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18128 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18129 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18130 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18131 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18132 whose names match the specified regexp.
18133
18134 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18135
18136 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18137 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18138 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18139 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18140 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18141 whose names match the specified regexp.
18142
18143 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18144
18145 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18146 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18147 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18148 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18149 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18150 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18151 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18152
18153 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18154
18155 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18156 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18157 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18158 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18159 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18160 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18161 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18162
18163 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18164
18165 ;;;***
18166 \f
18167 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18168 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18170
18171 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18172 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18173
18174 \(fn)" t nil)
18175
18176 ;;;***
18177 \f
18178 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18179 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18181
18182 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18183 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18184
18185 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18186
18187 ;;;***
18188 \f
18189 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18190 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20355 10021))
18191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18192
18193 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18194 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18195
18196 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18197
18198 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18199 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18200 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18201 the entire message.
18202 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18203
18204 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18205
18206 ;;;***
18207 \f
18208 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18209 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18211
18212 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18213 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18214 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18215 the entire message.
18216 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18217
18218 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18219
18220 ;;;***
18221 \f
18222 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18223 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20355 10021))
18224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18225
18226 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18227 Insert file contents of URL.
18228 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18229
18230 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18231
18232 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18233 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18234
18235 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18236
18237 ;;;***
18238 \f
18239 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18240 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20355 10021))
18241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18242
18243 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18244 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18245 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18246 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18247 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18248
18249 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18250
18251 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18252 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18253 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18254
18255 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18256
18257 ;;;***
18258 \f
18259 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18260 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18262
18263 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18264 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18265
18266 \(fn)" nil nil)
18267
18268 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18269 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18270 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18271 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18272
18273 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18274 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18275 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18276 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18277 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18278 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18279
18280 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18281
18282 ;;;***
18283 \f
18284 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18285 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18287
18288 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18289
18290
18291 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18292
18293 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18294
18295
18296 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18297
18298 ;;;***
18299 \f
18300 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18301 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18302 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20355 10021))
18303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18304
18305 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18306
18307
18308 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18309
18310 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18311
18312
18313 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18314
18315 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18316
18317
18318 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18319
18320 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18321
18322
18323 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18324
18325 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18326
18327
18328 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18329
18330 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18331
18332
18333 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18334
18335 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18336
18337
18338 \(fn)" nil nil)
18339
18340 ;;;***
18341 \f
18342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20406 8611))
18343 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18344
18345 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18346
18347 ;;;***
18348 \f
18349 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18350 ;;;;;; 10021))
18351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18352
18353 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18354
18355 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18356 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18357 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18358 followed by the first character of the construct.
18359 \\<m2-mode-map>
18360 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18361 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18362 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18363 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18364 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18365 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18366 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18367 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18368 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18369 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18370 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18371 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18372 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18373 \\[m2-link] link
18374
18375 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18376 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18377 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18378
18379 \(fn)" t nil)
18380
18381 ;;;***
18382 \f
18383 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18384 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20355 10021))
18385 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18386
18387 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18388 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18389
18390 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18391
18392 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18393 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18394
18395 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18396
18397 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18398 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18399
18400 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18401
18402 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18403 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18404
18405 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18406
18407 ;;;***
18408 \f
18409 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18410 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20355 10021))
18411 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18412
18413 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18414 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18415
18416 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18417 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18418 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18419
18420 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18421 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18422 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18423
18424 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18425 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18426
18427 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18428 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18429 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18430 hemisphere you're in.)
18431
18432 To test this function, evaluate:
18433 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18434
18435 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18436
18437 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18438 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18439
18440 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18441 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18442
18443 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18444 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18445 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18446
18447 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18448 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18449
18450 To test this function, evaluate:
18451 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18452
18453 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18454
18455 ;;;***
18456 \f
18457 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20378 29222))
18458 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18459
18460 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18461 Main entry point for MPC.
18462
18463 \(fn)" t nil)
18464
18465 ;;;***
18466 \f
18467 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20355 10021))
18468 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18469
18470 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18471 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18472
18473 \(fn)" t nil)
18474
18475 ;;;***
18476 \f
18477 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20355 10021))
18478 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18479
18480 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18481 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18482 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18483 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18484 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18485 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18486
18487 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18488
18489 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18490 Toggle Msb mode.
18491 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18492 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18493 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18494
18495 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18496 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18497
18498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18499
18500 ;;;***
18501 \f
18502 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18503 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18504 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18505 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18506 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18507 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18508 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18509
18510 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18511 Display a list of all character sets.
18512
18513 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18514 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18515 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18516 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18517 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18518
18519 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18520 but still shows the full information.
18521
18522 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18523
18524 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18525 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18526 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18527
18528 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18529 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18530 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18531 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18532 meanings of these arguments.
18533
18534 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18535
18536 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18537 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18538
18539 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18540
18541 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18542 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18543
18544 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18545
18546 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18547 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18548
18549 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18550
18551 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18552 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18553
18554 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18555 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18556 in place of `..':
18557 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18558 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18559 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18560 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18561 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18562 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18563 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18564 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18565 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18566 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18567 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18568 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18569 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18570 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18571 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18572 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18573
18574 \(fn)" t nil)
18575
18576 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18577 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18578
18579 \(fn)" t nil)
18580
18581 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18582 Display a list of all coding systems.
18583 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18584
18585 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18586 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18587
18588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18589
18590 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18591 Display a list of all coding categories.
18592
18593 \(fn)" nil nil)
18594
18595 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18596 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18597 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18598
18599 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18600
18601 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18602 Display information about FONTSET.
18603 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18604
18605 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18606
18607 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18608 Display a list of all fontsets.
18609 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18610 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18611 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18612
18613 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18614
18615 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18616 Display information about all input methods.
18617
18618 \(fn)" t nil)
18619
18620 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18621 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18622
18623 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18624 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18625 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18626 system which uses fontsets).
18627
18628 \(fn)" t nil)
18629
18630 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18631 Show log of font listing and opening.
18632 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18633 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18634
18635 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18636
18637 ;;;***
18638 \f
18639 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18640 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18641 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18642 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18643 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18644 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20355 10021))
18645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18646
18647 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18648 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18649 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18650
18651 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18652
18653 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18654
18655 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18656 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18657
18658 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18659 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18660
18661 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18662 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18663
18664 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18665
18666 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18667 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18668 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18669 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18670 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18671 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18672 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18673
18674 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18675 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18676 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18677 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18678 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18679 middle of a character in STR.
18680
18681 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18682 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18683
18684 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18685 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18686 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18687 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18688 defaults to \"...\".
18689
18690 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18691
18692 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18693 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18694
18695 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18696 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18697 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18698
18699 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18700 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18701 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18702
18703 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18704 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18705 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18706 are considered.
18707 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18708 longer than KEYSEQ.
18709 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18710
18711 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18712
18713 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18714 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18715 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18716 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18717 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18718 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18719 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18720 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18721 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18722 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18723 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18724
18725 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18726
18727 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18728 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18729
18730 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18731
18732 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18733 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18734
18735 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18736
18737 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18738 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18739
18740 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18741
18742 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18743 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18744
18745 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18746
18747 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18748 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18749 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18750 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18751 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18752
18753 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18754 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18755
18756 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18757 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18758 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18759 coding systems ordered by priority.
18760
18761 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18762
18763 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18764 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18765 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18766 language environment LANG-ENV.
18767
18768 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18769
18770 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18771 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18772 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18773 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18774 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18775 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18776
18777 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18778
18779 ;;;***
18780 \f
18781 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18782 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18783 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18784 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20355
18785 ;;;;;; 10021))
18786 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18787
18788 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18789 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18790
18791 \(fn)" t nil)
18792
18793 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18794 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18795
18796 \(fn)" t nil)
18797
18798 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18799 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18800
18801 \(fn)" t nil)
18802
18803 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18804 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18805
18806 \(fn)" t nil)
18807
18808 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18809 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18810
18811 \(fn)" t nil)
18812
18813 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18814 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18815
18816 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18817
18818 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18819 Ping HOST.
18820 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18821 `ping-program-options'.
18822
18823 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18824
18825 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18826 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18827
18828 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18829
18830 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18831 Run nslookup program.
18832
18833 \(fn)" t nil)
18834
18835 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18836 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18837
18838 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18839
18840 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18841 Run dig program.
18842
18843 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18844
18845 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18846 Run ftp program.
18847
18848 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18849
18850 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18851 Finger USER on HOST.
18852
18853 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18854
18855 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18856 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18857 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18858 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18859
18860 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18861
18862 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18863
18864
18865 \(fn)" t nil)
18866
18867 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18868 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18869
18870 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18871
18872 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18873 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18874
18875 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18876
18877 ;;;***
18878 \f
18879 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20355
18880 ;;;;;; 10021))
18881 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18882
18883 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18884 Return a user name/password pair.
18885 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18886 listed in the PORTS list.
18887
18888 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18889
18890 ;;;***
18891 \f
18892 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18893 ;;;;;; (20369 14251))
18894 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18895
18896 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18897 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18898 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18899 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18900 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18901 closes it.
18902
18903 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18904 make it unique.
18905 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18906 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18907 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18908 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18909 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18910 a port number to connect to.
18911
18912 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18913 values:
18914
18915 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18916 nil or `network'
18917 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18918 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18919 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18920 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18921 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18922 an unencrypted connection.
18923 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18924 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18925 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18926 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18927 returned object is a killed process.
18928 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18929 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18930 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18931
18932 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18933 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18934 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18935 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18936 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18937 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18938 or nil if none could be found.
18939 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18940 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18941
18942 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18943
18944 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18945 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18946 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18947
18948 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18949 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18950 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18951
18952 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18953 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18954 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18955
18956 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18957 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18958 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18959 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18960
18961 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18962 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18963
18964 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18965 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18966 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18967 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18968 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18969 or STARTTLS connections.
18970
18971 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
18972 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
18973
18974 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18975 asynchronously, if possible.
18976
18977 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18978
18979 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18980
18981 ;;;***
18982 \f
18983 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18984 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20355 10021))
18985 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18986
18987 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18988 Check whether newsticker is running.
18989 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18990 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18991
18992 \(fn)" nil nil)
18993
18994 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18995 Start the newsticker.
18996 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18997 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18998 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18999 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19000
19001 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19002
19003 ;;;***
19004 \f
19005 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19006 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19007 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19008
19009 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19010 Start newsticker plainview.
19011
19012 \(fn)" t nil)
19013
19014 ;;;***
19015 \f
19016 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19017 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19018 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19019
19020 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19021 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19022
19023 \(fn)" t nil)
19024
19025 ;;;***
19026 \f
19027 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19028 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20355 10021))
19029 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19030
19031 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19032 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19033 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19034 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19035 empty.
19036
19037 \(fn)" nil nil)
19038
19039 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19040 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19041 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19042 running already.
19043
19044 \(fn)" t nil)
19045
19046 ;;;***
19047 \f
19048 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19049 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19050 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19051
19052 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19053 Start newsticker treeview.
19054
19055 \(fn)" t nil)
19056
19057 ;;;***
19058 \f
19059 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19060 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19062
19063 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19064 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19065
19066 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19067
19068 ;;;***
19069 \f
19070 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20355
19071 ;;;;;; 10021))
19072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19073
19074 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19075 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19076 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19077 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19078 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19079 symbol in the alist.
19080
19081 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19082
19083 ;;;***
19084 \f
19085 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19086 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19088
19089 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19090 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19091 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19092
19093 \(fn)" t nil)
19094
19095 ;;;***
19096 \f
19097 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19098 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19100
19101 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19102 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19103
19104 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19105
19106 ;;;***
19107 \f
19108 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19109 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20399 35365))
19110 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19111
19112 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19113
19114 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19115 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19116 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19117
19118 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19119
19120
19121 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19122
19123 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19124 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19125 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19126 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19127 to future sessions.
19128
19129 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19130
19131 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19132 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19133 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19134 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19135 to future sessions.
19136
19137 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19138
19139 ;;;***
19140 \f
19141 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19142 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19144
19145 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19146 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19147 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19148 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19149 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19150 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19151
19152 \(fn)" t nil)
19153
19154 ;;;***
19155 \f
19156 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19157 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19158 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19159
19160 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19161 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19162 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19163 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19164
19165 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19166
19167 ;;;***
19168 \f
19169 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20369
19170 ;;;;;; 14251))
19171 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19172
19173 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19174 Major mode for editing XML.
19175
19176 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19177 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19178 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19179 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19180 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19181 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19182 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19183
19184 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19185
19186 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19187 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19188
19189 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19190 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19191 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19192 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19193 instead of C-c.
19194
19195 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19196 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19197 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19198 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19199 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19200 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19201
19202 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19203 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19204 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19205
19206 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19207 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19208 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19209
19210 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19211 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19212 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19213 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19214 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19215 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19216 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19217 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19218 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19219
19220 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19221
19222 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19223 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19224
19225 \(fn)" t nil)
19226
19227 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19228
19229 ;;;***
19230 \f
19231 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19232 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20355 10021))
19233 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19234
19235 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19236 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19237 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19238 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19239
19240 \(fn)" t nil)
19241
19242 ;;;***
19243 \f
19244 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19245 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19246 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19247 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19248 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-executables org-babel-map-call-lines org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks
19249 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19250 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19251 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-insert-header-arg
19252 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19253 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19254 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19255 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19256 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20417 65331))
19257 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19258
19259 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19260
19261
19262 \(fn)" nil nil)
19263
19264 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19265
19266
19267 \(fn)" t nil)
19268
19269 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19270 Display information on the current source block.
19271 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19272 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19273
19274 \(fn)" t nil)
19275
19276 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19277 Conditionally expand a source block.
19278 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19279 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19280
19281 \(fn)" t nil)
19282
19283 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19284 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19285 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19286 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19287
19288 \(fn)" t nil)
19289
19290 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19291 Conditionally pop to a session.
19292 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19293 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19294
19295 \(fn)" t nil)
19296
19297 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19298 Execute the current source code block.
19299 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19300 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19301 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19302
19303 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an existing
19304 result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been returned.
19305
19306 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19307 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19308
19309 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19310 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19311 block.
19312
19313 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19314
19315 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19316 Expand the current source code block.
19317 Expand according to the source code block's header
19318 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19319
19320 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19321
19322 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19323 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19324
19325 \(fn)" t nil)
19326
19327 (autoload 'org-babel-insert-header-arg "ob" "\
19328 Insert a header argument selecting from lists of common args and values.
19329
19330 \(fn)" t nil)
19331
19332 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19333 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19334 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19335 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19336 session.
19337
19338 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19339
19340 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19341 Initiate session for current code block.
19342 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19343 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19344 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19345
19346 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19347
19348 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19349 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19350 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19351 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19352 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19353
19354 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19355
19356 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19357 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19358
19359 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19360
19361 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19362 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19363 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19364 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19365 results already exist.
19366
19367 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19368
19369 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19370 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19371 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19372 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19373 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19374
19375 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19376 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19377 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19378 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19379 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19380 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19381 switches --------- string holding the switches
19382 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19383 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19384 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19385 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19386 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19387 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19388 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19389 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19390
19391 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19392
19393 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19394
19395 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19396 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19397 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19398 buffer.
19399
19400 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19401
19402 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19403
19404 (autoload 'org-babel-map-call-lines "ob" "\
19405 Evaluate BODY forms on each call line in FILE.
19406 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19407 buffer.
19408
19409 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19410
19411 (put 'org-babel-map-call-lines 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19412
19413 (autoload 'org-babel-map-executables "ob" "\
19414
19415
19416 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19417
19418 (put 'org-babel-map-executables 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19419
19420 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19421 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19422 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19423 the current buffer.
19424
19425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19426
19427 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19428 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19429 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19430 the current subtree.
19431
19432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19433
19434 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19435 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19436
19437 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19438
19439 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19440 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19441
19442 \(fn)" t nil)
19443
19444 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19445 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19446
19447 \(fn)" t nil)
19448
19449 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19450 Go to a named source-code block.
19451
19452 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19453
19454 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19455 Go to a named result.
19456
19457 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19458
19459 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19460 Jump to the next source block.
19461 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19462
19463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19464
19465 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19466 Jump to the previous source block.
19467 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19468
19469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19470
19471 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19472 Mark current src block
19473
19474 \(fn)" t nil)
19475
19476 ;;;***
19477 \f
19478 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19479 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19480 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19481
19482 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19483 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19484
19485 \(fn)" t nil)
19486
19487 ;;;***
19488 \f
19489 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19490 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20355 10021))
19491 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19492
19493 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19494 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19495 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19496
19497 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19498
19499 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19500 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19501 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19502 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19503
19504 \(fn)" t nil)
19505
19506 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19507 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19508
19509 \(fn)" nil nil)
19510
19511 ;;;***
19512 \f
19513 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19514 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19515 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19516 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19517
19518 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19519 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19520 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19521 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19522 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19523 then the name of the language is used.")
19524
19525 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19526
19527 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19528 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19529 This function exports the source code using
19530 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19531 `load-file'.
19532
19533 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19534
19535 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19536 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19537 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19538 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19539 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19540 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19541
19542 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19543
19544 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19545 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19546 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19547 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19548 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19549 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19550 exported source code blocks by language.
19551
19552 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19553
19554 ;;;***
19555 \f
19556 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19557 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19559
19560 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19561 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19562 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19563
19564 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19565
19566 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19567 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19568
19569 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19570 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19571 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19572
19573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19574
19575 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19576
19577 ;;;***
19578 \f
19579 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19580 ;;;;;; (20388 65061))
19581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19582
19583 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19584 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19585
19586 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19587 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19588 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19589 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19590
19591 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19592 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19593 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19594 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19595 is why you need this mode!).
19596
19597 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19598 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19599 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19600
19601 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19602
19603 Keybindings
19604 ===========
19605
19606 \\{octave-mode-map}
19607
19608 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19609 ==============================================
19610
19611 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19612 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19613 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19614
19615 `octave-block-offset'
19616 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19617 Default is 2.
19618
19619 `octave-continuation-offset'
19620 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19621 Default is 4.
19622
19623 `octave-continuation-string'
19624 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19625 Default is a backslash.
19626
19627 `octave-send-echo-input'
19628 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19629 command to the inferior Octave process.
19630
19631 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19632 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19633 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19634
19635 `octave-send-echo-input'
19636 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19637
19638 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19639
19640 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19641 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19642
19643 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19644
19645 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19646 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19647
19648 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19649 (lambda ()
19650 (abbrev-mode 1)
19651 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19652
19653 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19654 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19655 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19656 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19657
19658 \(fn)" t nil)
19659
19660 ;;;***
19661 \f
19662 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19663 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19664 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19665 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19666 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19667 ;;;;;; org-mode org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19668 ;;;;;; (20420 41510))
19669 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19670
19671 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19672 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19673
19674 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19675
19676 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19677 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19678 With prefix arg HERE, insert it at point.
19679
19680 \(fn &optional HERE)" t nil)
19681
19682 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19683 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19684 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19685
19686 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19687 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19688 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19689 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19690 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19691 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19692 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19693 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19694 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19695 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19696
19697 The following commands are available:
19698
19699 \\{org-mode-map}
19700
19701 \(fn)" t nil)
19702
19703 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19704
19705 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19706 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19707 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19708 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19709
19710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19711
19712 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19713 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19714 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19715 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19716 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19717 defined by Org-mode).
19718
19719 M-up Move entry/item up
19720 M-down Move entry/item down
19721 M-left Promote
19722 M-right Demote
19723 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19724 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19725 M-S-left Promote subtree
19726 M-S-right Demote subtree
19727 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19728 C-c ^ Sort entries
19729 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19730 TAB Cycle item visibility
19731 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19732 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19733 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19734
19735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19736
19737 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19738 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19739
19740 \(fn)" nil nil)
19741
19742 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19743 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19744
19745 \(fn)" nil nil)
19746
19747 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19748 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19749 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19750 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19751 call CMD.
19752
19753 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19754
19755 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19756 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19757 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19758 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19759
19760 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19761 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19762 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19763
19764 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19765
19766 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19767 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19768 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19769
19770 \(fn)" t nil)
19771
19772 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19773 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19774 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19775 Org-mode syntax.
19776
19777 \(fn)" t nil)
19778
19779 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19780 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19781
19782 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19783
19784 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19785 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19786
19787 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19788 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19789 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19790 returned as a list.
19791
19792 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19793 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19794 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19795 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19796 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19797 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19798 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19799 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19800 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19801 position.
19802
19803 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19804 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19805 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19806 visited by the iteration.
19807
19808 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19809
19810 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19811 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19812 region The entries within the active region, if any
19813 region-start-level
19814 The entries within the active region, but only those at
19815 the same level than the first one.
19816 file The current buffer, without restriction
19817 file-with-archives
19818 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19819 agenda All agenda files
19820 agenda-with-archives
19821 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19822 \(file1 file2 ...)
19823 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19824
19825 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19826 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19827
19828 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19829 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19830 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19831 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19832 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19833 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19834 function leaves it.
19835
19836 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19837 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19838 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19839 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19840 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19841 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19842 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19843 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19844
19845 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19846
19847 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19848 Switch between Org buffers.
19849 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19850 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19851
19852 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19853 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19854
19855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19856
19857 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19858
19859 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19860
19861 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19862 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19863 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19864 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19865
19866 \(fn)" t nil)
19867
19868 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19869 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19870
19871 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19872
19873 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19874 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19875 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19876
19877 \(fn)" t nil)
19878
19879 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19880
19881
19882 \(fn)" t nil)
19883
19884 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19885 Reload all org lisp files.
19886 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19887
19888 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19889
19890 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19891 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19892
19893 \(fn)" t nil)
19894
19895 ;;;***
19896 \f
19897 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19898 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19899 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19900 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19901 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20420 41510))
19902 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19903
19904 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19905 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19906 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19907 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19908
19909 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19910 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19911 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19912 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19913 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19914 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19915 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19916 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19917 e Export views to associated files.
19918 s Search entries for keywords.
19919 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19920 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19921 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19922 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19923 > Remove a previous restriction.
19924 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19925 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19926 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19927
19928 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19929 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19930 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19931
19932 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19933 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19934 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19935 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19936 \(if active).
19937
19938 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19939
19940 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19941 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19942 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19943 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19944 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19945 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19946 before running the agenda command.
19947
19948 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19949
19950 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19951 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19952 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19953 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19954 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19955 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19956 before running the agenda command.
19957
19958 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19959 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19960
19961 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19962
19963 category The category of the item
19964 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19965 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19966 todo selected in TODO match
19967 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19968 diary imported from diary
19969 deadline a deadline on given date
19970 scheduled scheduled on given date
19971 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19972 closed entry was closed on given date
19973 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19974 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19975 block entry has date block including g. date
19976 todo The todo keyword, if any
19977 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19978 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19979 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19980 extra Sting with extra planning info
19981 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19982 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19983 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19984
19985 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19986
19987 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19988
19989
19990 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19991
19992 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19993 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19994
19995 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19996
19997 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19998 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19999 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20000 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20001
20002 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20003 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20004 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20005
20006 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20007 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20008
20009 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20010
20011 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20012 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20013
20014 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20015 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20016 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20017 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20018 EDIT-AT.
20019
20020 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20021 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20022 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20023 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20024 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20025 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20026
20027 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20028 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20029 including newlines.
20030
20031 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20032 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20033 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20034 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20035 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20036 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20037 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20038
20039 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20040 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20041 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20042 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20043
20044 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20045 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20046 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20047 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20048 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20049 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20050 Boolean search must match as full words.
20051
20052 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20053 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20054
20055 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20056
20057 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20058 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20059 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20060 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20061 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20062 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20063
20064 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20065
20066 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20067 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20068 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20069
20070 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20071
20072 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20073 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20074 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20075 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20076 `org-stuck-projects'.
20077
20078 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20079
20080 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20081 Return diary information from org-files.
20082 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20083 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20084 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20085 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20086 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20087
20088 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20089
20090 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20091
20092 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20093 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20094
20095 &%%(org-diary)
20096
20097 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20098 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20099 So the example above may also be written as
20100
20101 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20102
20103 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20104 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20105 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20106
20107 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20108
20109 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20110 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20111
20112 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20113
20114 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20115 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20116 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20117
20118 \(fn)" t nil)
20119
20120 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20121 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20122 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20123 appointments.
20124
20125 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20126 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20127
20128 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20129 for filtering entries out.
20130
20131 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20132 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20133 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20134
20135 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20136 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20137
20138 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20139 (category \"Work\"))
20140
20141 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20142 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20143
20144 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20145 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20146 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20147 details and examples.
20148
20149 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20150
20151 ;;;***
20152 \f
20153 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20154 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20155 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20156 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20157
20158 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20159 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20160 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20161
20162 \(fn)" t nil)
20163
20164 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20165 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20166 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20167
20168 \(fn)" t nil)
20169
20170 ;;;***
20171 \f
20172 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20173 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20174 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20175 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20355
20176 ;;;;;; 10021))
20177 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20178
20179 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20180 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20181
20182 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20183
20184 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20185 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20186
20187 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20188
20189 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20190 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20191
20192 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20193
20194 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20195 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20196
20197 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20198
20199 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20200 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20201 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20202
20203 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20204
20205 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20206 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20207 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20208 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20209 command to convert it.
20210
20211 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20212
20213 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20214 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20215 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20216 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20217 cut-and-paste operations.
20218 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20219 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20220 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20221 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20222
20223 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20224
20225 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20226 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20227
20228 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20229
20230 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20231 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20232 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20233 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20234 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20235 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20236 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20237 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20238 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20239 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20240 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20241 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20242 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20243 publishing directory.
20244
20245 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20246
20247 ;;;***
20248 \f
20249 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20355
20250 ;;;;;; 10021))
20251 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20252
20253 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20254 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20255 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20256
20257 \(fn)" t nil)
20258
20259 ;;;***
20260 \f
20261 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20262 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20263 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20264
20265 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20266 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20267
20268 \(fn)" nil nil)
20269
20270 ;;;***
20271 \f
20272 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20273 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20355 10021))
20274 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20275
20276 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20277 Capture something.
20278 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20279 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20280 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20281 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20282 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20283 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20284
20285 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20286 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20287 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20288 stored.
20289
20290 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20291
20292 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20293 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20294 bypassed.
20295
20296 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20297
20298 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20299
20300
20301 \(fn)" nil nil)
20302
20303 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20304 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20305
20306 \(fn)" t nil)
20307
20308 ;;;***
20309 \f
20310 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20311 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20378 29222))
20312 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20313
20314 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20315 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20316 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20317 fontified, and then returned.
20318
20319 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20320
20321 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20322 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20323
20324 \(fn)" nil nil)
20325
20326 ;;;***
20327 \f
20328 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20329 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20355 10021))
20330 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20331
20332 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20333 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20334 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20335 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20336 tree can be found.
20337
20338 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20339
20340 ;;;***
20341 \f
20342 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20343 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20344 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20345 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20355 10021))
20346 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20347
20348 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20349 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20350 This function can be used in batch processing.
20351
20352 For example:
20353
20354 $ emacs --batch
20355 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20356 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20357
20358 \(fn)" nil nil)
20359
20360 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20361 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20362 No file is created.
20363
20364 \(fn)" t nil)
20365
20366 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20367 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20368 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20369 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20370 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20371 then use this command to convert it.
20372
20373 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20374
20375 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20376 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20377 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20378 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20379 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20380 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20381 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20382 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20383 could call this function in the following way:
20384
20385 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20386
20387 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20388 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20389
20390 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20391
20392 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20393 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20394
20395 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20396
20397 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20398 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20399
20400 \(fn)" t nil)
20401
20402 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20403 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20404 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20405 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20406 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20407 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20408 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20409 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20410 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20411 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20412 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20413 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20414 publishing directory.
20415
20416 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20417
20418 ;;;***
20419 \f
20420 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20421 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20422 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20423 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20424
20425 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20426 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20427 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20428 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20429 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20430
20431 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20432 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20433 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20434
20435 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20436 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20437 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20438
20439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20440
20441 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20442 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20443 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20444 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20445 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20446 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20447 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20448 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20449 command.
20450
20451 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20452
20453 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20454 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20455 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20456 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20457 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20458
20459 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20460 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20461 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20462 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20463
20464 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20465 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20466 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20467
20468 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20469 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20470 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20471 directory.
20472
20473 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20474
20475 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20476 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20477
20478 \(fn)" t nil)
20479
20480 ;;;***
20481 \f
20482 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20483 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20355
20484 ;;;;;; 10021))
20485 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20486
20487 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20488 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20489
20490 \(fn)" t nil)
20491
20492 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20493 Get inbox items from FEED.
20494 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20495 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20496
20497 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20498
20499 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20500 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20501
20502 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20503
20504 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20505 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20506
20507 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20508
20509 ;;;***
20510 \f
20511 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20512 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20378 29222))
20513 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20514
20515 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20516 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20517
20518 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20519
20520 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20521 to create them otherwise.
20522
20523 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20524 interactively.
20525
20526 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20527
20528 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20529
20530 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20531 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20532
20533 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20534 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20535 Org-mode exporters.
20536
20537 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20538 referenced sequence.
20539
20540 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20541 export properties of the buffer.
20542
20543 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20544 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing
20545 buffer. Some exporters (docbook, odt...) expect footnote
20546 definitions to be available before any references to them. Such
20547 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor'
20548 to symbol `point-min' to achieve the desired behaviour.
20549
20550 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20551 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20552 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20553 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20554 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20555
20556 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20557
20558 ;;;***
20559 \f
20560 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20561 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20562 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20563 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20355 10021))
20564 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20565
20566 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20567 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20568 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20569 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20570 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20571 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20572 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20573 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20574 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20575 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20576 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20577 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20578 directory.
20579
20580 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20581
20582 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20583
20584 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20585 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20586
20587 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20588
20589 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20590 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20591 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20592
20593 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20594
20595 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20596 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20597 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20598 have them in `org-mode'.
20599
20600 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20601 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20602 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20603 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20604 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20605 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20606
20607 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20608
20609 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20610 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20611
20612 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20613
20614 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20615 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20616
20617 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20618
20619 ;;;***
20620 \f
20621 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20622 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20623 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20624 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20355 10021))
20625 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20626
20627 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20628
20629 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20630
20631 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20632
20633 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20634 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20635 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20636 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20637 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20638
20639 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20640
20641 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20642 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20643 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20644 emacs --batch
20645 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20646 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20647 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20648
20649 \(fn)" nil nil)
20650
20651 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20652 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20653 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20654
20655 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20656
20657 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20658 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20659 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20660 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20661 command to convert it.
20662
20663 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20664
20665 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20666 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20667 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20668 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20669 cut-and-paste operations.
20670 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20671 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20672 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20673 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20674
20675 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20676
20677 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20678 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20679
20680 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20681
20682 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20683 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20684 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20685 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20686 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20687 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20688 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20689 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20690 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20691 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20692 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20693 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20694 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20695 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20696 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20697
20698 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20699
20700 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20701 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20702 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20703 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20704 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20705 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20706 need into your CSS file.
20707
20708 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20709 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20710 that uses these same face definitions.
20711
20712 \(fn)" t nil)
20713
20714 ;;;***
20715 \f
20716 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20717 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20718 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20719 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20720
20721 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20722 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20723 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20724 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20725
20726 \(fn)" t nil)
20727
20728 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20729 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20730 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20731 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20732
20733 \(fn)" t nil)
20734
20735 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20736 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20737 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20738
20739 \(fn)" t nil)
20740
20741 ;;;***
20742 \f
20743 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20744 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20745 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20746 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20747 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20748
20749 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20750 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20751 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20752 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20753
20754 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20755
20756 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20757 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20758 Create an ID if necessary.
20759
20760 \(fn)" t nil)
20761
20762 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20763 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20764 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20765 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20766 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20767 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20768 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20769
20770 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20771
20772 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20773 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20774 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20775 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20776 eligible.
20777 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20778
20779 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20780
20781 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20782 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20783 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20784 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20785
20786 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20787
20788 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20789 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20790 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20791
20792 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20793
20794 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20795 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20796 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20797 if there is no entry with that ID.
20798 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20799
20800 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20801
20802 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20803 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20804
20805 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20806
20807 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20808 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20809
20810 \(fn)" t nil)
20811
20812 ;;;***
20813 \f
20814 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20815 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20816 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20817
20818 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20819 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20820
20821 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' and `wrap-prefix'
20822 properties, after each buffer modification, on the modified zone.
20823
20824 The process is synchronous. Though, initial indentation of
20825 buffer, which can take a few seconds on large buffers, is done
20826 during idle time.
20827
20828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20829
20830 ;;;***
20831 \f
20832 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20833 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20834 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20835
20836 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20837 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20838
20839 \(fn)" nil nil)
20840
20841 ;;;***
20842 \f
20843 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20844 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20845 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20846 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20847 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20848
20849 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20850 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20851 For example:
20852
20853 emacs --batch
20854 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20855 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20856 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20857
20858 \(fn)" nil nil)
20859
20860 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20861 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20862 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20863
20864 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20865
20866 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20867 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20868 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20869 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20870 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20871 then use this command to convert it.
20872
20873 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20874
20875 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20876 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20877 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20878 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20879 cut-and-paste operations.
20880 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20881 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20882 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20883 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20884
20885 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20886
20887 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20888 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20889
20890 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20891
20892 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20893 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20894 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20895 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20896 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20897 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20898 convert them as description lists.
20899 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20900 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20901 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20902 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20903 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20904 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20905 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20906 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20907 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20908 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20909 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20910
20911 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20912
20913 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20914 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20915
20916 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20917
20918 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20919 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20920
20921 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20922
20923 ;;;***
20924 \f
20925 ;;;### (autoloads (org-lparse-region org-replace-region-by org-lparse-to-buffer
20926 ;;;;;; org-lparse-batch org-lparse-and-open) "org-lparse" "org/org-lparse.el"
20927 ;;;;;; (20417 65331))
20928 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lparse.el
20929
20930 (autoload 'org-lparse-and-open "org-lparse" "\
20931 Export outline to TARGET-BACKEND via NATIVE-BACKEND and open exported file.
20932 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20933 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20934 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20935 lists.
20936
20937 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND NATIVE-BACKEND ARG &optional FILE-OR-BUF)" nil nil)
20938
20939 (autoload 'org-lparse-batch "org-lparse" "\
20940 Call the function `org-lparse'.
20941 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20942 emacs --batch
20943 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20944 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20945 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-lparse-batch
20946
20947 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND &optional NATIVE-BACKEND)" nil nil)
20948
20949 (autoload 'org-lparse-to-buffer "org-lparse" "\
20950 Call `org-lparse' with output to a temporary buffer.
20951 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to
20952 `org-lparse'.
20953
20954 \(fn BACKEND ARG)" nil nil)
20955
20956 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by "org-lparse" "\
20957 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20958 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20959 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use
20960 this command to convert it.
20961
20962 \(fn BACKEND BEG END)" nil nil)
20963
20964 (autoload 'org-lparse-region "org-lparse" "\
20965 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20966 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20967 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20968 cut-and-paste operations.
20969 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20970 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20971 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20972 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20973
20974 (setq html (org-lparse-region \"html\" beg end t 'string))
20975
20976 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20977 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20978
20979 \(fn BACKEND BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" nil nil)
20980
20981 ;;;***
20982 \f
20983 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20984 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20355
20985 ;;;;;; 10021))
20986 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20987
20988 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20989 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20990 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20991 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20992
20993 \(fn)" t nil)
20994
20995 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20996 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20997 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20998 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20999
21000 \(fn)" t nil)
21001
21002 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21003 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21004
21005 \(fn)" t nil)
21006
21007 ;;;***
21008 \f
21009 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-odf-and-open org-export-as-odf org-export-odt-convert
21010 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt org-export-as-odt-batch org-export-as-odt-and-open)
21011 ;;;;;; "org-odt" "org/org-odt.el" (20417 65331))
21012 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-odt.el
21013
21014 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-and-open "org-odt" "\
21015 Export the outline as ODT and immediately open it with a browser.
21016 If there is an active region, export only the region.
21017 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21018 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
21019
21020 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21021
21022 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-batch "org-odt" "\
21023 Call the function `org-lparse-batch'.
21024 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21025 emacs --batch
21026 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21027 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21028 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-odt-batch
21029
21030 \(fn)" nil nil)
21031
21032 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21033 Export the outline as a OpenDocumentText file.
21034 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21035 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21036 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21037 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21038 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
21039 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
21040 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
21041 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
21042 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
21043 resulting XML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
21044 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
21045 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
21046 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21047
21048 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21049
21050 (autoload 'org-export-odt-convert "org-odt" "\
21051 Convert IN-FILE to format OUT-FMT using a command line converter.
21052 IN-FILE is the file to be converted. If unspecified, it defaults
21053 to variable `buffer-file-name'. OUT-FMT is the desired output
21054 format. Use `org-export-odt-convert-process' as the converter.
21055 If PREFIX-ARG is non-nil then the newly converted file is opened
21056 using `org-open-file'.
21057
21058 \(fn &optional IN-FILE OUT-FMT PREFIX-ARG)" t nil)
21059
21060 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf "org-odt" "\
21061 Export LATEX-FRAG as OpenDocument formula file ODF-FILE.
21062 Use `org-create-math-formula' to convert LATEX-FRAG first to
21063 MathML. When invoked as an interactive command, use
21064 `org-latex-regexps' to infer LATEX-FRAG from currently active
21065 region. If no LaTeX fragments are found, prompt for it. Push
21066 MathML source to kill ring, if `org-export-copy-to-kill-ring' is
21067 non-nil.
21068
21069 \(fn LATEX-FRAG &optional ODF-FILE)" t nil)
21070
21071 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf-and-open "org-odt" "\
21072 Export LaTeX fragment as OpenDocument formula and immediately open it.
21073 Use `org-export-as-odf' to read LaTeX fragment and OpenDocument
21074 formula file.
21075
21076 \(fn)" t nil)
21077
21078 ;;;***
21079 \f
21080 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21081 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21082 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21083
21084 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21085 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21086 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21087 line directly before or after the table.
21088
21089 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21090
21091 ;;;***
21092 \f
21093 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21094 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21095 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21096 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21097
21098 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21099
21100 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21101 Publish PROJECT.
21102
21103 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21104
21105 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21106 Publish all projects.
21107 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21108 directory and force publishing all files.
21109
21110 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21111
21112 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21113 Publish the current file.
21114 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21115
21116 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21117
21118 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21119 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21120 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21121 the project.
21122
21123 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21124
21125 ;;;***
21126 \f
21127 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21128 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21129 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20420 41510))
21130 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21131
21132 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21133 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21134
21135 \(fn)" nil nil)
21136
21137 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21138 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21139 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21140 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21141 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21142
21143 \(fn)" nil nil)
21144
21145 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21146 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21147 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21148 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21149
21150 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21151
21152 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21153 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21154 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21155 of the remember buffer.
21156
21157 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21158 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21159 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21160 note stored by remember.
21161
21162 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21163 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21164
21165 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21166
21167 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21168 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21169 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21170 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21171 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21172 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21173 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21174 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21175 process is used to select the target location.
21176
21177 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21178 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21179
21180 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21181 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21182 currently running.
21183
21184 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21185 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21186 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21187 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21188
21189 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21190 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21191 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21192 some additional data.
21193
21194 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21195 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21196 \(i.e. after the stars).
21197
21198 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21199
21200 \(fn)" nil nil)
21201
21202 ;;;***
21203 \f
21204 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21205 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20417 65331))
21206 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21207
21208 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21209 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21210
21211 \(fn)" nil nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21214 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21215
21216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21217
21218 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21219 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21220 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21221 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21222 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21223
21224 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21225
21226 ;;;***
21227 \f
21228 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21229 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20355 10021))
21230 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21231
21232 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21233 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21234 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21235 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21236 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21237 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21238 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21239 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21240 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21241 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21242 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21243 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21244
21245 \(fn)" t nil)
21246
21247 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21248 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21249 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21250
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21252
21253 ;;;***
21254 \f
21255 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21256 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21257 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21258 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21259
21260 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21261 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21262 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21263 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21264 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21265 without user interaction.
21266 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21267 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21268 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21269 the region 0:00:00.
21270
21271 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21272
21273 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21274 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21275 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21276 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21277 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21278 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21279 that was not started at the correct moment.
21280
21281 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21282 it in the buffer.
21283
21284 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21285
21286 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21287 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21288
21289 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21290
21291 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21292 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21293
21294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21295
21296 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21297 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21298
21299 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21300 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21301 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21302
21303 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21304 the duration of the timer.
21305
21306 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21307 without prompting the user for a duration.
21308
21309 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21310 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21311 replace any running timer.
21312
21313 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21314
21315 ;;;***
21316 \f
21317 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21318 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21319 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21320
21321 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21322 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21323 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21324
21325 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21326
21327 ;;;***
21328 \f
21329 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21330 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21331 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21332 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21333 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21334
21335 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21336 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21337 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21338 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21339
21340 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21341 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21342 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21343 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21344
21345 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21346 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21347 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21348 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21349 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21350 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21351
21352 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21353 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21354 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21355
21356 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21357 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21358 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21359 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21360 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21361 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21362 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21363 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21364 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21365 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21366 The subheadings remain visible.
21367 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21368
21369 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21370 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21371 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21372
21373 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21374 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21375
21376 \(fn)" t nil)
21377
21378 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21379 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21380 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21381 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21382 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21383
21384 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21385
21386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21387 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21388
21389 ;;;***
21390 \f
21391 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21392 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21393 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21394 ;;;;;; (20394 17446))
21395 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21396
21397 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21398 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21399 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21400 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21401 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21402
21403 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21404 activate the package system at any time.")
21405
21406 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21407
21408 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21409 Install the package named NAME.
21410 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21411 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21412
21413 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21414
21415 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21416 Install a package from the current buffer.
21417 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21418 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21419 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21420
21421 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21422 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21423 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21424
21425 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21428 Install a package from a file.
21429 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21430
21431 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21432
21433 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21434 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21435 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21436 makes them available for download.
21437
21438 \(fn)" t nil)
21439
21440 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21441 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21442 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21443 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21444
21445 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21448 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21449
21450 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21451
21452 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21453 Display a list of packages.
21454 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21455 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21456 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21457
21458 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21459
21460 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21461
21462 ;;;***
21463 \f
21464 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20355 10021))
21465 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21466
21467 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21468 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21469 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21471 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21472 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21473
21474 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21475
21476 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21477 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21478 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21479 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21480 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21481
21482 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21483 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21484 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21485
21486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21487
21488 ;;;***
21489 \f
21490 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21491 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21493 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21494
21495 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21496 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21497 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21498 unknown are returned as nil.
21499
21500 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21501
21502 ;;;***
21503 \f
21504 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20378
21505 ;;;;;; 29222))
21506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21507
21508 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21509 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21510 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21511
21512 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21513 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21514
21515 Other useful functions are:
21516
21517 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21518 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21519 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21520 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21521 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21522 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21523 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21524 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21525 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21526
21527 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21528
21529 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21530 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21531 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21532 Indentation for case statements.
21533 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21534 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21535 mark after an end.
21536 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21537 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21538 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21539 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21540 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21541 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21542 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21543 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21544 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21545 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21546
21547 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21548 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21549
21550 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21551 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21552
21553 \(fn)" t nil)
21554
21555 ;;;***
21556 \f
21557 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21558 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20355 10021))
21559 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21560
21561 (defvar password-cache t "\
21562 Whether to cache passwords.")
21563
21564 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21565
21566 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21567 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21568 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21569
21570 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21571
21572 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21573 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21574
21575 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21576
21577 ;;;***
21578 \f
21579 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21580 ;;;;;; (20421 62373))
21581 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21582
21583 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21584 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21585 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21586
21587 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21588 _ matches anything.
21589 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21590 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21591 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21592 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21593 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21594 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21595 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21596 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21597 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21598
21599 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21600 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21601 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21602 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21603 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21604 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21605
21606 PRED can take the form
21607 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21608 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21609 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21610 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21611 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21612 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21613 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21614
21615 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21616
21617 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21618
21619 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21620 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21621 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21622 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21623
21624 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21625
21626 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21627
21628 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21629 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21630 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21631 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21632
21633 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21634
21635 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21636
21637 ;;;***
21638 \f
21639 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20355
21640 ;;;;;; 10021))
21641 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21642
21643 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21644 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21645
21646 \(fn)" nil nil)
21647
21648 ;;;***
21649 \f
21650 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21651 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20355 10021))
21652 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21653
21654 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21655 Completion for `gzip'.
21656
21657 \(fn)" nil nil)
21658
21659 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21660 Completion for `bzip2'.
21661
21662 \(fn)" nil nil)
21663
21664 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21665 Completion for GNU `make'.
21666
21667 \(fn)" nil nil)
21668
21669 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21670 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21671
21672 \(fn)" nil nil)
21673
21674 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21675
21676 ;;;***
21677 \f
21678 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21679 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20355 10021))
21680 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21681
21682 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21683 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21684
21685 \(fn)" nil nil)
21686
21687 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21688 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21689
21690 \(fn)" nil nil)
21691
21692 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21693 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21694
21695 \(fn)" nil nil)
21696
21697 ;;;***
21698 \f
21699 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20361
21700 ;;;;;; 20134))
21701 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21702
21703 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21704 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21705
21706 \(fn)" nil nil)
21707
21708 ;;;***
21709 \f
21710 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21711 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21712 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20376 40834))
21713 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21714
21715 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21716 Completion for `cd'.
21717
21718 \(fn)" nil nil)
21719
21720 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21721
21722 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21723 Completion for `rmdir'.
21724
21725 \(fn)" nil nil)
21726
21727 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21728 Completion for `rm'.
21729
21730 \(fn)" nil nil)
21731
21732 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21733 Completion for `xargs'.
21734
21735 \(fn)" nil nil)
21736
21737 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21738
21739 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21740 Completion for `which'.
21741
21742 \(fn)" nil nil)
21743
21744 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21745 Completion for the `chown' command.
21746
21747 \(fn)" nil nil)
21748
21749 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21750 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21751
21752 \(fn)" nil nil)
21753
21754 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21755 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21756
21757 \(fn)" nil nil)
21758
21759 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21760 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21761 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21762
21763 \(fn)" nil nil)
21764
21765 ;;;***
21766 \f
21767 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21768 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21769 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20376
21770 ;;;;;; 40834))
21771 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21772
21773 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21774 Support extensible programmable completion.
21775 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21776 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21777
21778 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21779
21780 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21781 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21782
21783 \(fn)" t nil)
21784
21785 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21786 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21787 This will modify the current buffer.
21788
21789 \(fn)" t nil)
21790
21791 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21792 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21793
21794 \(fn)" t nil)
21795
21796 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21797 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21798 This will modify the current buffer.
21799
21800 \(fn)" t nil)
21801
21802 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21803 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21804
21805 \(fn)" t nil)
21806
21807 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21808 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21809
21810 \(fn)" t nil)
21811
21812 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21813 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21814 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21815 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21816 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21817
21818 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21819
21820 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21821 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21822
21823 \(fn)" nil nil)
21824
21825 ;;;***
21826 \f
21827 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21828 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21829 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20364 45187))
21830 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21831
21832 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21833 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21834 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21835 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21836
21837 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21838
21839 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21840
21841 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21842 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21843 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21844 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21845 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21846 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21847 FLAGS is ignored.
21848
21849 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21852 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21853 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21854 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21855 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21856 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21857 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21858 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21859
21860 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21861
21862 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21863 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21864 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21865 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21866 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21867 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21868 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21869 passed to cvs.
21870
21871 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21872
21873 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21874 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21875 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21876 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21877 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21878 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21879 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21880
21881 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21882
21883 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21884 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21885 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21886
21887 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21888
21889 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21890 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21891 A value of nil means never do it.
21892 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21893 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21894 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21895
21896 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21897
21898 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21899 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21900 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21901
21902 ;;;***
21903 \f
21904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20355 10021))
21905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21906
21907 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21908 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21909
21910 ;;;***
21911 \f
21912 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21913 ;;;;;; (20365 17199))
21914 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21915 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21916 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21917 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21918 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21919 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21920 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21921
21922 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21923 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21924 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21925 Tab indents for Perl code.
21926 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21927 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21928 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21929 \\{perl-mode-map}
21930 Variables controlling indentation style:
21931 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21932 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21933 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21934 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21935 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21936 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21937 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21938 `perl-nochange'
21939 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21940 `perl-indent-level'
21941 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21942 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21943 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21944 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21945 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21946 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21947 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21948 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21949 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21950 `perl-brace-offset'
21951 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21952 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21953 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21954 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21955 `perl-label-offset'
21956 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21957 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21958 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21959
21960 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21961 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21962 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21963 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21964 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21965 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21966 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21967
21968 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21969
21970 \(fn)" t nil)
21971
21972 ;;;***
21973 \f
21974 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21975 ;;;;;; (20373 11301))
21976 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21977
21978 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21979 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21980 \\<picture-mode-map>
21981 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21982 afterwards settable by these commands:
21983
21984 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21985 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21986 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21987 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21988
21989 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21990 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21991 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21992 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21993
21994 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21995 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21996 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21997 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21998
21999 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
22000 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
22001 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
22002 with these commands:
22003
22004 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
22005 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
22006 Move to column following last
22007 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
22008 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
22009 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
22010 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
22011 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
22012 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
22013
22014 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
22015
22016 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
22017 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
22018 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
22019 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
22020 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
22021 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
22022
22023 You can manipulate text with these commands:
22024 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
22025 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
22026 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
22027 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
22028 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
22029 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
22030
22031 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
22032 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
22033 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
22034 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
22035 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
22036 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
22037 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
22038 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
22039
22040 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
22041 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
22042 by supplying an argument.
22043
22044 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22045
22046 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22047 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22048
22049 \(fn)" t nil)
22050
22051 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22052
22053 ;;;***
22054 \f
22055 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
22056 ;;;;;; (20378 29222))
22057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22058
22059 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22060 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22061
22062 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22063
22064 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
22065 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
22066
22067 \(fn)" t nil)
22068
22069 ;;;***
22070 \f
22071 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22072 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
22073 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22074
22075 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22076 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22077 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22078
22079 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22080
22081 ;;;***
22082 \f
22083 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20355 10021))
22084 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22085
22086 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22087 Play pong and waste time.
22088 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22089 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22090
22091 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22092
22093 \\{pong-mode-map}
22094
22095 \(fn)" t nil)
22096
22097 ;;;***
22098 \f
22099 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20355 10021))
22100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22101
22102 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22103 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22104 Use streaming commands.
22105
22106 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22107
22108 ;;;***
22109 \f
22110 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22111 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22112 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
22113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22114
22115 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22116 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22117 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22118 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22119
22120 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22121
22122 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22123 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22124
22125 \(fn)" nil nil)
22126
22127 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22128 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22129 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22130 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22131 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22132
22133 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22134
22135 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22136 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22137 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22138
22139 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22140
22141 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22142 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22143
22144 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22145
22146 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22147 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22148 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22149 Ignores leading comment characters.
22150
22151 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22152
22153 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22154 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22155 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22156 Ignores leading comment characters.
22157
22158 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22159
22160 ;;;***
22161 \f
22162 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22163 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22164 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22165 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22166 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22167 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22168 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22169 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22170 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22171 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22172 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22173 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22174 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22175 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22176 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22177 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22178 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22179 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22180 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
22181 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22182
22183 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22184 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22185
22186 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22187
22188 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22189
22190 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22191
22192 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22193 Preview directory using ghostview.
22194
22195 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22196 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22197 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22198 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22199
22200 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22201 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22202 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22203 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22204 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22205 file name.
22206
22207 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22208
22209 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22210
22211 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22212 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22213
22214 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22215 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22216 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22217 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22218
22219 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22220 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22221 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22222 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22223 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22224 file name.
22225
22226 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22227
22228 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22229
22230 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22231 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22232
22233 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22234 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22235 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22236 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22237
22238 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22239 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22240 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22241 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22242 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22243 file name.
22244
22245 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22246
22247 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22248
22249 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22250 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22251
22252 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22253
22254 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22255 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22256 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22257 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22258
22259 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22260 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22261 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22262 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22263 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22264 file name.
22265
22266 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22267
22268 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22269
22270 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22271 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22272
22273 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22274 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22275 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22276
22277 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22278 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22279 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22280 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22281
22282 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22283
22284 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22285 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22286
22287 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22288 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22289 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22290
22291 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22292 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22293 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22294 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22295
22296 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22297
22298 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22299 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22300
22301 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22302 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22303 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22304
22305 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22306 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22307 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22308 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22309
22310 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22311
22312 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22313 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22314
22315 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22316
22317 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22318 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22319 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22320
22321 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22322 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22323 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22324 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22325
22326 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22327
22328 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22329 Preview region using ghostview.
22330
22331 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22332
22333 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22334
22335 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22336 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22337
22338 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22339
22340 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22341
22342 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22343 Print region using PostScript printer.
22344
22345 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22346
22347 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22348
22349 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22350 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22351
22352 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22353
22354 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22355
22356 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22357 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22358
22359 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22360
22361 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22362
22363 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22364 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22365
22366 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22367
22368 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22369
22370 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22371 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22372
22373 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22374
22375 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22376
22377 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22378 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22379
22380 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22381
22382 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22383
22384 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22385 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22386 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22387 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22388
22389 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22390 matching.
22391
22392 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22393 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22394
22395 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22396
22397 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22398
22399 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22400 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22401 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22402 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22403
22404 \(fn)" t nil)
22405
22406 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22407 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22408 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22409 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22410
22411 \(fn)" t nil)
22412
22413 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22414 Print directory using text printer.
22415
22416 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22417 matching.
22418
22419 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22420 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22421
22422 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22423
22424 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22425
22426 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22427 Print buffer using text printer.
22428
22429 \(fn)" t nil)
22430
22431 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22432 Print region using text printer.
22433
22434 \(fn)" t nil)
22435
22436 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22437 Print major mode using text printer.
22438
22439 \(fn)" t nil)
22440
22441 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22442 Preview spooled PostScript.
22443
22444 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22445 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22446 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22447
22448 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22449 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22450 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22451
22452 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22453
22454 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22455 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22456
22457 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22458 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22459 instead of sending it to the printer.
22460
22461 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22462 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22463 image in a file with that name.
22464
22465 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22466
22467 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22468 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22469
22470 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22471 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22472 instead of sending it to the printer.
22473
22474 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22475 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22476 image in a file with that name.
22477
22478 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22479
22480 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22481 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22482
22483 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22484 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22485 instead of sending it to the printer.
22486
22487 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22488 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22489 image in a file with that name.
22490
22491 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22492
22493 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22494 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22495
22496 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22497
22498 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22499 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22500
22501 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22502
22503 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22504 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22505
22506 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22507
22508 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22509 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22510
22511 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22512
22513 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22514 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22515
22516 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22517
22518 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22519 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22520
22521 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22522 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22523 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22524 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22525
22526 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22527 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22528 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22529 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22530 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22531 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22532 file name.
22533
22534 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22535
22536 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22537 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22538
22539 \(fn)" t nil)
22540
22541 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22542 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22543
22544 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22545 right.
22546 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22547 bottom.
22548
22549 \(fn)" t nil)
22550
22551 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22552 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22553
22554 \(fn)" t nil)
22555
22556 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22557 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22558
22559 \(fn)" t nil)
22560
22561 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22562 Toggle printing with faces.
22563
22564 \(fn)" t nil)
22565
22566 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22567 Toggle spooling.
22568
22569 \(fn)" t nil)
22570
22571 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22572 Toggle duplex.
22573
22574 \(fn)" t nil)
22575
22576 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22577 Toggle tumble.
22578
22579 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22580 right.
22581 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22582 bottom.
22583
22584 \(fn)" t nil)
22585
22586 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22587 Toggle landscape.
22588
22589 \(fn)" t nil)
22590
22591 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22592 Toggle upside-down.
22593
22594 \(fn)" t nil)
22595
22596 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22597 Toggle line number.
22598
22599 \(fn)" t nil)
22600
22601 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22602 Toggle zebra stripes.
22603
22604 \(fn)" t nil)
22605
22606 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22607 Toggle printing header.
22608
22609 \(fn)" t nil)
22610
22611 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22612 Toggle printing header frame.
22613
22614 \(fn)" t nil)
22615
22616 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22617 Toggle menu lock.
22618
22619 \(fn)" t nil)
22620
22621 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22622 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22623
22624 \(fn)" t nil)
22625
22626 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22627 Toggle auto mode.
22628
22629 \(fn)" t nil)
22630
22631 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22632 Customization of the `printing' group.
22633
22634 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22635
22636 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22637 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22638
22639 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22640
22641 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22642 Help for the printing package.
22643
22644 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22645
22646 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22647 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22648
22649 \(fn)" t nil)
22650
22651 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22652 Interactively select a text printer.
22653
22654 \(fn)" t nil)
22655
22656 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22657 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22658
22659 \(fn)" t nil)
22660
22661 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22662 Show current ps-print settings.
22663
22664 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22665
22666 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22667 Show current printing settings.
22668
22669 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22670
22671 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22672 Show current lpr settings.
22673
22674 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22675
22676 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22677 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22678
22679 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22680 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22681 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22682 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22683
22684
22685 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22686
22687 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22688 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22689 immediately be done using the current active printer.
22690
22691 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22692 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22693 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22694 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
22695 current active printer.
22696
22697 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22698 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22699 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22700 printer.
22701
22702 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22703 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22704 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22705 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22706 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22707
22708
22709 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22710 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22711
22712 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22713
22714 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22715 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
22716 be done using the new current active printer.
22717
22718 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22719 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22720 printer.
22721
22722 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22723 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22724 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22725 instead of sending it to the printer.
22726
22727 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22728 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22729 printer.
22730
22731 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22732
22733
22734 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22735 are both set to t.
22736
22737 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22738
22739 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22740 Fast fire function for text printing.
22741
22742 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22743 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22744 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22745 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22746
22747 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22748 user for a new active text printer.
22749
22750 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22751
22752 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22753
22754 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22755 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22756 printer.
22757
22758 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22759
22760 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22761 are both set to t.
22762
22763 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22764
22765 ;;;***
22766 \f
22767 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20355 10021))
22768 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22769
22770 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22771 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22772 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22773 information will be displayed but not selected.
22774 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22775
22776 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22777
22778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22779
22780 ;;;***
22781 \f
22782 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22783 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20397 45851))
22784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22785
22786 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22787 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22788
22789 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22790 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22791
22792 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22793
22794 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22795 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22796
22797 Commands:
22798 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22799 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22800 if that value is non-nil.
22801
22802 \(fn)" t nil)
22803
22804 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22805 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22806 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22807
22808 \(fn)" t nil)
22809
22810 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22811 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22812 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22813
22814 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22815
22816 ;;;***
22817 \f
22818 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20355
22819 ;;;;;; 10021))
22820 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22821
22822 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22823 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22824 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22825
22826 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22827
22828 ;;;***
22829 \f
22830 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20355
22831 ;;;;;; 10021))
22832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22833
22834 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22835 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22836
22837 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22838
22839 The following variables hold user options, and can
22840 be set through the `customize' command:
22841
22842 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22843 `ps-mode-tab'
22844 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22845 `ps-mode-print-function'
22846 `ps-run-prompt'
22847 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22848 `ps-run-x'
22849 `ps-run-dumb'
22850 `ps-run-init'
22851 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22852 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22853
22854 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22855
22856
22857 \\{ps-mode-map}
22858
22859
22860 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22861 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22862 The keymap for this second window is:
22863
22864 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22865
22866
22867 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22868 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22869 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22870 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22871 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22872
22873 \(fn)" t nil)
22874
22875 ;;;***
22876 \f
22877 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22878 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22879 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22880 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22881 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22882 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20355
22883 ;;;;;; 10021))
22884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22885
22886 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22887 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22888 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22889
22890 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22891
22892 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22893 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22894 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22895 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22896
22897 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22898
22899 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22900 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22901
22902 Valid values are:
22903
22904 nil Do not print colors.
22905
22906 t Print colors.
22907
22908 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22909 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22910
22911 Any other value is treated as t.")
22912
22913 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22914
22915 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22916 Customization of ps-print group.
22917
22918 \(fn)" t nil)
22919
22920 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22921 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22922
22923 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22924 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22925 sending it to the printer.
22926
22927 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22928 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22929 image in a file with that name.
22930
22931 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22932
22933 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22934 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22935 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22936 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22937 so it has a way to determine color values.
22938
22939 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22940
22941 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22942 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22943 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22944
22945 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22946
22947 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22948 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22949 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22950 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22951 so it has a way to determine color values.
22952
22953 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22954
22955 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22956 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22957 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22958 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22959
22960 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22961
22962 \(fn)" t nil)
22963
22964 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22965 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22966 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22967 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22968 so it has a way to determine color values.
22969
22970 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22971
22972 \(fn)" t nil)
22973
22974 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22975 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22976 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22977
22978 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22979
22980 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22981
22982 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22983 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22984 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22985 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22986 so it has a way to determine color values.
22987
22988 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22989
22990 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22991
22992 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22993 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22994
22995 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22996 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22997 instead of sending it to the printer.
22998
22999 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23000 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23001 image in a file with that name.
23002
23003 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23004
23005 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
23006 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
23007 Done using the current ps-print setup.
23008 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
23009 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
23010
23011 \(fn)" t nil)
23012
23013 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
23014 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
23015 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23016
23017 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23018
23019 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
23020 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
23021 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23022
23023 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23024
23025 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
23026 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
23027
23028 \(fn)" nil nil)
23029
23030 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
23031 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23032
23033 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
23034 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23035
23036 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23037 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23038
23039 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
23040
23041 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
23042
23043 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23044
23045 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
23046 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23047
23048 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23049 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23050
23051 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23052 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23053
23054 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23055
23056 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23057
23058 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23059
23060 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23061 foreground and background colors respectively.
23062
23063 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23064 bold - use bold font.
23065 italic - use italic font.
23066 underline - put a line under text.
23067 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23068 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23069 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23070 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23071 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23072
23073 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23074
23075 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23076
23077 ;;;***
23078 \f
23079 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
23080 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20376 40834))
23081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23082
23083 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
23084
23085 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23086
23087 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23088
23089 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23090 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
23091 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
23092 show the buffer automatically.
23093
23094 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
23095 Python command line (default is `python-command').
23096
23097 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
23098 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
23099 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
23100 switch to that buffer.
23101
23102 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
23103 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23104 process buffer for a list of commands.
23105
23106 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
23107 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
23108 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
23109
23110 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
23111
23112 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
23113 Set up info-look for Python.
23114 Used with `eval-after-load'.
23115
23116 \(fn)" nil nil)
23117
23118 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23119 Major mode for editing Python files.
23120 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
23121 for correct parsing of the source.
23122 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
23123 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
23124 commands for running Python under Emacs.
23125
23126 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
23127 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
23128 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
23129 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
23130 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
23131 \\<python-mode-map>
23132 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
23133 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
23134 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
23135 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
23136 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
23137 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
23138
23139 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
23140 effect outside them.
23141
23142 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
23143 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
23144 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
23145 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
23146 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
23147 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
23148 form x.y only works if the components are literal
23149 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
23150 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
23151
23152 \\{python-mode-map}
23153
23154 \(fn)" t nil)
23155
23156 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
23157 Major mode for editing Jython files.
23158 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
23159 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
23160
23161 \(fn)" t nil)
23162
23163 ;;;***
23164 \f
23165 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23166 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
23167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23168
23169 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23170 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23171 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23172 coding-system.
23173
23174 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23175 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23176
23177 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23178 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23179 them into characters should be done separately.
23180
23181 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23182
23183 ;;;***
23184 \f
23185 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23186 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23187 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23188 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23189 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20356 55829))
23190 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23191
23192 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23193 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23194
23195 \(fn)" nil nil)
23196
23197 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23198 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23199 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23200
23201 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23202 `quail-activate', which see.
23203
23204 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23205
23206 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23207 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23208 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23209 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23210 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23211 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23212 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23213
23214 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23215 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23216 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23217 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23218 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23219 shown.
23220 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23221
23222 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23223 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23224 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23225 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23226 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23227 list of candidates.
23228
23229 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23230 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23231 command to be called.
23232
23233 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23234 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23235 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23236 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23237
23238 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23239 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23240 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23241 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23242 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23243 to t.
23244
23245 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23246 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23247 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23248 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23249
23250 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23251 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23252 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23253 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23254
23255 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23256 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23257 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23258 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23259 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23260 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23261
23262 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23263 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23264 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23265 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23266 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23267 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23268
23269 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23270 covers Quail translation region.
23271
23272 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23273 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23274 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23275 for it) is inserted.
23276
23277 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23278 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23279 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23280
23281 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23282 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23283 non-Quail commands.
23284
23285 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23286
23287 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23288 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23289
23290 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23291 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23292 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23293 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23294 you type is correctly handled.
23295
23296 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23297
23298 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23299 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23300
23301 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23302 keyboard type.
23303
23304 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23305
23306 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23307 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23308 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23309 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23310 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23311 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23312 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23313 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23314 for the translation.
23315 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23316
23317 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23318 it is used to handle KEY.
23319
23320 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23321 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23322 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23323 the following annotation types are supported.
23324
23325 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23326 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23327
23328 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23329 candidate list.
23330
23331 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23332 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23333 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23334 inserted.
23335
23336 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23337 generated for the following translations.
23338
23339 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23340
23341 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23342 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23343
23344 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23345 which to install MAP.
23346
23347 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23348
23349 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23350
23351 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23352 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23353
23354 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23355 which to install MAP.
23356
23357 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23358
23359 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23360
23361 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23362 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23363 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23364 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23365 a function, or a cons.
23366 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23367 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23368 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23369 for the translation.
23370 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23371 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23372 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23373 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23374 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23375
23376 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23377 it is used to handle KEY.
23378
23379 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23380 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23381 current Quail package.
23382
23383 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23384 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23385
23386 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23387
23388 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23389 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23390
23391 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23392 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23393
23394 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23395
23396 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23397 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23398
23399 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23400
23401 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23402 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23403 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23404 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23405 of the Emacs source tree.
23406
23407 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23408 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23409
23410 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23411 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23412 of each directory.
23413
23414 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23415
23416 ;;;***
23417 \f
23418 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23419 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23420 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20355
23421 ;;;;;; 10021))
23422 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23423
23424 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23425 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23426 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23427 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23428
23429 To make use of this do something like:
23430
23431 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23432
23433 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23434
23435 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23436 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23437
23438 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23439 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23440 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23441
23442 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23443
23444 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23445 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23446
23447 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23448
23449 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23450 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23451
23452 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23453 is decided.
23454
23455 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23456
23457 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23458 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23459
23460 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23461 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23462 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23463
23464 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23465
23466 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23467 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23468
23469 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23470
23471 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23472 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23473
23474 \(fn)" t nil)
23475
23476 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23477 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23478
23479 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23480
23481 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23482
23483 \(fn)" t nil)
23484
23485 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23486 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23487
23488 \(fn)" t nil)
23489
23490 ;;;***
23491 \f
23492 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23493 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20371 55972))
23494 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23495
23496 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23497 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23498
23499 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23500
23501 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23502
23503 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23504
23505 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23506
23507 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23508
23509
23510 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23511
23512 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23513 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23514 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23516 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23517 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23518
23519 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23520
23521 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23522 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23524 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23525 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23526
23527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23528
23529 ;;;***
23530 \f
23531 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20355
23532 ;;;;;; 10021))
23533 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23534
23535 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23536 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23537 See \\[compile].
23538
23539 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23540
23541 ;;;***
23542 \f
23543 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23544 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
23545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23546
23547 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23548
23549 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23550 Construct a regexp interactively.
23551 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23552 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23553 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23554
23555 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23556 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23557
23558 \(fn)" t nil)
23559
23560 ;;;***
23561 \f
23562 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20356 2211))
23563 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23564
23565 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23566 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23567 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23570 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23571
23572 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23573
23574 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23575 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23576 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23577 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23578 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23579
23580 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23581 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23582 were operated on recently.
23583
23584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23585
23586 ;;;***
23587 \f
23588 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23589 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23590 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23591 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23592 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
23593 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23594 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23595 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23596 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23597 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23598 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23599 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23600 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23601
23602 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23603 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23604 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23605 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23606 ends.
23607
23608 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23609 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23610 to be deleted.
23611
23612 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23613
23614 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23615 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23616 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23617
23618 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23619 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23620 deleted.
23621
23622 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23623
23624 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23625 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23626 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23627
23628 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23629
23630 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23631 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23632
23633 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23634 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23635
23636 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23637 deleted.
23638
23639 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23640 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23641 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23642 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23643 even beep.)
23644
23645 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23646
23647 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23648 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23649
23650 \(fn)" t nil)
23651
23652 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23653 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23654 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23655 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23656 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23657 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23658 and point is at the lower right corner.
23659
23660 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23661
23662 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23663 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23664
23665 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23666 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23667
23668 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23669 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23670 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23671
23672 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23673
23674 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23675
23676 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23677 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23678 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23679 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23680 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23681
23682 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23683 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23684
23685 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23686
23687 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23688 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23689 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23690
23691 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23692
23693 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23694
23695 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23696
23697 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23698 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23699
23700 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23701 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23702 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23703
23704 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23705
23706 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23707 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23708 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23709
23710 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23711 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23712 rectangle which were empty.
23713
23714 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23715
23716 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23717 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23718
23719 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23720 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23721 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23722 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23723
23724 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23725
23726 ;;;***
23727 \f
23728 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20355
23729 ;;;;;; 10021))
23730 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23731
23732 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23733 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23734 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23735 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23736 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23737
23738 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23739 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23740 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23741 auto-filling.
23742
23743 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23744
23745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23746
23747 ;;;***
23748 \f
23749 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23750 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20355 10021))
23751 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23752
23753 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23754 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23755
23756 \(fn)" nil nil)
23757
23758 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23759 Toggle RefTeX mode.
23760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
23761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23762 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23763
23764 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
23765 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23766
23767 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23768 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23769
23770 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23771 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23772 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23773 \\ref macro.
23774
23775 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23776 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23777 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23778
23779 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23780 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23781 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23782
23783 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23784 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23785
23786 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23787 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23788
23789 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23790 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23791 on the menu bar.
23792
23793 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23794
23795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23796
23797 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23798 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23799 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23800
23801 \(fn)" nil nil)
23802
23803 ;;;***
23804 \f
23805 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23806 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
23807 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23808
23809 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23810 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23811 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23812 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23813 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23814 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23815
23816 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23817
23818 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23819
23820 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23821 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23822 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23823 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23824 `reftex-cite-format'.
23825
23826 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23827 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23828 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23829 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23830
23831 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23832
23833 ;;;***
23834 \f
23835 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23836 ;;;;;; (20420 41510))
23837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23838
23839 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23840 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23841 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23842 the current TeX document.
23843
23844 With no argument, this command toggles
23845 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23846 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23847
23848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23849
23850 ;;;***
23851 \f
23852 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23853 ;;;;;; (20399 35365))
23854 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23855
23856 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23857 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23858 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23859
23860 To insert new phrases, use
23861 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23862 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23863
23864 To index phrases use one of:
23865
23866 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23867 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23868 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23869 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23870 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23871
23872 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23873 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23874
23875 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23876
23877 Here are all local bindings.
23878
23879 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23880
23881 \(fn)" t nil)
23882
23883 ;;;***
23884 \f
23885 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23886 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
23887 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23888
23889 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23890 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23891 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23892 of master file.
23893
23894 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23895
23896 ;;;***
23897 \f
23898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20355
23899 ;;;;;; 10021))
23900 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23901 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23902 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23903 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23904 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23905
23906 ;;;***
23907 \f
23908 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23909 ;;;;;; (20363 61861))
23910 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23911
23912 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23913 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23914 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23915 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23916 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23917 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23918
23919 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23920 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23921
23922 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23923 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23924 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23925 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23926
23927 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23928
23929 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23930 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23931 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23932 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23933
23934 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23935
23936 ;;;***
23937 \f
23938 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23939 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23940 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
23941 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23942
23943 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23944 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23945 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23946 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23947
23948 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23949
23950 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23951
23952 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23953 Call `remember' in another frame.
23954
23955 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23956
23957 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23958 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23959 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23960 application.
23961
23962 \(fn)" t nil)
23963
23964 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23965 Extract diary entries from the region.
23966
23967 \(fn)" nil nil)
23968
23969 ;;;***
23970 \f
23971 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20388 65061))
23972 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23973
23974 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23975 Repeat most recently executed command.
23976 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23977 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23978 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23979
23980 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23981 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23982 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23983 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23984
23985 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23986 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23987 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23988
23989 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23990
23991 ;;;***
23992 \f
23993 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23994 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
23995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23996
23997 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23998 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23999
24000 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
24001 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
24002 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
24003 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
24004 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
24005 and point is left after the salutation.
24006
24007 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
24008 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
24009 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
24010 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
24011 left after that text.
24012
24013 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
24014 is non-nil.
24015
24016 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
24017 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
24018 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
24019 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
24020
24021 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
24022
24023 ;;;***
24024 \f
24025 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
24026 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24027 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
24028
24029 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
24030 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
24031 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
24032 visibility of comments that precede it.
24033 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
24034 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
24035 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
24036 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
24037 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
24038 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
24039 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
24040 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
24041 the comment lines.
24042 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
24043 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
24044 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
24045 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
24046 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
24047
24048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24049
24050 ;;;***
24051 \f
24052 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24053 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24054 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24055
24056 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24057 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24060 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24061
24062 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24063 reveals invisible text around point.
24064
24065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24066
24067 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24068 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24069 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24070 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24071 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24072 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24073
24074 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24075
24076 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24077 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24078 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24079
24080 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24081 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24082 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24083
24084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24085
24086 ;;;***
24087 \f
24088 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24089 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24090 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24091
24092 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24093 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24094
24095 \(fn X)" nil nil)
24096
24097 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24098 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24099
24100 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24101
24102 ;;;***
24103 \f
24104 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20402 11562))
24105 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24106
24107 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24108 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24109 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24110 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24111
24112 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24113
24114 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24115 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24116 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24117 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24118
24119 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24120 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24121
24122 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24123 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24124
24125 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24126 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24127 INPUT-ARGS.
24128
24129 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24130 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24131 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24132 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24133 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24134
24135 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24136 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24137 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24138 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24139
24140 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24141 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24142 variable.
24143
24144 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24145
24146 ;;;***
24147 \f
24148 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24149 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24150 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24151 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24152 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
24153 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20414 2727))
24154 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24155
24156 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
24157 Name of user's primary mail file.")
24158
24159 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
24160
24161 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
24162
24163 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
24164 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
24165 Its name should end with a slash.")
24166
24167 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
24168 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
24169
24170 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24171 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24172 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24173
24174 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24175
24176 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24177 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24178 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24179 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24180 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24181 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24182 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24183
24184 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24185 sent by you under different user names.
24186 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24187
24188 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24189
24190 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24191
24192 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24193
24194 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24195 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24196 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24197 explicitly.")
24198
24199 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24200
24201 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24202 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24203 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24204 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24205 which normally happens once for each message,
24206 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24207 To make a change in this variable take effect
24208 for a message that you have already viewed,
24209 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24210
24211 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24212
24213 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24214 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24215 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24216 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24217
24218 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24219
24220 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24221 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24222
24223 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24224
24225 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24226 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24227 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24228
24229 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24230
24231 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24232 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24233 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24234 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24235 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24236 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24237
24238 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24239
24240 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24241 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24242
24243 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24244
24245 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24246 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24247
24248 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24249
24250 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24251 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24252
24253 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24254 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24255
24256 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24257
24258 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24259 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24260
24261 This is set to nil by default.")
24262
24263 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24264 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24265 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24266 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24267 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24268 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24269 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24270
24271 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24272 Read and edit incoming mail.
24273 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24274 file in RMAIL Mode.
24275 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24276
24277 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24278 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24279 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24280 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24281
24282 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24283
24284 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24285
24286 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24287 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24288 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24289 Instead, these commands are available:
24290
24291 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24292 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24293 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24294 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24295 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24296 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24297 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24298 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24299 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24300 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24301 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24302 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24303 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24304 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24305 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24306 till a deleted message is found.
24307 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24308 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24309 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24310 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24311 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24312 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24313 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24314 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24315 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24316 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24317 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24318 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24319 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24320 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24321 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24322 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24323 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24324 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24325 (label defaults to last one specified).
24326 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24327 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24328 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24329 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24330 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24331 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24332 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24333 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24334 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24335
24336 \(fn)" t nil)
24337
24338 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24339 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24340
24341 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24342
24343 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24344 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24345
24346 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24347
24348 ;;;***
24349 \f
24350 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24351 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20355 10021))
24352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24353 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24354
24355 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24356 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24357 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24358 case it writes Babyl.
24359
24360 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24361 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24362 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24363 `rmail-default-file'.
24364
24365 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24366 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24367 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24368
24369 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24370 the header display is currently pruned.
24371
24372 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24373 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24374 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24375 messages after output.
24376
24377 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24378 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24379 message (if writing a file directly).
24380
24381 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24382 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24383
24384 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24385
24386 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24387 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24388 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24389 i) the header is output as currently seen
24390 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24391 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24392
24393 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24394 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24395 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24396
24397 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24398
24399 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24400 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24401 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24402 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24403 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24404 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24405 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24406
24407 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24408 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24409 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24410
24411 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24412
24413 ;;;***
24414 \f
24415 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24416 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24417 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24418
24419 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24420 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24421 Return a pattern.
24422
24423 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24424
24425 ;;;***
24426 \f
24427 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24428 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24429 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24430
24431 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24432 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24433 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24434 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24435
24436 \(fn)" t nil)
24437
24438 ;;;***
24439 \f
24440 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24441 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24442 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24443
24444 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24445 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24446
24447 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24448 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24449 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24450 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24451 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24452 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24453 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24454 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24455 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24456 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24457
24458 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24459 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24460 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24461 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24462 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24463 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24464 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24465 to use for finding the schema.
24466
24467 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24468
24469 ;;;***
24470 \f
24471 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20355
24472 ;;;;;; 10021))
24473 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24474
24475 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24476
24477 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24478 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24479 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24480 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24481 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24482 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24483 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24484 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24485 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24486 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24487 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24488 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24489 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24490 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24491 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24492 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24493 must be equal.
24494
24495 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24496
24497 ;;;***
24498 \f
24499 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24500 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20355 10021))
24501 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24502
24503 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24504 Define a robin package.
24505
24506 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24507 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24508 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24509 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24510
24511 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24512 one replaces the old one.
24513
24514 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24515
24516 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24517 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24518
24519 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24520 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24521 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24522
24523 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24524
24525 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24526 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24527
24528 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24529
24530 ;;;***
24531 \f
24532 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24533 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20355 10021))
24534 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24535
24536 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24537 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24538
24539 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24540
24541 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24542 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24543
24544 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24545
24546 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24547 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24548
24549 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24550
24551 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24552 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24553 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24554
24555 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24556 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24557 in ROT13.
24558
24559 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24560
24561 \(fn)" t nil)
24562
24563 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24564 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24565
24566 \(fn)" t nil)
24567
24568 ;;;***
24569 \f
24570 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24571 ;;;;;; (20421 62373))
24572 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24573 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24574
24575 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24576 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24577 \\<rst-mode-map>
24578
24579 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24580 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24581 highlighting.
24582
24583 \\{rst-mode-map}
24584
24585 \(fn)" t nil)
24586
24587 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24588 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24589 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24590 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24591 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24592
24593 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24594 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24595 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24596
24597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24598
24599 ;;;***
24600 \f
24601 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24602 ;;;;;; (20375 53029))
24603 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24604
24605 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24606 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24607 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24608 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24609 nesting into account.
24610
24611 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24612
24613 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24614
24615 \(fn)" t nil)
24616
24617 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24618
24619 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24620
24621 ;;;***
24622 \f
24623 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20355
24624 ;;;;;; 10021))
24625 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24626
24627 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24628 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24629 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24630
24631 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24632 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24634 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24635 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24636
24637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24638
24639 ;;;***
24640 \f
24641 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20355
24642 ;;;;;; 10021))
24643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24644
24645 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24646 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24647 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24648 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24649
24650 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24651
24652 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24653 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24654 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24655
24656 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24657 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24658 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24659
24660 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24661 notation.
24662
24663 STRING
24664 matches string STRING literally.
24665
24666 CHAR
24667 matches character CHAR literally.
24668
24669 `not-newline', `nonl'
24670 matches any character except a newline.
24671
24672 `anything'
24673 matches any character
24674
24675 `(any SET ...)'
24676 `(in SET ...)'
24677 `(char SET ...)'
24678 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24679 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24680 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24681
24682 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24683 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24684 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24685 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24686
24687 `(not (any SET ...))'
24688 matches any character not in SET ...
24689
24690 `line-start', `bol'
24691 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24692 in the text being matched
24693
24694 `line-end', `eol'
24695 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24696
24697 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24698 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24699 string being matched against.
24700
24701 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24702 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24703 string being matched against.
24704
24705 `buffer-start'
24706 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24707 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24708
24709 `buffer-end'
24710 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24711 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24712
24713 `point'
24714 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24715
24716 `word-start', `bow'
24717 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24718
24719 `word-end', `eow'
24720 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24721
24722 `word-boundary'
24723 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24724 word.
24725
24726 `(not word-boundary)'
24727 `not-word-boundary'
24728 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24729 word.
24730
24731 `symbol-start'
24732 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24733
24734 `symbol-end'
24735 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24736
24737 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24738 matches 0 through 9.
24739
24740 `control', `cntrl'
24741 matches ASCII control characters.
24742
24743 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24744 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24745
24746 `blank'
24747 matches space and tab only.
24748
24749 `graphic', `graph'
24750 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24751 space, and DEL.
24752
24753 `printing', `print'
24754 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24755 and DEL.
24756
24757 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24758 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24759 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24760
24761 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24762 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24763 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24764
24765 `ascii'
24766 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24767
24768 `nonascii'
24769 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24770
24771 `lower', `lower-case'
24772 matches anything lower-case.
24773
24774 `upper', `upper-case'
24775 matches anything upper-case.
24776
24777 `punctuation', `punct'
24778 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24779 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24780
24781 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24782 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24783
24784 `word', `wordchar'
24785 matches anything that has word syntax.
24786
24787 `not-wordchar'
24788 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24789
24790 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24791 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24792 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24793 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24794
24795 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24796 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24797 `word' (\\sw)
24798 `symbol' (\\s_)
24799 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24800 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24801 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24802 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24803 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24804 `escape' (\\s\\)
24805 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24806 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24807 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24808 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24809 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24810
24811 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24812 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24813
24814 `(category CATEGORY)'
24815 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24816 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24817
24818 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24819 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24820 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24821 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24822 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24823 `symbol' (\\c5)
24824 `digit' (\\c6)
24825 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24826 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24827 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24828 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24829 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24830 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24831 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24832 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24833 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24834 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24835 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24836 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24837 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24838 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24839 `ascii' (\\ca)
24840 `arabic' (\\cb)
24841 `chinese' (\\cc)
24842 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24843 `greek' (\\cg)
24844 `korean' (\\ch)
24845 `indian' (\\ci)
24846 `japanese' (\\cj)
24847 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24848 `latin' (\\cl)
24849 `lao' (\\co)
24850 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24851 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24852 `thai' (\\ct)
24853 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24854 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24855 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24856 `can-break' (\\c|)
24857
24858 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24859 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24860
24861 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24862 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24863 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24864 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24865 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24866
24867 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24868 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24869 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24870 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24871
24872 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24873 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24874 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24875 group number N.
24876
24877 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24878 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24879 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24880 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24881 regular expression.
24882
24883 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24884 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24885 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24886 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24887 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24888
24889 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24890 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24891
24892 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24893 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24894
24895 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24896 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24897 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24898
24899 `(* SEXP ...)'
24900 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24901 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24902
24903 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24904 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24905 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24906
24907 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24908 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24909 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24910
24911 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24912 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24913
24914 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24915 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24916
24917 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24918 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24919 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24920 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24921
24922 `(? SEXP ...)'
24923 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24924
24925 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24926 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24927
24928 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24929 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24930 matches N occurrences.
24931
24932 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24933 matches N or more occurrences.
24934
24935 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24936 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24937 matches N to M occurrences.
24938
24939 `(backref N)'
24940 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24941
24942 `(eval FORM)'
24943 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24944 `regexp-quote' it.
24945
24946 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24947 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24948
24949 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24950
24951 ;;;***
24952 \f
24953 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20355
24954 ;;;;;; 10021))
24955 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24956
24957 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24958 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24959 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24960 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24961 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24962 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24963
24964 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24965
24966 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24967 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24969 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24970 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24971
24972 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24973 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24974 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24975 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24976
24977 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24978 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24979 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24980
24981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24982
24983 ;;;***
24984 \f
24985 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24986 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24988
24989 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24990 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24991 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24992
24993 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24994 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24995 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24996 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24997 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24998 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24999 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
25000 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25001
25002 Commands:
25003 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25004 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25005 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25006 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25007 if that value is non-nil.
25008
25009 \(fn)" t nil)
25010
25011 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25012 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25013 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25014
25015 Commands:
25016 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25017 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25018 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25019 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25020 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25021 that variable's value is a string.
25022
25023 \(fn)" t nil)
25024
25025 ;;;***
25026 \f
25027 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25028 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25030
25031 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25032 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25033 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25034
25035 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25036
25037 \(fn)" t nil)
25038
25039 ;;;***
25040 \f
25041 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25042 ;;;;;; (20363 61861))
25043 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25044
25045 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25046 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25047 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25048 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25049 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25050 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25051
25052 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25053
25054 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25055 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
25056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
25057 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25058 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25059
25060 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25061 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25062
25063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25064
25065 ;;;***
25066 \f
25067 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25068 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25069 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25070
25071 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25072 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25073 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25074 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25075 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
25076 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
25077 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
25078 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
25079
25080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25081
25082 ;;;***
25083 \f
25084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20355 10021))
25085 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25086 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25087 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25088
25089 ;;;***
25090 \f
25091 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25092 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20355 10021))
25093 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25094
25095 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25096 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25097 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25098
25099 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25100 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25101 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25102 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25103 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25104 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25105 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25106 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25107 keybinding for tag names.")
25108
25109 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25110
25111 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25112 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25113 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25114 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25115 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25116 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25117
25118 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25119
25120 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25121 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25122 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25123 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25124 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25125
25126 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25127 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25128 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25129 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25130 Semantic mode.
25131
25132 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25133
25134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25135
25136 ;;;***
25137 \f
25138 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25139 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25140 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25141 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25142 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25143 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25144 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25145 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25146 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20417 65331))
25147 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25148
25149 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25150 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25151
25152 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25153 king@grassland.com
25154 If `parens', they look like:
25155 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25156 If `angles', they look like:
25157 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25158
25159 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25160 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25161
25162 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25163
25164 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25165 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25166 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25167 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25168
25169 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25170 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25171 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25172 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25173
25174 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25175
25176 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25177 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25178 This is done when the message is initialized,
25179 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25180
25181 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25182
25183 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25184 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25185 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25186
25187 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25188
25189 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25190 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25191 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25192 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25193 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25194 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25195 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25196
25197 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25198
25199 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25200 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25201
25202 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25203
25204 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25205 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25206 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25207 be a Babyl file.")
25208
25209 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25210
25211 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25212 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25213 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25214 when you first send mail.")
25215
25216 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25217
25218 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25219 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25220 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25221 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25222 This file need not actually exist.")
25223
25224 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25225
25226 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25227 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25228
25229 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25230
25231 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25232 Alist of mail address aliases,
25233 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25234 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25235 can specify a different file name.)
25236 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25237 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25238
25239 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25240 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25241 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25242
25243 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25244
25245 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25246 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25247 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25248
25249 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25250
25251 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25252 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25253 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25254 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25255 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25256 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25257 in the cited portion of the message.
25258
25259 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25260 instead of no action.")
25261
25262 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25263
25264 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25265 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25266 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25267 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25268 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25269
25270 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25271
25272 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25273 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25274 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25275 If a string, that string is inserted.
25276 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25277 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25278 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25279 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25280
25281 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25282
25283 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25284 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25285
25286 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25287
25288 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25289 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25290 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25291
25292 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25293 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25294
25295 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25296
25297 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25298 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25299 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25300 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25301
25302 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25303
25304 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25305 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25306 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25307
25308 \(fn)" nil nil)
25309
25310 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25311
25312 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25313
25314
25315 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25316
25317 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25318 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25319 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25320
25321 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25322 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25323
25324 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25325 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25326 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25327 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25328 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25329 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25330 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25331 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25332 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25333 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25334 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25335 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25336 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25337 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25338
25339 \(fn)" t nil)
25340
25341 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25342 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25343 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25344 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25345
25346 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25347
25348 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25349 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25350 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25351 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25352 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25353 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25354
25355 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25356 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25357 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25358
25359 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25360 User should not set this variable manually,
25361 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25362 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25363 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25364
25365 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25366 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25367 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25368 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25369
25370 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25371 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25372
25373 \\<mail-mode-map>
25374 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25375
25376 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25377 to move to message header fields:
25378 \\{mail-mode-map}
25379
25380 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25381 when the message is initialized.
25382
25383 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25384 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25385
25386 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25387 is inserted.
25388
25389 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25390 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25391
25392 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25393 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25394 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25395 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25396 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25397 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25398 buffer without erasing the contents.
25399
25400 The second through fifth arguments,
25401 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25402 the initial contents of those header fields.
25403 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25404 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25405 original message being replied to, or else an action
25406 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25407 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25408 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25409 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25410 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25411 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25412
25413 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25414
25415 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25416 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25417
25418 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25419
25420 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25421 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25422
25423 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25424
25425 ;;;***
25426 \f
25427 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25428 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20370
25429 ;;;;;; 35109))
25430 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25431
25432 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25433
25434 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25435
25436 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25437
25438 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25439 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25440 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
25441 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
25442 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
25443 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25444
25445 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25446 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25447
25448 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25449 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25450 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25451
25452 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25453 \\[server-start].
25454
25455 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25456
25457 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25458 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25459 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25460 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25461
25462 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25463
25464 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25465 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25466 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25467 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25468 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25469 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25470
25471 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25472
25473 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25474 Toggle Server mode.
25475 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25476 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25477 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25478
25479 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25480 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25481 `server-start' for details.
25482
25483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25484
25485 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25486 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25487 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25488
25489 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25490 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25491
25492 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25493
25494 ;;;***
25495 \f
25496 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20373 11301))
25497 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25498
25499 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25500 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25501 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25502
25503 Key definitions:
25504 \\{ses-mode-map}
25505 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25506 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25507 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25508 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25509
25510 \(fn)" t nil)
25511
25512 ;;;***
25513 \f
25514 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25515 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25516 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25517
25518 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25519 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25520 Makes > match <.
25521 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25522 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25523
25524 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25525 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25526 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25527
25528 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25529 in your `.emacs' file.
25530
25531 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25532
25533 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25534 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25535 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25536
25537 \(fn)" t nil)
25538
25539 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25540 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25541 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25542 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25543 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25544 which this is based.
25545
25546 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25547
25548 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25549 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25550 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25551 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25552
25553 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25554 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25555 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25556
25557 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25558 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25559 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25560 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25561
25562 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25563 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25564 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25565 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25566
25567 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25568
25569 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25570 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25571 To work around that, do:
25572 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25573
25574 \\{html-mode-map}
25575
25576 \(fn)" t nil)
25577
25578 ;;;***
25579 \f
25580 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25581 ;;;;;; (20397 18394))
25582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25583 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25584
25585 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25586 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25587 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25588 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25589 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25590 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25591
25592 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25593 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25594 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25595 shell-specific features.
25596
25597 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25598 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25599 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25600 \\<sh-mode-map>
25601 \\[sh-case] case statement
25602 \\[sh-for] for loop
25603 \\[sh-function] function definition
25604 \\[sh-if] if statement
25605 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25606 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25607 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25608 \\[sh-select] select loop
25609 \\[sh-until] until loop
25610 \\[sh-while] while loop
25611
25612 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25613 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25614 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25615 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25616 would indent to the way it currently is.
25617 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25618 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25619
25620
25621 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25622 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25623 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25624 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25625 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25626 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25627
25628 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
25629 unquoted < insert a here document.
25630
25631 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25632 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25633 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25634
25635 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25636 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25637
25638 \(fn)" t nil)
25639
25640 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25641
25642 ;;;***
25643 \f
25644 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25645 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25646 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25647
25648 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25649 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25650
25651 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25652 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25653 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25654
25655 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25656 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25657 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25658 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25659 the earlier.
25660
25661 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25662
25663 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25664
25665 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25666 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25667 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25668
25669 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25670 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25671
25672 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25673 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25674 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25675 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25676 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25677 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25678 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25679 Emacs version).
25680
25681 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25682 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25683 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25684 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25685 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25686
25687 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25688 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25689
25690 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25691
25692 ;;;***
25693 \f
25694 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25695 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20355
25696 ;;;;;; 10021))
25697 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25698
25699 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25700 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25701 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25702 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25703 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25704 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25705 sites in the cluster.
25706
25707 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25708
25709 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25710 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25711 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25712 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25713 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25714
25715 \(fn)" t nil)
25716
25717 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25718 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25719 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25720 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25721 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25722 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25723 `shadow-define-cluster').
25724
25725 \(fn)" t nil)
25726
25727 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25728 Set up file shadowing.
25729
25730 \(fn)" t nil)
25731
25732 ;;;***
25733 \f
25734 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25735 ;;;;;; (20402 36105))
25736 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25737
25738 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25739 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25740 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25741 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25742 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25743 arguments.")
25744
25745 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25746
25747 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25748 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25749 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25750 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25751 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25752
25753 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25754 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25755 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25756 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25757 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25758 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25759 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25760 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25761 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25762 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25763 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25764
25765 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25766 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25767 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25768 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25769 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25770 `default-process-coding-system'.
25771
25772 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25773 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25774 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25775 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25776
25777 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25778
25779 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25780
25781 ;;;***
25782 \f
25783 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20355
25784 ;;;;;; 10021))
25785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25786
25787 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25788 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25789 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25790 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25791
25792 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25793
25794 ;;;***
25795 \f
25796 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25797 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20355 10021))
25798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25799
25800 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25801
25802
25803 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25804
25805 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25806
25807
25808 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25809
25810 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25811
25812
25813 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25814
25815 ;;;***
25816 \f
25817 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25818 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25820
25821 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25822 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25823 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25824 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25825 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25826
25827 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25828
25829 \(fn)" t nil)
25830
25831 ;;;***
25832 \f
25833 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20355
25834 ;;;;;; 10021))
25835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25836
25837 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25838 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25839 \\{simula-mode-map}
25840 Variables controlling indentation style:
25841 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25842 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25843 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25844 `simula-indent-level'
25845 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25846 `simula-substatement-offset'
25847 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25848 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25849 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25850 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25851 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25852 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25853 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25854 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25855 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25856 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25857 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25858 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25859 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25860 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25861 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25862 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25863 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25864 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25865 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25866 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25867 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25868 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25869 or nil if they should not be changed.
25870 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25871 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25872 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25873 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25874
25875 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25876 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25877
25878 \(fn)" t nil)
25879
25880 ;;;***
25881 \f
25882 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25883 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20406 8611))
25884 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25885
25886 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25887 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25888
25889 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25890 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25891 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25892 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25893
25894 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25895
25896 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25897
25898 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25899 Insert SKELETON.
25900 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25901 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25902 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25903 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25904 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25905
25906 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25907 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25908
25909 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25910
25911 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25912 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25913
25914 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25915 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25916 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25917 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25918
25919 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25920 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25921 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25922 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25923
25924 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25925 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25926 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25927
25928 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25929 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25930
25931 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25932 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25933
25934 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25935 _ interesting point, interregion here
25936 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25937 interesting point set by _
25938 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25939 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25940 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25941 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25942 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25943 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25944 nil skipped
25945
25946 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25947 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25948
25949 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25950 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25951 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25952 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25953 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25954 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25955 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25956 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25957
25958 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25959 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25960 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25961 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25962 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25963 available:
25964
25965 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25966 then: insert previously read string once more
25967 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25968 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25969 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25970
25971 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25972 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25973
25974 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25975
25976 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25977 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25978
25979 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25980 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25981 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25982 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25983 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25984 such as backslash.
25985
25986 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25987 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25988 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25989
25990 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25991
25992 ;;;***
25993 \f
25994 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25995 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20415 23587))
25996 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25997
25998 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25999 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
26000 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
26001 buffer names.
26002
26003 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
26004
26005 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
26006 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
26007 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26008 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26009 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26010 \\{smerge-mode-map}
26011
26012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26013
26014 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
26015 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
26016 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
26017
26018 \(fn)" t nil)
26019
26020 ;;;***
26021 \f
26022 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
26023 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
26024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
26025
26026 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
26027 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
26028 A list of images is returned.
26029
26030 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26031
26032 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
26033 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
26034 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
26035
26036 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26037
26038 ;;;***
26039 \f
26040 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26041 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20402 11562))
26042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26043
26044 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26045
26046
26047 \(fn)" nil nil)
26048
26049 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26050 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26051
26052 \(fn)" t nil)
26053
26054 ;;;***
26055 \f
26056 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20355 10021))
26057 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26058
26059 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26060 Play the Snake game.
26061 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26062
26063 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26064
26065 Snake mode keybindings:
26066 \\<snake-mode-map>
26067 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26068 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26069 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26070 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26071 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26072 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26073 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26074
26075 \(fn)" t nil)
26076
26077 ;;;***
26078 \f
26079 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26080 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
26081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26082
26083 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26084 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26085 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26086 Tab indents for C code.
26087 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26088 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26089 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26090 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26091 `snmp-mode-hook'.
26092
26093 \(fn)" t nil)
26094
26095 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26096 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26097 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26098 Tab indents for C code.
26099 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26100 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26101 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26102 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26103 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26104
26105 \(fn)" t nil)
26106
26107 ;;;***
26108 \f
26109 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20355
26110 ;;;;;; 10021))
26111 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26112
26113 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26114 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26115 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26116 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26117 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26118
26119 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26120
26121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26122
26123 ;;;***
26124 \f
26125 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20355
26126 ;;;;;; 10021))
26127 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26128
26129 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26130 Play Solitaire.
26131
26132 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26133 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26134 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26135 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26136 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26137 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26138 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26139 check after each move or undo.)
26140
26141 What is Solitaire?
26142
26143 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26144 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26145 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26146
26147 Le Solitaire
26148 ============
26149
26150 o o o
26151
26152 o o o
26153
26154 o o o o o o o
26155
26156 o o o . o o o
26157
26158 o o o o o o o
26159
26160 o o o
26161
26162 o o o
26163
26164 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26165 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26166 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26167 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26168
26169 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26170 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26171 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26172 this: o o .
26173
26174 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26175 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26176
26177 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26178
26179 o o o
26180
26181 . o o
26182
26183 o o . o o o o
26184
26185 o . o o o o o
26186
26187 o o o o o o o
26188
26189 o o o
26190
26191 o o o
26192
26193 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26194
26195 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26196
26197 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26198
26199 ;;;***
26200 \f
26201 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26202 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26203 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20355 10021))
26204 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26205 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26206
26207 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26208 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26209
26210 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26211 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26212 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26213 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26214 contiguous.
26215
26216 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26217 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26218 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26219 the sort order.
26220
26221 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26222 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26223
26224 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26225 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26226 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26227 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26228 is called.
26229
26230 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26231 It should move point to the end of the record.
26232
26233 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26234 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26235 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26236 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26237 starts at the beginning of the record.
26238
26239 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26240 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26241 same as ENDRECFUN.
26242
26243 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26244 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26245
26246 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26247
26248 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26249 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26250 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26251 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26252 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26253 the sort order.
26254
26255 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26256
26257 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26258 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26259 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26260 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26261 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26262 the sort order.
26263
26264 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26265
26266 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26267 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26268 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26269 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26270 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26271 the sort order.
26272
26273 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26274 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26275
26276 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26277 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26278 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26279 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26280 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26281 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26282 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26283 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26284 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26285
26286 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26287
26288 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26289 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26290 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26291 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26292 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26293 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26294 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26295 the sort order.
26296
26297 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26298
26299 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26300 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26301 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26302 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26303 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26304 is to be used for sorting.
26305 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26306 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26307 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26308 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26309 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26310
26311 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26312
26313 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26314 the sort order.
26315
26316 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26317 starting with the letter \"f\",
26318 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26319
26320 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26321
26322 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26323 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26324 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26325 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26326 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26327 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26328 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26329 the sort order.
26330
26331 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26332 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26333 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26334 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26335 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26336
26337 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26338
26339 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26340 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26341 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26342
26343 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26344
26345 ;;;***
26346 \f
26347 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20355
26348 ;;;;;; 10021))
26349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26350
26351 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26352 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26353 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26354 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26355 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26356 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26357
26358 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26359
26360 ;;;***
26361 \f
26362 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26363 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26364 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20355 10021))
26365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26366
26367 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26368 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26369
26370 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26371 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26372 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26373
26374 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26375
26376 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26377 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26378 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26379 server.
26380
26381 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26382
26383 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26384 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26385 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26386
26387 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26388
26389 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26390 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26391 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26392 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26393 Agent is plugged.
26394
26395 \(fn)" t nil)
26396
26397 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26398 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26399 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26400 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26401
26402 \(fn)" t nil)
26403
26404 ;;;***
26405 \f
26406 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26407 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20399 35365))
26408 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26409
26410 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26411
26412 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26413 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26414 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26415 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26416 supported at a time.
26417 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26418 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26419
26420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26421
26422 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26423 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26424 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26425 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26426
26427 \(fn)" t nil)
26428
26429 ;;;***
26430 \f
26431 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20355
26432 ;;;;;; 10021))
26433 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26434
26435 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26436 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26437
26438 \(fn)" t nil)
26439
26440 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26441 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26442
26443 \(fn)" nil nil)
26444
26445 ;;;***
26446 \f
26447 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26448 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26449 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26450 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26451 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
26452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26453
26454 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26455 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26456
26457 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26458 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26459 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26460 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26461 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26462 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26463 of the current highlighting list.
26464
26465 For example:
26466
26467 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26468 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26469
26470 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26471 `_t' as data types.
26472
26473 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26474
26475 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26476 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26477
26478 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26479 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26480
26481 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26482
26483 \\\\FREE
26484
26485 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26486
26487 \\\\NONFREE
26488
26489 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26490
26491 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26492 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26493
26494 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26495 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26496 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26497 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26498
26499 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26500 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26501 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26502 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26503
26504 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26505 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26506 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26507
26508 \(fn)" t nil)
26509
26510 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26511 Major mode to edit SQL.
26512
26513 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26514 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26515 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26516
26517 \\{sql-mode-map}
26518 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26519
26520 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26521 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26522 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26523 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26524 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26525 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26526
26527 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26528 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26529
26530 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26531 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26532 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26533
26534 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26535 (lambda ()
26536 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26537
26538 \(fn)" t nil)
26539
26540 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26541 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26542
26543 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26544 their settings.
26545
26546 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26547 is specified in the connection settings.
26548
26549 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26550
26551 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26552 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26553
26554 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26555 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26556
26557 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26558 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26559 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26560 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26561
26562 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26563
26564 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26565
26566 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26567 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26568
26569 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26570 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26571 `*SQL*'.
26572
26573 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26574 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26575 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26576 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26577
26578 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26579 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26580
26581 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26582 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26583 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26584 buffer.
26585
26586 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26587 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26588 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26589 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26590 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26591 `default-process-coding-system'.
26592
26593 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26594
26595 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26596
26597 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26598 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26599
26600 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26601 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26602 `*SQL*'.
26603
26604 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26605 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26606 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26607 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26608
26609 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26610 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26611
26612 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26613 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26614 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26615 buffer.
26616
26617 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26618 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26619 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26620 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26621 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26622 `default-process-coding-system'.
26623
26624 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26625
26626 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26627
26628 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26629 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26630
26631 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26632 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26633 `*SQL*'.
26634
26635 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26636 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26637
26638 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26639 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26640
26641 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26642 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26643 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26644 buffer.
26645
26646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26647 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26648 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26649 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26651 `default-process-coding-system'.
26652
26653 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26654
26655 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26656
26657 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26658 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26659
26660 SQLite is free software.
26661
26662 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26663 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26664 `*SQL*'.
26665
26666 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26667 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26668 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26669 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26670
26671 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26672 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26673
26674 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26675 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26676 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26677 buffer.
26678
26679 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26680 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26681 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26682 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26683 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26684 `default-process-coding-system'.
26685
26686 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26687
26688 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26689
26690 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26691 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26692
26693 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26694
26695 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26696 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26697 `*SQL*'.
26698
26699 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26700 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26701 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26702 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26703
26704 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26705 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26706
26707 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26708 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26709 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26710 buffer.
26711
26712 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26713 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26714 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26715 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26716 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26717 `default-process-coding-system'.
26718
26719 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26720
26721 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26722
26723 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26724 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26725
26726 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26727 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26728 `*SQL*'.
26729
26730 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26731 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26732 defaults, if set.
26733
26734 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26735 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26736
26737 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26738 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26739 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26740 buffer.
26741
26742 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26743 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26744 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26745 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26746 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26747 `default-process-coding-system'.
26748
26749 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26750
26751 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26752
26753 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26754 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26755
26756 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26757 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26758 `*SQL*'.
26759
26760 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26761 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26762
26763 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26764 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26765
26766 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26767 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26768 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26769 buffer.
26770
26771 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26772 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26773 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26774 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26775 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26776 `default-process-coding-system'.
26777
26778 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26779
26780 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26781
26782 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26783 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26784
26785 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26786 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26787 `*SQL*'.
26788
26789 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26790 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26791 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26792 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26793
26794 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26795 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26796
26797 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26798 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26799 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26800 buffer.
26801
26802 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26803 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26804 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26805 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26806 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26807 `default-process-coding-system'.
26808
26809 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26810
26811 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26812
26813 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26814 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26815
26816 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26817 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26818 `*SQL*'.
26819
26820 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26821 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26822 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26823 `sql-postgres-options'.
26824
26825 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26826 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26827
26828 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26829 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26830 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26831 buffer.
26832
26833 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26834 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26835 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26836 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26837 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26838 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26839 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26840 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26841
26842 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26843 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26844
26845 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26846
26847 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26848
26849 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26850 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26851
26852 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26853 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26854 `*SQL*'.
26855
26856 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26857 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26858 defaults, if set.
26859
26860 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26861 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26862
26863 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26864 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26865 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26866 buffer.
26867
26868 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26869 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26870 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26871 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26872 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26873 `default-process-coding-system'.
26874
26875 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26876
26877 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26878
26879 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26880 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26881
26882 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26883 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26884 `*SQL*'.
26885
26886 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26887 automatic login.
26888
26889 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26890 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26891
26892 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26893 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26894 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26895 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26896
26897 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26898 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26899 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26900 buffer.
26901
26902 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26903 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26904 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26905 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26906 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26907 `default-process-coding-system'.
26908
26909 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26910
26911 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26912
26913 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26914 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26915
26916 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26917 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26918 `*SQL*'.
26919
26920 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26921 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26922 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26923 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26924 parameters.
26925
26926 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26927 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26928 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26929 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26930 an empty password.
26931
26932 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26933 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26934
26935 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26936 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26937 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26938 buffer.
26939
26940 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26941
26942 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26943
26944 ;;;***
26945 \f
26946 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26947 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
26948 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26949
26950 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26951 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26952
26953 \(fn)" t nil)
26954
26955 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26956
26957 ;;;***
26958 \f
26959 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26960 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
26961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26962
26963 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26964 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26965 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26966 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26967 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26968 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26969 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26970 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26971 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26972 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26973 with any buffer
26974 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26975 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26976 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26977 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26978
26979 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26980
26981 ;;;***
26982 \f
26983 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26984 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26985 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26986 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26987 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20355
26988 ;;;;;; 10021))
26989 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26990
26991 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26992 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26993 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26994 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26995 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26996 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26997
26998 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26999
27000 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
27001
27002 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
27003 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27004 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27005 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
27006 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
27007 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
27008 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27009
27010 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27011
27012 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27013 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27014 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27015 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
27016 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
27017 then complete the stroke with button 3.
27018 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27019
27020 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27021
27022 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
27023 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27024 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27025
27026 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27027
27028 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27029 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27030 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27031
27032 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27033
27034 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
27035 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
27036
27037 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
27038
27039 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
27040 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
27041
27042 \(fn)" t nil)
27043
27044 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
27045 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
27046
27047 \(fn)" t nil)
27048
27049 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
27050 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
27051 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
27052 chronologically by command name.
27053 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
27054
27055 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
27056
27057 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
27058 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
27059 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27061 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27062 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
27063
27064 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27065
27066 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27067 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27068 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27069 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27070 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27071
27072 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27073 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27074 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27075 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27076 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27077
27078 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27079 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27080 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27081 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27082
27083 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27084
27085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27086
27087 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27088 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27089 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27090 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27091
27092 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27093
27094 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27095 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27096
27097 \(fn)" t nil)
27098
27099 ;;;***
27100 \f
27101 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27102 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021))
27103 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27104
27105 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27106 Studlify-case the region.
27107
27108 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27109
27110 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27111 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27112
27113 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27114
27115 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27116 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27117
27118 \(fn)" t nil)
27119
27120 ;;;***
27121 \f
27122 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27123 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
27124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27125
27126 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27127 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27129 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27130 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27131
27132 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27133 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27134 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27135 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27136
27137 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27138 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27139 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27140
27141 Nomenclature Subwords
27142 ===========================================================
27143 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27144 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27145 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27146
27147 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27148 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27149 as words.
27150
27151 \\{subword-mode-map}
27152
27153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27154
27155 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27156 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27157 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27160 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27161
27162 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27163
27164 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27165 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27166 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27167 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27168 ARG is omitted or nil.
27169
27170 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27171 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27172 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27173
27174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27175
27176 ;;;***
27177 \f
27178 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27179 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
27180 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27181
27182 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27183 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27184 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27185 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27186 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27187 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27188 original message but it does require a few things:
27189
27190 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27191
27192 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27193 reply buffer.
27194
27195 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27196 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27197 original message.
27198
27199 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27200
27201 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27202
27203 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27204 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27205 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27206
27207 \(fn)" nil nil)
27208
27209 ;;;***
27210 \f
27211 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20355
27212 ;;;;;; 10021))
27213 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27214
27215 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27216
27217 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27218 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27219 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27221 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27222 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27223
27224 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27225
27226 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27227 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27231
27232 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27233 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27234 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27235
27236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27237
27238 ;;;***
27239 \f
27240 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20355 10021))
27241 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27242
27243 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27244 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27245 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27246 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27247 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27248
27249 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27250
27251 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27252 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27253 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27254 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27255 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27256 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27257 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27258
27259 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27260
27261 ;;;***
27262 \f
27263 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27264 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27265 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27266 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27267 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27268 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27269 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27270 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27271 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27272 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27273 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27274 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27275 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20355 10021))
27276 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27277
27278 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27279 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27280 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27281
27282 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27283
27284 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27285 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27286
27287 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27288
27289 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27290 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27291
27292 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27293
27294 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27295 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27296
27297 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27298
27299 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27300 Insert an editable text table.
27301 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27302 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27303 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27304 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27305 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27306 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27307 delimiting them.
27308
27309 Examples:
27310
27311 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27312
27313 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27314 location of point.
27315
27316 -!-
27317
27318 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27319 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27320 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27321 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27322 first cell.
27323
27324 +-----+-----+-----+
27325 |-!- | | |
27326 +-----+-----+-----+
27327
27328 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27329
27330 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27331 width, which results as
27332
27333 +--------------+-----+-----+
27334 |-!- | | |
27335 +--------------+-----+-----+
27336
27337 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27338 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27339
27340 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27341 | | |-!- |
27342 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27343
27344 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27345 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27346 width information to `table-insert'.
27347
27348 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27349
27350 instead of
27351
27352 Cell width(s): 5
27353
27354 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27355 work all together.
27356
27357 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27358 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27359
27360 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27361 |-!- | | |
27362 | | | |
27363 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27364
27365 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27366
27367 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27368 |-!- | | |
27369 | | | |
27370 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27371 | | | |
27372 | | | |
27373 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27374
27375 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27376
27377 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27378 | | | |
27379 | | | |
27380 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27381 | | | |
27382 | | | |
27383 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27384 -!-
27385
27386 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27387 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27388 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27389
27390 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27391 | | | |
27392 | | | |
27393 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27394 | | | |
27395 | | | |
27396 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27397 |-!- | | |
27398 | | | |
27399 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27400
27401 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27402 results.
27403
27404 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27405 | | | |
27406 | | | |
27407 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27408 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27409 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27410 | | |expected results.-!- |
27411 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27412 | | | |
27413 | | | |
27414 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27415
27416 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27417
27418 \\{table-cell-map}
27419
27420 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27421
27422 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27423 Insert N table row(s).
27424 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27425 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27426 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27427 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27428
27429 \(fn N)" t nil)
27430
27431 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27432 Insert N table column(s).
27433 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27434 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27435 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27436 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27437
27438 \(fn N)" t nil)
27439
27440 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27441 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27442 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27443
27444 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27445
27446 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27447 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27448 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27449 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27450 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27451 all the table specific features.
27452
27453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27454
27455 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27456
27457
27458 \(fn)" t nil)
27459
27460 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27461 Recognize all tables within region.
27462 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27463 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27464 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27465 specific features.
27466
27467 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27468
27469 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27470
27471
27472 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27473
27474 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27475 Recognize a table at point.
27476 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27477 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27478 the table specific features.
27479
27480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27481
27482 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27483
27484
27485 \(fn)" t nil)
27486
27487 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27488 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27489 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27490 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27491 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27492 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27493 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27494
27495 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27496
27497 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27498
27499
27500 \(fn)" t nil)
27501
27502 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27503 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27504 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27505 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27506 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27507 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27508 specified.
27509
27510 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27511
27512 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27513 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27514 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27515 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
27516 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27517 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27518 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27519 table structure.
27520
27521 \(fn N)" t nil)
27522
27523 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27524 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27525 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27526 table's rectangle structure.
27527
27528 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27529
27530 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27531 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27532 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27533 table's rectangle structure.
27534
27535 \(fn N)" t nil)
27536
27537 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27538 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27539 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27540 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27541 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27542
27543 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27544
27545 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27546 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27547 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27548
27549 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27550 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27551 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27552 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27553 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27554 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27555 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27556
27557 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27558 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27559 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27560 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27561 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27562 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27563 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27564
27565 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27566 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27567 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27568 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27569 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27570 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27571 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27572 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27573
27574 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27575
27576 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27577 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27578 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27579 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27580
27581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27582
27583 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27584 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27585 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27586
27587 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27588
27589 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27590 Split current cell vertically.
27591 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27592
27593 \(fn)" t nil)
27594
27595 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27596 Split current cell horizontally.
27597 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27598
27599 \(fn)" t nil)
27600
27601 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27602 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27603 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27604
27605 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27606
27607 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27608 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27609 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27610 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27611
27612 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27613
27614 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27615 Justify cell contents.
27616 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27617 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27618 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27619 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27620
27621 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27622
27623 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27624 Justify cells of a row.
27625 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27626 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27627
27628 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27629
27630 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27631 Justify cells of a column.
27632 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27633 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27634
27635 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27636
27637 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27638 Toggle fixing width mode.
27639 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27640 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27641 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27642
27643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27644
27645 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27646 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27647 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27648 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27649 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27650 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27651 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27652 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27653 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27654 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27655 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27656
27657 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27658
27659 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27660 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27661 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27662 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27663 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27664 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27665 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27666 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27667 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27668 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27669 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27670 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27671 untouched.
27672
27673 References used for this implementation:
27674
27675 HTML:
27676 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27677
27678 LaTeX:
27679 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27680
27681 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27682 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27683 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27684
27685 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27686
27687 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27688 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27689 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27690 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27691 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27692 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27693 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27694 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27695 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27696 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27697 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27698 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27699 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27700 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27701 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27702 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27703 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27704
27705 Example:
27706
27707 (progn
27708 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27709 (table-forward-cell 15)
27710 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27711 (table-forward-cell 16)
27712 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27713 (table-forward-cell 1)
27714 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27715
27716 (progn
27717 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27718 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27719 (table-forward-cell 1)
27720 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27721
27722 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27723
27724 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27725 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27726 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27727 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27728 consists from cells of same height.
27729
27730 \(fn N)" t nil)
27731
27732 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27733 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27734 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27735 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27736 column must consists from cells of same width.
27737
27738 \(fn N)" t nil)
27739
27740 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27741 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27742 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27743 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27744 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27745 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27746 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27747 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27748 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27749 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27750 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27751 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27752 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27753 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27754 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27755
27756
27757 Example 1:
27758
27759 1, 2, 3, 4
27760 5, 6, 7, 8
27761 , 9, 10
27762
27763 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27764 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27765 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27766 specified as 5.
27767
27768 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27769 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27770 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27771 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27772 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27773 | | 9 | 10 | |
27774 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27775
27776 Note:
27777
27778 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27779 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27780 of each row is optional.
27781
27782
27783 Example 2:
27784
27785 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27786 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27787 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27788 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27789 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27790
27791 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27792 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27793
27794 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27795 expression and raw delimiter regular
27796 expression, it parses the specified text
27797 area and extracts cell items from
27798 non-table text and then forms a table out
27799 of them.
27800
27801 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27802 creates a single cell table. The text in
27803 the specified region is placed in that
27804 cell.-*-
27805
27806 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27807 like this.
27808
27809 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27810 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27811 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27812 | |
27813 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27814 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27815 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27816 | area and extracts cell items from |
27817 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27818 | of them. |
27819 | |
27820 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27821 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27822 | the specified region is placed in that |
27823 | cell. |
27824 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27825
27826 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27827 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27828 independently.
27829
27830 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27831 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27832 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27833 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27834 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27835 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27836 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27837 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27838 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27839 | |of them. |
27840 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27841 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27842 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27843 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27844 | |cell. |
27845 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27846
27847 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27848 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27849 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27850
27851 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27852
27853 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27854 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27855 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27856 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27857 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27858
27859 \(fn)" t nil)
27860
27861 ;;;***
27862 \f
27863 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20355 10021))
27864 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27865
27866 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27867 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27868
27869 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27870
27871 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27872 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27873
27874 \(fn)" t nil)
27875
27876 ;;;***
27877 \f
27878 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20387 44199))
27879 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27880
27881 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27882 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27883 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27884 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27885 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27886 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27887 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27888
27889 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27890 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27891 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27892 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27893
27894 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27895 \\{tar-mode-map}
27896
27897 \(fn)" t nil)
27898
27899 ;;;***
27900 \f
27901 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27902 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20355 10021))
27903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27904
27905 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27906 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27907 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27908 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27909 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27910 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27911
27912 Variables controlling indentation style:
27913 `tcl-indent-level'
27914 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27915 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27916 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27917
27918 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27919 documentation for details):
27920 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27921 Controls action of TAB key.
27922 `tcl-auto-newline'
27923 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27924 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27925 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27926 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27927 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27928
27929 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27930 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27931 already exist.
27932
27933 \(fn)" t nil)
27934
27935 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27936 Run inferior Tcl process.
27937 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27938 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27939
27940 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27941
27942 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27943 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27944 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27945
27946 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27947
27948 ;;;***
27949 \f
27950 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20355 10021))
27951 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27952
27953 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27954 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27955 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27956 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27957
27958 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27959 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27960 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27961 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27962 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27963
27964 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27965
27966 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27967 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27968 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27969 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27970
27971 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27972
27973 ;;;***
27974 \f
27975 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27976 ;;;;;; (20397 18394))
27977 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27978
27979 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27980 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27981 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27982 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27983 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27984 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27985
27986 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27987
27988 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27989 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27990 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27991 commands to use in that buffer.
27992
27993 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27994
27995 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27996
27997 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27998 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27999
28000 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
28001
28002 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
28003 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
28004 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
28005 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
28006 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
28007 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
28008 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
28009 `serial-process-configure' for details.
28010 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
28011 use in that buffer.
28012 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28013
28014 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
28015
28016 ;;;***
28017 \f
28018 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20355
28019 ;;;;;; 10021))
28020 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
28021
28022 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28023 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28024 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28025 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28026 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28027 program as keyboard input.
28028
28029 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28030 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28031 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28032 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28033
28034 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28035 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28036 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28037 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28038 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28039
28040 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28041
28042 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28043 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28044 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28045 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28046
28047 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28048 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28049 subprocess started.
28050
28051 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28052
28053 ;;;***
28054 \f
28055 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28056 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
28057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28058
28059 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28060 Start coverage on function under point.
28061
28062 \(fn)" t nil)
28063
28064 ;;;***
28065 \f
28066 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20355 10021))
28067 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28068
28069 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28070 Play the Tetris game.
28071 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28072 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28073 as to form complete rows.
28074
28075 tetris-mode keybindings:
28076 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28077 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28078 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28079 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28080 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28081 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28082 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28083 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28084 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28085
28086 \(fn)" t nil)
28087
28088 ;;;***
28089 \f
28090 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28091 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28092 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28093 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28094 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28095 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28096 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28097 ;;;;;; (20364 45187))
28098 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28099
28100 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28101 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28102
28103 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28104
28105 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28106 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28107 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28108 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28109 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28110
28111 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28112
28113 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28114 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28115 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28116 if it matches the first line of the file,
28117 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28118
28119 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28120
28121 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28122 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28123 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28124 if the variable is non-nil.")
28125
28126 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28127
28128 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28129 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28130
28131 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28132
28133 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28134 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28135 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28136 See the documentation of that variable.")
28137
28138 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28139
28140 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28141 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28142 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28143 See the documentation of that variable.")
28144
28145 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28146
28147 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28148 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28149 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28150 See the documentation of that variable.")
28151
28152 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28153
28154 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28155 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28156 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28157 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28158 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28159
28160 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28161
28162 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28163 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28164 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28165 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28166
28167 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28168
28169 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28170 User defined LaTeX block names.
28171 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28172
28173 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28174
28175 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28176 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28177 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28178 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28179
28180 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28181
28182 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28183 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28184 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28185 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28186
28187 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28188
28189 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28190 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28191 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28192 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28193
28194 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28195 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28196 for example,
28197
28198 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28199 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28200
28201 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28202 use.")
28203
28204 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28205
28206 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28207 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28208 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28209 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28210 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28211
28212 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28213
28214 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28215
28216 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28217 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28218 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28219
28220 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28221
28222 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28223 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28224 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28225 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28226 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28227
28228 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28229
28230 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28231 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28232
28233 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28234
28235 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28236 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28237
28238 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28239
28240 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28241 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28242 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28243 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28244 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28245 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28246 says which mode to use.
28247
28248 \(fn)" t nil)
28249
28250 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28251
28252 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28253
28254 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28255
28256 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28257 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28258 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28259 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28260 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28261
28262 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28263 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28264 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28265 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28266 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28267 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28268 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28269
28270 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28271 mismatched $'s or braces.
28272
28273 Special commands:
28274 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28275
28276 Mode variables:
28277 tex-run-command
28278 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28279 tex-directory
28280 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28281 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28282 tex-dvi-print-command
28283 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28284 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28285 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28286 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28287 tex-dvi-view-command
28288 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28289 tex-show-queue-command
28290 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28291 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28292
28293 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28294 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28295 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28296
28297 \(fn)" t nil)
28298
28299 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28300 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28301 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28302 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28303 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28304
28305 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28306 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28307 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28308 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28309 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28310 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28311 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28312
28313 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28314 mismatched $'s or braces.
28315
28316 Special commands:
28317 \\{latex-mode-map}
28318
28319 Mode variables:
28320 latex-run-command
28321 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28322 tex-directory
28323 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28324 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28325 tex-dvi-print-command
28326 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28327 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28328 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28329 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28330 tex-dvi-view-command
28331 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28332 tex-show-queue-command
28333 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28334 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28335
28336 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28337 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28338 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28339
28340 \(fn)" t nil)
28341
28342 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28343 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28344 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28345 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28346 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28347
28348 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28349 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28350 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28351 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28352 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28353 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28354 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28355
28356 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28357 mismatched $'s or braces.
28358
28359 Special commands:
28360 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28361
28362 Mode variables:
28363 slitex-run-command
28364 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28365 tex-directory
28366 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28367 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28368 tex-dvi-print-command
28369 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28370 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28371 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28372 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28373 tex-dvi-view-command
28374 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28375 tex-show-queue-command
28376 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28377 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28378
28379 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28380 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28381 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28382 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28383
28384 \(fn)" t nil)
28385
28386 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28387
28388
28389 \(fn)" nil nil)
28390
28391 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28392 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28393
28394 \(fn)" t nil)
28395
28396 ;;;***
28397 \f
28398 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28399 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20355 10021))
28400 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28401
28402 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28403 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28404 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28405 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28406
28407 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28408 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28409 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28410
28411 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28412
28413 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28414 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28415 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28416 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28417 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28418
28419 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28420
28421 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28422 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28423 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28424 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28425
28426 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28427 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28428 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28429 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28430
28431 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28432 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28433
28434 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28435
28436 ;;;***
28437 \f
28438 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28439 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20355 10021))
28440 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28441
28442 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28443 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28444
28445 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28446
28447 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28448 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28449
28450 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28451
28452 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28453 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28454
28455 It has these extra commands:
28456 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28457
28458 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28459 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28460 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28461 modified version of TeX input format.
28462
28463 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28464 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28465 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28466 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28467
28468 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28469 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28470 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28471 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28472 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28473 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28474 in the Texinfo file.
28475
28476 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28477 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28478 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28479 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28480 move forward past the closing brace.
28481
28482 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28483 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28484
28485 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28486 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28487 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28488
28489 Here are the functions:
28490
28491 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28492 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28493 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28494
28495 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28496 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28497 texinfo-master-menu
28498
28499 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28500
28501 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28502 which menu descriptions are indented.
28503
28504 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28505 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28506 in the region.
28507
28508 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28509 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28510 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28511 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28512
28513 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28514 be the first node in the file.
28515
28516 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28517 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28518
28519 \(fn)" t nil)
28520
28521 ;;;***
28522 \f
28523 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28524 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28525 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
28526 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28527
28528 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28529 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28530 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28531 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28532
28533 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28534
28535 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28536 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28537
28538 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28539
28540 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28541 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28542
28543 \(fn)" t nil)
28544
28545 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28546
28547
28548 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28549
28550 ;;;***
28551 \f
28552 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28553 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28554 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20416 44451))
28555 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28556
28557 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28558 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28559 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28560 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28561 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28562 `line', and `page'.
28563
28564 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28565
28566 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28567 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28568 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28569 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28570 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28571 `line', and `page'.
28572
28573 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28574 valid THING.
28575
28576 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28577 positions of the thing found.
28578
28579 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28580
28581 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28582 Return the THING at point.
28583 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28584 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28585 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28586 `line', and `page'.
28587
28588 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28589 a symbol as a valid THING.
28590
28591 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28592
28593 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28594 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28595
28596 \(fn)" nil nil)
28597
28598 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28599 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28600
28601 \(fn)" nil nil)
28602
28603 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28604 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28605
28606 \(fn)" nil nil)
28607
28608 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28609 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28610
28611 \(fn)" nil nil)
28612
28613 ;;;***
28614 \f
28615 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28616 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28617 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
28618 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28619
28620 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28621 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28622
28623 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28624
28625 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28626 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28627 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28628 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28629
28630 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28631
28632 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28633 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28634
28635 \(fn)" t nil)
28636
28637 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28638 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28639
28640 \(fn)" t nil)
28641
28642 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28643
28644 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28645 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28646
28647 \(fn)" t nil)
28648
28649 ;;;***
28650 \f
28651 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28652 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28653 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28654 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28655 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20355
28656 ;;;;;; 10021))
28657 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28658
28659 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28660 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28661 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28662
28663 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28664
28665 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28666 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28667
28668 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28669
28670 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28671 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28672 The returned string has no composition information.
28673
28674 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28675
28676 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28677 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28678
28679 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28680
28681 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28682 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28683
28684 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28685
28686 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28687 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28688 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28689 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28690
28691 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28692
28693 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28694 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28695 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28696 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28697
28698 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28699
28700 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28701 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28702 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28703
28704 \(fn)" t nil)
28705
28706 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28707 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28708 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28709
28710 \(fn)" t nil)
28711
28712 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28713
28714
28715 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28716
28717 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28718
28719
28720 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28721
28722 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28723
28724
28725 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28726
28727 ;;;***
28728 \f
28729 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28730 ;;;;;; (20373 11301))
28731 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28732
28733 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28734 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28735 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28736 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28737 parameters.
28738 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28739
28740 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28741
28742 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28743 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28744 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28745 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28746 parameters.
28747 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28748
28749 \(fn)" t nil)
28750
28751 ;;;***
28752 \f
28753 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28754 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28755 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20387 44199))
28756 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28757
28758 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28759 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28760
28761 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28762 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28763
28764 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28765 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28766 This display updates automatically every minute.
28767 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28768 are displayed as well.
28769 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28770
28771 \(fn)" t nil)
28772
28773 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28774 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28775 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28777 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28778 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28779
28780 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28781
28782 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28783 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28784 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28785 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28786 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28787
28788 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28789 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28790 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28791 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28792 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28793
28794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28795
28796 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28797 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28798 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28799 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28800
28801 \(fn)" t nil)
28802
28803 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28804 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28805 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28806 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28807
28808 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28809
28810 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28811 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28812
28813 \(fn)" t nil)
28814
28815 ;;;***
28816 \f
28817 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28818 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28819 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28820 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28821 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
28822 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28823
28824 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28825 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28826 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28827
28828 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28829 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28830 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28831 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28832 (progn
28833 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28834 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28835 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28836
28837 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28838 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28839
28840 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28841
28842 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28843 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28844
28845 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28846
28847 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28848 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28849
28850 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28851
28852 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28853 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28854 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28855
28856 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28857
28858 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28859
28860 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28861 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28862 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28863
28864 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28865
28866 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28867 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28868
28869 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28870
28871 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28872 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28873 DATE should be a date-time string.
28874
28875 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28876
28877 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28878 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28879 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28880
28881 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28882
28883 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28884 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28885
28886 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28887
28888 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28889 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28890
28891 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28892
28893 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28894 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28895 TIME should be a time value.
28896 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28897
28898 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28899
28900 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28901 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28902 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28903
28904 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28905
28906 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28907 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28908 The valid format specifiers are:
28909 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28910 %d is the number of days.
28911 %h is the number of hours.
28912 %m is the number of minutes.
28913 %s is the number of seconds.
28914 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28915 %% is a literal \"%\".
28916
28917 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28918 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28919
28920 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28921 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28922 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28923
28924 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28925 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28926 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28927
28928 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28929
28930 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28931
28932 ;;;***
28933 \f
28934 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28935 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20355 10021))
28936 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28937 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28938 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28939 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28940 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28941 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28942 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28943 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28944 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28945
28946 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28947 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28948 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28949 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28950 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28951 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28952 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28953 look like one of the following:
28954 Time-stamp: <>
28955 Time-stamp: \" \"
28956 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28957 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28958 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28959 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28960 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28961 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28962 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28963 the template.
28964
28965 \(fn)" t nil)
28966
28967 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28968 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28969 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28970
28971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28972
28973 ;;;***
28974 \f
28975 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28976 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28977 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28978 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28979 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
28980 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28981
28982 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28983 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28984 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28985 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28986 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28987 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28988 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28989 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28990 display (non-nil means on).
28991
28992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28993
28994 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28995 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28996 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28997 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28998 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28999 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
29000 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
29001 this function is called within a day.
29002
29003 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
29004 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
29005 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
29006 discover the name of the project.
29007
29008 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
29009
29010 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
29011 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29012 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
29013 begun during the last time segment.
29014
29015 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
29016 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
29017 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
29018 discover the reason.
29019
29020 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
29021
29022 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29023 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29024 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29025 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29026 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29027
29028 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29029
29030 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29031 Change to working on a different project.
29032 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29033 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29034 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29035 working on.
29036
29037 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29038
29039 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29040 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29041 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29042
29043 \(fn)" nil nil)
29044
29045 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29046 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29047 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29048
29049 \(fn)" t nil)
29050
29051 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29052 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29053 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29054 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29055 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29056 \"relative to today\".
29057
29058 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29059
29060 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29061 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29062 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29063 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29064
29065 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29066
29067 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29068 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29069 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29070 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29071 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29072 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29073
29074 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29075
29076 ;;;***
29077 \f
29078 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29079 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20355 10021))
29080 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29081
29082 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29083 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29084 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29085 the generated Quail package is saved.
29086
29087 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29088
29089 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29090 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29091 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29092 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29093 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29094 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29095 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29096
29097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29098
29099 ;;;***
29100 \f
29101 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29102 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20356 55829))
29103 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29104 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29105 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29106
29107 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29108 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29109 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29110 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29111 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29112
29113 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29114
29115 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29116 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29117 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29118 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29119 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29120
29121 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29122
29123 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29124 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29125 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29126 in the menu in two ways:
29127 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29128 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29129 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29130
29131 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29132 keymap or an alist of alists.
29133 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29134 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29135
29136 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29137
29138 ;;;***
29139 \f
29140 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29141 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29142 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20355 10021))
29143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29144
29145 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29146 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29147
29148 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29149
29150 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29151 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29152
29153 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29154
29155 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29156 Insert new TODO list entry.
29157 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29158 category.
29159
29160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29161
29162 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29163 List top priorities for each category.
29164
29165 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29166 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29167
29168 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29169 between each category.
29170 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29171
29172 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29173
29174 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29175 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29176 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29177 between each category.
29178
29179 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29180
29181 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29182
29183 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29184 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29185
29186 \(fn)" t nil)
29187
29188 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29189 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29190
29191 \(fn)" nil nil)
29192
29193 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29194 Show TODO list.
29195
29196 \(fn)" t nil)
29197
29198 ;;;***
29199 \f
29200 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29201 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29202 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20355 10021))
29203 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29204
29205 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29206 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29207 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29208
29209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29210
29211 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29212 Add an item to the tool bar.
29213 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29214 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29215 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29216 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29217
29218 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29219 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29220 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29221 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29222
29223 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29224 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29225
29226 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29227
29228 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29229 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29230 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29231 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29232 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29233 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29234
29235 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29236 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29237 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29238 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29239
29240 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29241
29242 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29243 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29244 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29245 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29246 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29247 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29248 properties to add to the binding.
29249
29250 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29251
29252 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29253 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29254
29255 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29256
29257 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29258 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29259 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29260 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29261 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29262 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29263 properties to add to the binding.
29264
29265 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29266 holds a keymap.
29267
29268 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29269
29270 ;;;***
29271 \f
29272 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29273 ;;;;;; (20399 35365))
29274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29275
29276 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29277 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29278 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29279 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29280 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29281 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29282
29283 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29284
29285 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29286 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
29287 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29288 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29289 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29290
29291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29292
29293 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29294
29295 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29296 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29297
29298 \(fn)" t nil)
29299
29300 ;;;***
29301 \f
29302 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29303 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29305
29306 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29307 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29308
29309 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29310 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29311 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29312 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29313 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29314
29315 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29316 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29317 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29318 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29319 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29320
29321 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29322 (tpu-edt)
29323
29324 Known Problems:
29325
29326 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29327 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29328 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29329 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29330 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29331 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29332
29333 \(fn)" t nil)
29334
29335 ;;;***
29336 \f
29337 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20355 10021))
29338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29339
29340 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29341 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29342 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29343 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29344 to a tcp server on another machine.
29345
29346 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29347
29348 ;;;***
29349 \f
29350 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29351 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20355 10021))
29352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29353
29354 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29355 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29356
29357 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29358
29359 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29360 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29361 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29362 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29363 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29364 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29365 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29366 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29367
29368 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29369
29370 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29371 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29372 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29373 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29374 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29375 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29376 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29377 the window or buffer configuration.
29378
29379 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29380
29381 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29382
29383 ;;;***
29384 \f
29385 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29386 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29387 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29388 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20373 11301))
29389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29390
29391 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29392 Whether Tramp is enabled.
29393 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29394
29395 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29396
29397 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29398 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29399
29400 It can have the following values:
29401
29402 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29403 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29404 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29405
29406 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29407
29408 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29409 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29410 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29411 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29412
29413 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29414
29415 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29416 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29417 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29418 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29419
29420 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29421 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29422 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29423
29424 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29425 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29426 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29427 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29428 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29429 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29430 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29431 files which are not really Tramp files.
29432
29433 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29434 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29435 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29436 updated after changing this variable.
29437
29438 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29439
29440 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29441 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29442 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29443 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29444
29445 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29446
29447 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29448 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29449 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29450 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29451
29452 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29453 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29454 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29455
29456 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29457 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29458 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29459
29460 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29461 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29462 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29463 updated after changing this variable.
29464
29465 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29466
29467 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29468 Alist of completion handler functions.
29469 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29470 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29471 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29472
29473 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29474 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29475 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29476 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29477
29478 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29479 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29480 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29481 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29482
29483 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29484 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29485 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29486
29487 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29488
29489 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29490 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29491 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29492
29493 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29494 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29495
29496 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29497
29498 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29499
29500
29501 \(fn)" nil nil)
29502
29503 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29504 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29505
29506 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29507
29508 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29509 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29510
29511 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29512
29513 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29514 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29515
29516 \(fn)" t nil)
29517
29518 ;;;***
29519 \f
29520 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29521 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29522 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29523
29524 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29525
29526
29527 \(fn)" nil nil)
29528
29529 ;;;***
29530 \f
29531 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20369
29532 ;;;;;; 14251))
29533 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29534
29535 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29536 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29537 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29538 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29539 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29540 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29541 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29542 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29543
29544 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29545 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29546 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29547
29548 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29549 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29550 resumed later.
29551
29552 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29553
29554 ;;;***
29555 \f
29556 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29557 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29558 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29559
29560 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29561
29562
29563 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29564
29565 ;;;***
29566 \f
29567 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29568 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20364 31990))
29569 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29570 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29571 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29572 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29573
29574 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29575 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29576 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29577 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29578 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29579 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29580 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29581
29582 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29583
29584 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29585 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29586 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29587 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29588
29589 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29590
29591 \(fn)" t nil)
29592
29593 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29594 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29595 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29596 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29597 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29598 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29599 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29600
29601 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29602 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29603
29604 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29605 \\___/\\
29606 / \\
29607 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29608
29609 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29610
29611 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29612
29613 ;;;***
29614 \f
29615 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29616 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29617 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29618 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29619 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29620 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29621
29622 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29623 Toggle typing break mode.
29624 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29626 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29627
29628 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29629
29630 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29631 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29632
29633 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29634
29635 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29636 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29637
29638 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29639 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29640 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29641
29642 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29643 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29644
29645 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29646
29647 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29648 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29649
29650 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29651 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29652 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29653 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29654
29655 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29656
29657 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29658 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29659 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29660
29661 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29662 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29663 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29664 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29665 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29666 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29667
29668 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29669 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29670 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29671 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29672
29673 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29674 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29675
29676 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29677 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29678
29679 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29680
29681 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29682 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29683 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29684
29685 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29686 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29687 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29688 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29689 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29690 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29691 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29692
29693 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29694 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29695
29696 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29697 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29698 reset the keystroke counter.
29699
29700 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29701 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29702 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29703 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29704
29705 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29706 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29707 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29708 `type-break-schedule' command.
29709
29710 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29711 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29712 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29713 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29714 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29715 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29716 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29717 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29718 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29719
29720 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29721 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29722 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29723 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29724 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29725
29726 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29727 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29728 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29729 approximate good values for this.
29730
29731 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29732 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29733
29734 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29735 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29736 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29737 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29738 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29739 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29740
29741 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29742 a typing break occur. They include:
29743
29744 `type-break-query-mode'
29745 `type-break-query-function'
29746 `type-break-query-interval'
29747
29748 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29749
29750 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29751 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29752 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29753 problems.
29754
29755 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29756
29757 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29758 Take a typing break.
29759
29760 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29761 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29762
29763 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29764 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29765
29766 \(fn)" t nil)
29767
29768 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29769 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29770 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29771 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29772
29773 \(fn)" t nil)
29774
29775 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29776 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29777
29778 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29779 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29780 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29781 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29782 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29783 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29784 average typing speed.)
29785
29786 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29787 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29788 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29789 the computed maximum threshold.
29790
29791 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29792 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29793 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29794 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29795 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29796
29797 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29798
29799 ;;;***
29800 \f
29801 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20355 10021))
29802 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29803
29804 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29805 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29806 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29807 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29808 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29809
29810 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29811
29812 ;;;***
29813 \f
29814 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29815 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29816 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29817 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29818 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29819 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20355 10021))
29820 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29821
29822 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29823 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29824
29825 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29826
29827 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29828 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29829
29830 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29831
29832 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29833 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29834
29835 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29836
29837 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29838 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29839
29840 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29841
29842 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29843 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29844
29845 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29846
29847 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29848 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29849
29850 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29851
29852 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29853 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29854
29855 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29856
29857 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29858 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29859
29860 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29861
29862 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29863 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29864
29865 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29866
29867 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29868 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29869
29870 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29871
29872 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29873 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29874
29875 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29876
29877 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29878 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29879
29880 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29881
29882 ;;;***
29883 \f
29884 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29885 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20355 10021))
29886 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29887
29888 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29889 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29890 Works by overstriking underscores.
29891 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29892 which specify the range to operate on.
29893
29894 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29895
29896 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29897 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29898 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29899 which specify the range to operate on.
29900
29901 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29902
29903 ;;;***
29904 \f
29905 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29906 ;;;;;; (20369 14251))
29907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29908
29909 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29910 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29911 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29912 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29913 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29914 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29915
29916 \(fn)" nil nil)
29917
29918 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29919 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29920
29921 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29922
29923 ;;;***
29924 \f
29925 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20355
29926 ;;;;;; 10021))
29927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29928
29929 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29930 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29931 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29932 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29933
29934 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29935
29936 ;;;***
29937 \f
29938 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29939 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20394 17446))
29940 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29941
29942 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29943 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29944 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29945 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29946 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29947
29948 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29949 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29950 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29951 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29952 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29953 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29954
29955 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29956 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29957 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29958
29959 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29960 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29961 the callback is not called).
29962
29963 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29964 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29965 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29966 take effect.
29967
29968 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29969 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29970 the server.
29971 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29972 URL-encoded before it's used.
29973
29974 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29975
29976 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29977 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29978 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29979 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29980 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29981
29982 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29983
29984 ;;;***
29985 \f
29986 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29987 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20355 10021))
29988 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29989
29990 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29991 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29992 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29993
29994 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29995 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29996 `url-generic-parse-url'
29997 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29998 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29999 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
30000 realm
30001 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
30002 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
30003 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
30004 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
30005 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
30006 what type of auth to use
30007 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
30008 if one cannot be found in the cache
30009
30010 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
30011
30012 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
30013 Register an HTTP authentication method.
30014
30015 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
30016 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
30017 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
30018 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
30019 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
30020 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
30021 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
30022 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
30023
30024 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
30025
30026 ;;;***
30027 \f
30028 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
30029 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20355 10021))
30030 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30031
30032 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30033 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30034
30035 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30036
30037 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30038 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30039 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30040
30041 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30042
30043 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30044 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30045
30046 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30047
30048 ;;;***
30049 \f
30050 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20355 10021))
30051 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30052
30053 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30054
30055
30056 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30057
30058 ;;;***
30059 \f
30060 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
30061 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (20355 10021))
30062 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30063
30064 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30065
30066
30067 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30068
30069 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30070
30071
30072 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30073
30074 ;;;***
30075 \f
30076 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20355
30077 ;;;;;; 10021))
30078 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30079
30080 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30081 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30082
30083 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30084
30085 ;;;***
30086 \f
30087 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30088 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20355 10021))
30089 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30090
30091 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30092 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30093
30094 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
30095
30096 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30097 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30098 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30099 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30100 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30101
30102 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30103
30104 ;;;***
30105 \f
30106 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30107 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30108 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30109 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30110
30111 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30112 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30113 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30114 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30115 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30116 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30117
30118 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30119
30120 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30121 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30122 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30123 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30124 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30125
30126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30127
30128 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30129 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30130 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30131 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30132
30133 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30134
30135 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30136 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30137 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30138 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30139 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30140 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30141 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30142 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30143 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30144 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30145
30146 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30147
30148 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30149 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30150 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30151 accessible.
30152
30153 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30154
30155 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30156
30157
30158 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30159
30160 ;;;***
30161 \f
30162 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30163 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20415 53309))
30164 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30165
30166 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30167 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30168 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30169 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30170 CBARGS as the arguments.
30171
30172 Optional arg RETRY-BUFFER, if non-nil, specifies the buffer of a
30173 previous `url-http' call, which is being re-attempted.
30174
30175 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS &optional RETRY-BUFFER)" nil nil)
30176
30177 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30178
30179
30180 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30181
30182 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30183
30184 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30185
30186
30187 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30188
30189 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30190 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30191 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30192
30193 Property list members:
30194
30195 methods
30196 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30197 supports.
30198
30199 dav
30200 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30201 supported.
30202
30203 dasl
30204 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30205
30206 ranges
30207 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30208
30209 p3p
30210 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30211 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30212 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30213 Emacs/W3.
30214
30215 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30216
30217 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30218 Default HTTPS port.")
30219
30220 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30221 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30222 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30223
30224 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30225 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30226 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30227 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30228 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30229
30230 ;;;***
30231 \f
30232 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20355 10021))
30233 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30234
30235 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30236
30237
30238 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30239
30240 ;;;***
30241 \f
30242 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20355
30243 ;;;;;; 10021))
30244 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30245
30246 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30247 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30248 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30249 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30250 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30251
30252 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30253
30254 ;;;***
30255 \f
30256 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30257 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30258 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30259
30260 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30261
30262
30263 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30264
30265 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30266 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30267
30268 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30269
30270 ;;;***
30271 \f
30272 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30273 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20355 10021))
30274 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30275
30276 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30277 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30278
30279 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30280
30281 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30282 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30283
30284 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30285
30286 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30287
30288
30289 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30290
30291 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30292
30293 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30294
30295 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30296
30297 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30298 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30299
30300 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30301
30302 ;;;***
30303 \f
30304 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30305 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30306 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30307
30308 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30309
30310
30311 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30312
30313 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30314
30315
30316 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30317
30318 ;;;***
30319 \f
30320 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30321 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30322 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30323 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30324
30325 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30326
30327
30328 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30329
30330 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30331
30332
30333 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30334
30335 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30336
30337
30338 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30339
30340 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30341
30342
30343 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30344
30345 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30346
30347
30348 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30349
30350 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30351
30352
30353 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30354
30355 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30356
30357
30358 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30359
30360 ;;;***
30361 \f
30362 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30363 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20395 38306))
30364 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30365
30366 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30367 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30368
30369 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30370
30371 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30372 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30373 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30374
30375 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
30376 USER is the user name (string or nil).
30377 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
30378 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
30379 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
30380 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
30381 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
30382 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
30383 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
30384 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
30385 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
30386 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
30387 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
30388 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
30389
30390 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
30391 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
30392 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
30393
30394 Here is an example. The URL
30395
30396 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
30397
30398 parses to
30399
30400 TYPE = \"foo\"
30401 USER = \"bob\"
30402 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
30403 HOST = \"example.com\"
30404 PORTSPEC = 42
30405 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
30406 TARGET = \"nose\"
30407 ATTRIBUTES = nil
30408 FULLNESS = t
30409
30410 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30411
30412 ;;;***
30413 \f
30414 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30415 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30416 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30417
30418 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30419 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30420
30421 \(fn)" t nil)
30422
30423 ;;;***
30424 \f
30425 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30426 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30427 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30428
30429 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30430 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30431 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
30432 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
30433 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
30434 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
30435
30436 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30437
30438 ;;;***
30439 \f
30440 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30441 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
30442 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
30443 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
30444 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
30445 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
30446 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20402
30447 ;;;;;; 11562))
30448 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30449
30450 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30451 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30452 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30453
30454 If t, all messages will be logged.
30455 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30456 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30457
30458 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30459
30460 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30461
30462
30463 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30464
30465 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30466
30467
30468 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30469
30470 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30471 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30472 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30473 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30474 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30475 & ==> &amp;
30476 < ==> &lt;
30477 > ==> &gt;
30478 \" ==> &quot;
30479
30480 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30481
30482 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30483 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30484 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30485
30486 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30487
30488 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30489 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30490 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30491
30492 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30493
30494 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30495 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30496
30497 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30498
30499 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30500 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30501
30502 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30503
30504 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30505 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30506
30507 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30508
30509 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30510
30511
30512 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30513
30514 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30515
30516
30517 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30518
30519 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30520
30521
30522 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30523
30524 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30525
30526 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30527 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30528
30529 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30530
30531 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30532 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30533
30534 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30535
30536 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30537
30538
30539 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30540
30541 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
30542 Build a query-string.
30543
30544 Given a QUERY in the form:
30545 '((key1 val1)
30546 (key2 val2)
30547 (key3 val1 val2)
30548 (key4)
30549 (key5
30550
30551 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
30552
30553 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30554 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30555 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30556 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30557 forbidden in URL encoding.
30558
30559 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30560
30561 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30562 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
30563 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
30564 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
30565 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
30566 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
30567
30568 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
30569 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
30570 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
30571 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
30572
30573 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
30574
30575 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
30576 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
30577 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
30578 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
30579 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
30580 should return it unchanged.
30581
30582 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30583
30584 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30585 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30586 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30587 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30588
30589 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30590
30591 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30592 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30593 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30594
30595 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30596
30597 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30598 View the current document's URL.
30599 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30600 the minibuffer.
30601
30602 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30603
30604 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30605
30606 ;;;***
30607 \f
30608 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30609 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20355 10021))
30610 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30611
30612 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30613 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30614 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30615 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30616 to refrain from editing the file
30617 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30618 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30619 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30620 in any way you like.
30621
30622 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30623
30624 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30625 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30626 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30627 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30628 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30629
30630 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30631 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30632
30633 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30634
30635 ;;;***
30636 \f
30637 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30638 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30639 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20355 10021))
30640 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30641
30642 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30643
30644
30645 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30646
30647 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30648
30649
30650 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30651
30652 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30653
30654
30655 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30656
30657 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30658
30659
30660 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30661
30662 ;;;***
30663 \f
30664 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20355 10021))
30665 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30666
30667 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30668 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30669
30670 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30671
30672 ;;;***
30673 \f
30674 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30675 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30676 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30677 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30678
30679 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30680 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30681 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30682 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30683
30684 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30685
30686 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30687 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30688 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30689
30690 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30691
30692 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30693 Uudecode region between START and END.
30694 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30695
30696 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30697
30698 ;;;***
30699 \f
30700 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30701 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30702 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30703 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30704 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30705 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30706 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20421
30707 ;;;;;; 62373))
30708 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30709
30710 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30711 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30712 See `run-hooks'.")
30713
30714 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30715
30716 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30717 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30718 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30719
30720 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30721
30722 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30723 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30724 See `run-hooks'.")
30725
30726 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30727
30728 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30729 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30730 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
30731 same state. If not, signal an error.
30732
30733 For merging-based version control systems:
30734 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
30735 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
30736 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
30737 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
30738 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
30739 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
30740
30741 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
30742 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
30743 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
30744 the file(s) for editing.
30745 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30746 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
30747 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
30748 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30749 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30750 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30751
30752 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30753
30754 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30755 Register into a version control system.
30756 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30757 Otherwise register the current file.
30758 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30759 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30760
30761 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30762 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30763 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30764 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30765 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30766 first backend that could register the file is used.
30767
30768 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30769
30770 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30771 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30772
30773 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30774
30775 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30776 Display diffs between file revisions.
30777 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30778 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30779 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30780
30781 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30782 saving the buffer.
30783
30784 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30785
30786 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30787 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30788 repository history using ediff.
30789
30790 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30791
30792 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30793 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30794 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30795 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30796 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30797
30798 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30799 saving the buffer.
30800
30801 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30802
30803 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30804 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30805 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30806 fileset with the working revision.
30807 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30808 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30809
30810 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30811 saving the buffer.
30812
30813 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30814
30815 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30816 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30817 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30818 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30819
30820 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30821
30822 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30823 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30824 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30825 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30826
30827 \(fn)" t nil)
30828
30829 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30830 Perform a version control merge operation.
30831 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30832 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30833 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30834 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30835
30836 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30837 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30838 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30839 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30840 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30841 changes from the current branch.
30842
30843 \(fn)" t nil)
30844
30845 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30846
30847 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30848 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30849 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30850 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30851 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30852 checked out in that new branch.
30853
30854 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30855
30856 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30857 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30858 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30859 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30860 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30861 allowed and simply skipped).
30862
30863 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30864
30865 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30866 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30867 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30868 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30869 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30870
30871 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30872 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30873
30874 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30875
30876 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30877 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30878 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30879 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30880 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30881
30882 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30883
30884 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30885 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30886 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30887
30888 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30889
30890 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30891 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30892 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30893
30894 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30895
30896 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30897 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30898 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30899 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30900
30901 \(fn)" t nil)
30902
30903 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30904 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30905 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30906 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30907
30908 \(fn)" t nil)
30909
30910 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30911
30912 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30913 Update the current fileset or branch.
30914 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30915 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30916 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30917 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30918
30919 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30920 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30921 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30922 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30923 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30924
30925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30926
30927 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30928
30929 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30930 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30931 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30932 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30933 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30934 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30935 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30936
30937 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30938
30939 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30940 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30941 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30942 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30943 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30944 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30945 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30946 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30947 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30948
30949 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30950
30951 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30952 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30953
30954 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30955
30956 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30957 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30958
30959 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30960
30961 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30962 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30963 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30964 directory.
30965
30966 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30967
30968 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30969 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30970 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30971
30972 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30973 log entries should be gathered.
30974
30975 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30976
30977 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30978 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30979
30980 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30981
30982 ;;;***
30983 \f
30984 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30985 ;;;;;; (20356 55829))
30986 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30987
30988 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30989 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30990
30991 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30992 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30993 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30994 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30995 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30996 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30997
30998 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30999 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
31000 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
31001 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
31002 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
31003 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
31004 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
31005 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31006
31007 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
31008
31009 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
31010
31011 Customization variables:
31012
31013 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
31014 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
31015 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
31016 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
31017
31018 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
31019
31020 ;;;***
31021 \f
31022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20377 8374))
31023 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
31024 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
31025 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
31026 (progn
31027 (load "vc-arch")
31028 (vc-arch-registered file))))
31029
31030 ;;;***
31031 \f
31032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20406 55122))
31033 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
31034
31035 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
31036 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
31037
31038 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
31039 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
31040 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
31041 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
31042 (progn
31043 (load "vc-bzr")
31044 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
31045
31046 ;;;***
31047 \f
31048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20377 8374))
31049 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
31050 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
31051 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
31052 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
31053 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
31054 (load "vc-cvs")
31055 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
31056
31057 ;;;***
31058 \f
31059 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20377 8374))
31060 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
31061
31062 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
31063 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
31064 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
31065 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
31066 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
31067
31068 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
31069 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
31070 The file lines appear later.
31071
31072 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
31073 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
31074
31075 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
31076
31077 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
31078
31079 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
31080
31081 ;;;***
31082 \f
31083 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
31084 ;;;;;; (20364 45187))
31085 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
31086
31087 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
31088 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
31089 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
31090 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
31091 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
31092 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31093 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31094 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31095 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31096 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31097 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31098 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31099 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31100 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31101 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31102
31103 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31104
31105 ;;;***
31106 \f
31107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20378 29222))
31108 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31109 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31110 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31111 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31112 (progn
31113 (load "vc-git")
31114 (vc-git-registered file))))
31115
31116 ;;;***
31117 \f
31118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20377 8374))
31119 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31120 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31121 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31122 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31123 (progn
31124 (load "vc-hg")
31125 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31126
31127 ;;;***
31128 \f
31129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20377 8374))
31130 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31131
31132 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31133 Name of the monotone directory.")
31134
31135 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31136 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31137 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31138 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31139 (progn
31140 (load "vc-mtn")
31141 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31142
31143 ;;;***
31144 \f
31145 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31146 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
31147 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31148
31149 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31150 Where to look for RCS master files.
31151 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31152
31153 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31154
31155 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31156
31157 ;;;***
31158 \f
31159 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31160 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
31161 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31162
31163 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31164 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31165 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31166
31167 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31168 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31169
31170 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31171 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31172 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31173 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31174
31175 ;;;***
31176 \f
31177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20355 10021))
31178 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31179 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31180 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31181 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31182 "_svn")
31183 (t ".svn"))))
31184 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31185 (load "vc-svn")
31186 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31187
31188 ;;;***
31189 \f
31190 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31191 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
31192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31193 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31194
31195 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31196 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31197
31198 Usage:
31199 ------
31200
31201 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31202 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31203 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31204 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31205
31206 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31207 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31208 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31209 completions.
31210
31211 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31212 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31213
31214 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31215 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31216
31217 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31218 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31219 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31220
31221 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31222
31223
31224 Maintenance:
31225 ------------
31226
31227 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31228 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31229
31230 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31231
31232 Official distribution is at
31233 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31234
31235
31236 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31237 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31238
31239 Key bindings:
31240 -------------
31241
31242 \\{vera-mode-map}
31243
31244 \(fn)" t nil)
31245
31246 ;;;***
31247 \f
31248 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31249 ;;;;;; (20420 41510))
31250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31251
31252 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31253 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31254 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31255 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31256 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31257
31258 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31259
31260 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31261 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31262
31263 Supports highlighting.
31264
31265 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31266 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31267
31268 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31269
31270 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31271 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31272 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31273 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31274 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31275 on the left side of your screen.
31276 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31277 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31278 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31279 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31280 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31281 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31282 function keyword.
31283 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31284 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31285 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31286 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31287 if (a)
31288 begin
31289 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31290 Indentation for case statements.
31291 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31292 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31293 mark after an end.
31294 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31295 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31296 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31297 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31298 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31299 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31300 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31301 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31302 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31303 if (a)
31304 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31305 otherwise you get:
31306 if (a)
31307 begin
31308 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31309 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31310 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31311 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31312 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31313 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31314 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31315 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31316 comments in tight quarters.
31317 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31318 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31319
31320 Variables controlling other actions:
31321
31322 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31323 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31324 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31325
31326 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31327
31328 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31329
31330 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31331 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31332 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31333
31334 Some other functions are:
31335
31336 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31337 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31338 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31339 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31340 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31341
31342 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31343 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31344 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31345 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31346
31347 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31348 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31349 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31350 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31351 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31352 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31353 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31354 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31355 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31356 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31357 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31358 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31359 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31360 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31361 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31362 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31363 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31364 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31365 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31366 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31367 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31368 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31369 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31370 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31371 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31372 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31373 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31374 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31375 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31376 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31377
31378 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31379 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31380
31381 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31382
31383 \(fn)" t nil)
31384
31385 ;;;***
31386 \f
31387 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31388 ;;;;;; (20419 20644))
31389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31390
31391 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31392 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31393
31394 Usage:
31395 ------
31396
31397 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31398 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31399 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31400 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31401 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31402 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31403 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31404 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31405 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31406
31407 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31408 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31409 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31410 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31411
31412 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31413 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31414 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31415 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31416 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31417
31418 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31419 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31420
31421
31422 HEADER INSERTION:
31423 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31424 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31425 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31426
31427
31428 STUTTERING:
31429 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31430 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31431 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31432 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31433
31434 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31435 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31436 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31437 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31438 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31439
31440
31441 WORD COMPLETION:
31442 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31443 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31444 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31445 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31446
31447 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31448 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31449 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31450 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31451 beginning with \"std\").
31452
31453 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31454 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31455 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31456 stop.
31457
31458
31459 COMMENTS:
31460 `--' puts a single comment.
31461 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31462 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31463 with a comment in between.
31464 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31465 out following lines.
31466 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31467 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
31468 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
31469 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
31470
31471 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31472 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31473 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31474 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31475 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31476 non-nil.
31477
31478 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31479 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31480 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31481 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31482 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31483 multi-line comments.
31484
31485
31486 INDENTATION:
31487 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31488 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31489 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31490 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
31491 the entire region.
31492
31493 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31494 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31495 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31496 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31497
31498 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31499 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31500 and vice versa.
31501
31502 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31503 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31504
31505 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
31506 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
31507 line.
31508
31509
31510 ALIGNMENT:
31511 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31512 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31513 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31514 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31515 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31516 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31517 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31518 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31519
31520 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31521 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31522 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31523 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31524 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31525 is non-nil.
31526
31527 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31528 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31529 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31530
31531 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31532 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31533
31534
31535 CODE FILLING:
31536 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31537 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31538 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31539 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31540 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31541 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31542
31543
31544 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31545 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31546 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31547 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31548 command:
31549
31550 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31551
31552
31553 PORT TRANSLATION:
31554 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31555 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31556 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31557 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31558 internal signal initializations (menu).
31559
31560 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31561 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31562 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31563
31564 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31565 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31566 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31567 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31568 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31569 in subsequent paste operations.)
31570
31571 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31572 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31573 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31574
31575
31576 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31577 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31578 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31579 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31580 association list with formals).
31581
31582
31583 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31584 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31585 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31586 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31587 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31588 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31589 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31590 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31591 `vhdl-testbench'.
31592
31593
31594 KEY BINDINGS:
31595 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31596
31597
31598 VHDL MENU:
31599 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31600
31601
31602 FILE BROWSER:
31603 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31604 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31605 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31606
31607 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31608 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31609
31610
31611 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31612 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31613 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31614 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31615
31616 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31617 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31618 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31619
31620 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31621 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31622 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31623 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31624
31625 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31626 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31627 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31628 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31629 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31630
31631 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31632 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31633 required by secondary units.
31634
31635
31636 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31637 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
31638 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31639 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31640 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31641 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31642 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
31643 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31644 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31645 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31646 inputs to this component -> input port created
31647 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31648 outputs from this component -> output port created
31649 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31650 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31651
31652 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31653 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31654 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31655 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31656 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31657
31658 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31659 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31660
31661 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31662 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31663 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31664 component instantiation is also supported (option
31665 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31666
31667 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31668 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31669 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31670 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31671 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31672 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31673 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31674 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31675 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31676 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31677 generating the configuration.
31678
31679 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31680 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31681 configurations in speedbar.
31682
31683 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31684
31685
31686 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31687 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31688 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31689 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31690 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31691 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31692 information. New compilers can be added.
31693
31694 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31695 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31696
31697
31698 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31699 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31700 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31701 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31702 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31703
31704 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31705 command:
31706
31707 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31708 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31709 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31710
31711 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31712 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31713 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
31714 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
31715 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
31716 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
31717 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
31718 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
31719 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31720
31721 Limitations:
31722 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31723 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31724 not (yet) supported.
31725 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31726 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31727 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31728
31729
31730 PROJECTS:
31731 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31732 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31733 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31734 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31735 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31736 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31737 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31738 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31739
31740 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31741 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31742 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31743 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31744 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31745 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31746 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31747 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31748 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31749 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31750 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31751
31752
31753 SPECIAL MENUES:
31754 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31755 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31756 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31757 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31758 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31759 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31760 current directory for VHDL source files.
31761
31762
31763 VHDL STANDARDS:
31764 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31765 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31766
31767
31768 KEYWORD CASE:
31769 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31770 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31771 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31772 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31773 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31774 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31775 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31776 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31777
31778
31779 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31780 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31781 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31782 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31783 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31784 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31785 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31786
31787 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31788 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31789 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31790 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31791 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31792 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31793
31794 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31795 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31796 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31797 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31798 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31799 visually.
31800
31801 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31802 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31803 highlighted if written in lower case.
31804
31805 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31806 highlighted using a different background color if option
31807 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31808
31809 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31810 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31811 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31812 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31813 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31814
31815
31816 USER MODELS:
31817 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31818 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31819 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31820
31821
31822 HIDE/SHOW:
31823 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31824 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31825 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31826 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31827 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31828
31829
31830 CODE UPDATING:
31831 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31832 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31833 Limitations:
31834 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31835 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31836 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31837 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31838 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31839 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31840 (used to obtain the port names).
31841 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31842 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31843 sensitivity lists.
31844
31845
31846 CODE FIXING:
31847 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31848 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31849
31850
31851 PRINTING:
31852 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31853 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31854 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31855 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31856 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31857 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31858 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31859 printers.
31860
31861
31862 OPTIONS:
31863 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31864 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31865 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31866 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31867 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31868
31869 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31870 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31871 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31872 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31873 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31874 INSTALL file).
31875
31876 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31877 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31878
31879
31880 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31881 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31882 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31883 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31884
31885 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31886
31887
31888 HINTS:
31889 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31890 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31891
31892 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31893
31894 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31895
31896 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31897
31898
31899 RELEASE NOTES:
31900 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31901
31902
31903 Maintenance:
31904 ------------
31905
31906 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31907 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31908
31909 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31910
31911 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31912 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31913 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31914 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31915
31916 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31917 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31918 where the latest version can be found.
31919
31920
31921 Known problems:
31922 ---------------
31923
31924 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31925 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31926 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31927 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31928
31929
31930 The VHDL Mode Authors
31931 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31932
31933 Key bindings:
31934 -------------
31935
31936 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31937
31938 \(fn)" t nil)
31939
31940 ;;;***
31941 \f
31942 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20355 10021))
31943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31944
31945 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31946 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31947 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31948 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31949
31950 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31951 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31952 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31953 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31954 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31955
31956 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31957 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31958
31959 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31960
31961 * Limitations and unsupported features
31962 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31963 not supported.
31964 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31965 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31966
31967 * Modifications
31968 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31969 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31970 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31971 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31972 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31973 for undoing a repeated change command.
31974 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31975 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31976 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31977
31978 * Extensions
31979 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31980 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31981 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31982 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31983 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31984 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31985 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31986 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31987
31988 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31989
31990 \(fn)" t nil)
31991
31992 ;;;***
31993 \f
31994 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31995 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31996 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31997 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20355 10021))
31998 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31999
32000 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
32001 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
32002
32003 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
32004
32005 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32006 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
32007 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32008 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32009
32010 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32011
32012 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32013 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
32014
32015 \(fn)" t nil)
32016
32017 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32018 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32019 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32020 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32021
32022 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32023
32024 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32025 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32026
32027 \(fn)" t nil)
32028
32029 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
32030
32031
32032 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32033
32034 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
32035
32036
32037 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32038
32039 ;;;***
32040 \f
32041 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
32042 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
32043 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
32044 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
32045 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20355 10021))
32046 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
32047
32048 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
32049 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
32050 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
32051
32052 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
32053
32054 (defvar view-mode nil "\
32055 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
32056 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
32057 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
32058
32059 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
32060
32061 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
32062 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
32063
32064 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
32065
32066 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
32067 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32068 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32069 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32070 moving around in the buffer.
32071 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32072 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32073
32074 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32075
32076 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32077
32078 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
32079 View FILE in View mode in another window.
32080 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
32081 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
32082
32083 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32084 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32085 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32086 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32087 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32088
32089 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32090
32091 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32092
32093 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
32094 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
32095 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
32096 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
32097 buffer.
32098
32099 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32100 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32101 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32102 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32103 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32104
32105 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32106
32107 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32108
32109 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32110 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32111 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32112 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32113 moving around in the buffer.
32114 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32115 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32116
32117 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32118
32119 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32120 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32121 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32122
32123 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32124 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32125 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32126 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32127
32128 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32129 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32130 own View-like bindings.
32131
32132 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32133
32134 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32135 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32136 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32137 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32138 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32139 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32140 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32141
32142 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32143
32144 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32145
32146 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32147 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32148 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32149
32150 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32151 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32152 own View-like bindings.
32153
32154 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32155
32156 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32157 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32158 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32159 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32160 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32161 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32162 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32163
32164 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32165
32166 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32167
32168 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32169 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32170 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32171
32172 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32173 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32174 own View-like bindings.
32175
32176 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32177
32178 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32179 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32180 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32181 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32182 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32183
32184 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32185 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32186 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32187 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32188
32189 \\<view-mode-map>
32190
32191 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32192 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32193 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32194 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32195 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32196 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32197 to a repeat count of one.
32198
32199 H, h, ? This message.
32200 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32201 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32202 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32203 > move to the end of buffer.
32204 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32205 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32206 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32207 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32208 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32209 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32210 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32211 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32212 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32213 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32214 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32215 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32216 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32217 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32218 Use this to view a changing file.
32219 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32220 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32221 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32222 . set the mark.
32223 x exchanges point and mark.
32224 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32225 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32226 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32227 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32228 ' go to position saved in character register.
32229 s do forward incremental search.
32230 r do reverse incremental search.
32231 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32232 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32233 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32234 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32235 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32236 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32237 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32238 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32239 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32240 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32241 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32242 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32243 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32244 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32245 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32246 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32247 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32248
32249 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32250 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32251 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32252 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32253 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32254 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32255 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32256 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32257 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32258
32259 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32260
32261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32262
32263 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32264 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32265 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32266 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32267 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
32268 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32269 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32270 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32271 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32272
32273 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32274
32275 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32276 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32277 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32278 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32279 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32280 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32281
32282 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32283 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32284 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32285
32286 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32287
32288 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32289
32290 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32291
32292 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32293 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32294
32295 \(fn)" t nil)
32296
32297 ;;;***
32298 \f
32299 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20355
32300 ;;;;;; 10021))
32301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32302
32303 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32304 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32305
32306 \(fn)" nil nil)
32307
32308 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32309 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32310
32311 \(fn)" t nil)
32312
32313 ;;;***
32314 \f
32315 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32316 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
32317 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32318
32319 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32320 Toggle Viper on/off.
32321 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32322
32323 \(fn)" t nil)
32324
32325 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32326 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32327
32328 \(fn)" t nil)
32329
32330 ;;;***
32331 \f
32332 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32333 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
32334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32335
32336 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32337 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32338 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32339 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32340 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32341 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32342 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32343 the beginning of the warning.")
32344
32345 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32346 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32347 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32348 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32349 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32350 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32351 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32352 also call that function before the next warning.")
32353
32354 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32355 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32356
32357 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32358 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32359 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32360 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32361
32362 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32363 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32364 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32365 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32366 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32367 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32368
32369 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32370 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32371 Default is :warning.
32372
32373 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32374 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32375 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32376 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32377 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32378 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32379
32380 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32381 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32382 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32383
32384 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32385
32386 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32387 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32388
32389 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32390
32391 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32392 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32393 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32394 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32395
32396 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32397 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32398 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32399 can be whatever you like.)
32400
32401 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32402 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32403
32404 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32405 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32406 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32407 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32408 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32409
32410 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32411
32412 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32413 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32414 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32415 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32416 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32417
32418 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32419
32420 ;;;***
32421 \f
32422 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32423 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
32424 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32425
32426 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32427 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32428 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32429 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32430 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32431 in disk.
32432
32433 See `wdired-mode'.
32434
32435 \(fn)" t nil)
32436
32437 ;;;***
32438 \f
32439 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20355 10021))
32440 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32441
32442 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32443 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32444
32445 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32446 hotlist.
32447
32448 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32449 <nwv@acm.org>.
32450
32451 \(fn)" t nil)
32452
32453 ;;;***
32454 \f
32455 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode which-func-mode) "which-func"
32456 ;;;;;; "progmodes/which-func.el" (20412 47398))
32457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32458 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32459 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32460
32461 (autoload 'which-func-mode "which-func" "\
32462
32463
32464 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
32465
32466 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32467 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32468 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32469 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32470 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32471 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32472
32473 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32474
32475 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32476 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32477 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32478 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32479 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32480
32481 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32482 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32483 in certain major modes.
32484
32485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32486
32487 ;;;***
32488 \f
32489 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32490 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32491 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32492 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20421 62373))
32493 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32494
32495 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32496 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32497 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32498 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32499 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32500
32501 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32502 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32503
32504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32505
32506 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32507 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32509 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32510 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32511
32512 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32513 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32514 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32515 use `whitespace-mode'.
32516
32517 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32518
32519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32520
32521 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32522 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32523 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32525 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32526 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32527
32528 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32529
32530 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32531 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32532 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32533 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32534 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32535
32536 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32537 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32538
32539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32540
32541 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32542 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32543 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32545 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32546 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32547
32548 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32549
32550 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32551 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32552 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32553 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32554 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32555
32556 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32557 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32558 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32559 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32560
32561 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32562
32563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32564
32565 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32566 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32567
32568 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32569 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32570
32571 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32572 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32573
32574 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32575
32576 CHAR MEANING
32577 (VIA FACES)
32578 f toggle face visualization
32579 t toggle TAB visualization
32580 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32581 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32582 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32583 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32584 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32585 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32586 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32587 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32588 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32589 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32590 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32591 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32592 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32593 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32594 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32595
32596 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32597 T toggle TAB visualization
32598 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32599 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32600
32601 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32602 ? display brief help
32603
32604 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32605 The valid symbols are:
32606
32607 face toggle face visualization
32608 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32609 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32610 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32611 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32612 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32613 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32614 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32615 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32616 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32617 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32618 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32619 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32620 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32621 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32622 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32623 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32624
32625 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32626 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32627 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32628
32629 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32630
32631 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32632
32633 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32634
32635 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32636 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32637
32638 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32639 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32640
32641 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32642 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32643
32644 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32645
32646 CHAR MEANING
32647 (VIA FACES)
32648 f toggle face visualization
32649 t toggle TAB visualization
32650 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32651 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32652 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32653 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32654 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32655 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32656 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32657 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32658 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32659 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32660 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32661 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32662 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32663 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32664 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32665
32666 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32667 T toggle TAB visualization
32668 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32669 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32670
32671 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32672 ? display brief help
32673
32674 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32675 The valid symbols are:
32676
32677 face toggle face visualization
32678 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32679 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32680 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32681 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32682 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32683 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32684 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32685 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32686 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32687 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32688 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32689 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32690 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32691 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32692 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32693 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32694
32695 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32696 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32697 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32698
32699 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32700
32701 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32702
32703 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32704
32705 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32706 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32707
32708 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32709 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32710 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32711 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32712 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32713
32714 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32715
32716 The problems cleaned up are:
32717
32718 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32719 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32720 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32721 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32722
32723 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32724 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32725 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32726 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32727 SPACEs.
32728 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32729 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32730 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32731 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32732
32733 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32734 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32735 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32736 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32737 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32738 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32739 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32740 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32741
32742 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32743 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32744 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32745
32746 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32747 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32748 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32749 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32750 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32751 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32752 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32753 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32754
32755 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32756 documentation.
32757
32758 \(fn)" t nil)
32759
32760 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32761 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32762
32763 The problems cleaned up are:
32764
32765 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32766 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32767 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32768 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32769 SPACEs.
32770 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32771 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32772 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32773 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32774
32775 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32776 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32777 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32778 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32779 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32780 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32781 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32782 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32783
32784 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32785 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32786 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32787
32788 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32789 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32790 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32791 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32792 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32793 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32794 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32795 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32796
32797 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32798 documentation.
32799
32800 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32801
32802 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32803 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32804
32805 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32806 non-nil.
32807
32808 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32809 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32810 `whitespace-style' to have:
32811
32812 empty
32813 trailing
32814 indentation
32815 space-before-tab
32816 space-after-tab
32817
32818 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32819 whitespace problems in buffer.
32820
32821 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32822
32823 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32824 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32825 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32826 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32827 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32828 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32829 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32830
32831 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32832 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32833 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32834 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32835 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32836 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32837 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32838
32839 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32840 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32841 cleaning up these problems.
32842
32843 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32844
32845 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32846 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32847
32848 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32849 non-nil.
32850
32851 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32852 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32853 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32854
32855 empty
32856 indentation
32857 space-before-tab
32858 trailing
32859 space-after-tab
32860
32861 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32862 whitespace problems in buffer.
32863
32864 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32865
32866 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32867 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32868 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32869 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32870 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32871 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32872 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32873
32874 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32875 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32876 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32877 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32878 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32879 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32880 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32881
32882 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32883 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32884 cleaning up these problems.
32885
32886 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32887
32888 ;;;***
32889 \f
32890 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32891 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20355 10021))
32892 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32893
32894 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32895 Browse the widget under point.
32896
32897 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32898
32899 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32900 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32901
32902 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32903
32904 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32905 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32906
32907 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32908
32909 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32910 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32911 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32912 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32913 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32914
32915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32916
32917 ;;;***
32918 \f
32919 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32920 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20373
32921 ;;;;;; 11301))
32922 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32923
32924 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32925 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32926
32927 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32928
32929 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32930 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32931 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32932
32933 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32934
32935 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32936 Create widget of TYPE.
32937 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32938
32939 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32940
32941 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32942 Delete WIDGET.
32943
32944 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32945
32946 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32947 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32948
32949 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32950
32951 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32952 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32953 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32954 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32955
32956 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32957 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32958
32959 \(fn)" nil nil)
32960
32961 ;;;***
32962 \f
32963 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32964 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20355
32965 ;;;;;; 10021))
32966 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32967
32968 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32969 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32970 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32971 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32972 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32973 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32974 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32975
32976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32977
32978 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32979 Select the window above the current one.
32980 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32981 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32982 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32983 negative ARG) of the current window.
32984 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32985
32986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32987
32988 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32989 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32990 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32991 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32992 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32993 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32994 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32995
32996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32997
32998 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32999 Select the window below the current one.
33000 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33001 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33002 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
33003 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33004 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33005
33006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33007
33008 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
33009 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
33010 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
33011 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
33012
33013 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
33014
33015 ;;;***
33016 \f
33017 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
33018 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
33019 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
33020
33021 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
33022 Toggle Winner mode.
33023 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33024 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
33025
33026 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
33027
33028 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
33029 Toggle Winner mode.
33030 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
33031
33032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33033
33034 ;;;***
33035 \f
33036 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
33037 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20370 35109))
33038 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
33039
33040 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
33041 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
33042 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
33043 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
33044 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
33045
33046 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
33047
33048 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
33049 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
33050 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
33051 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
33052 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
33053 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
33054 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
33055 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
33056
33057 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
33058 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
33059
33060 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
33061
33062 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
33063 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
33064
33065 \(fn)" t nil)
33066
33067 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
33068 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
33069 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
33070 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
33071 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
33072 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
33073 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
33074 `woman' command for further details.
33075
33076 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
33077
33078 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
33079 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
33080
33081 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
33082
33083 ;;;***
33084 \f
33085 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
33086 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
33087 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
33088
33089 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
33090 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
33091
33092 BUGS:
33093 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
33094 are not implemented
33095 - Options for search and replace
33096 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
33097 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
33098
33099 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
33100 Emacs-like.
33101
33102 The key bindings are:
33103
33104 C-a backward-word
33105 C-b fill-paragraph
33106 C-c scroll-up-line
33107 C-d forward-char
33108 C-e previous-line
33109 C-f forward-word
33110 C-g delete-char
33111 C-h backward-char
33112 C-i indent-for-tab-command
33113 C-j help-for-help
33114 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
33115 C-l ws-repeat-search
33116 C-n open-line
33117 C-p quoted-insert
33118 C-r scroll-down-line
33119 C-s backward-char
33120 C-t kill-word
33121 C-u keyboard-quit
33122 C-v overwrite-mode
33123 C-w scroll-down
33124 C-x next-line
33125 C-y kill-complete-line
33126 C-z scroll-up
33127
33128 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
33129 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
33130 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33131 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33132 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33133 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33134 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33135 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33136 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33137 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33138 C-k b ws-begin-block
33139 C-k c ws-copy-block
33140 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33141 C-k f find-file
33142 C-k h ws-show-markers
33143 C-k i ws-indent-block
33144 C-k k ws-end-block
33145 C-k p ws-print-block
33146 C-k q kill-emacs
33147 C-k r insert-file
33148 C-k s save-some-buffers
33149 C-k t ws-mark-word
33150 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33151 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33152 C-k v ws-move-block
33153 C-k w ws-write-block
33154 C-k x kill-emacs
33155 C-k y ws-delete-block
33156
33157 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33158 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33159 C-o j justify-current-line
33160 C-o k kill-buffer
33161 C-o l list-buffers
33162 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33163 C-o r set-fill-column
33164 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33165 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33166 C-o wh split-window-right
33167 C-o wo other-window
33168 C-o wv split-window-below
33169
33170 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33171 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33172 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33173 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33174 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33175 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33176 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33177 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33178 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33179 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33180 C-q a ws-query-replace
33181 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33182 C-q c end-of-buffer
33183 C-q d end-of-line
33184 C-q f ws-search
33185 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33186 C-q l ws-undo
33187 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33188 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33189 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33190 C-q w ws-last-error
33191 C-q y ws-kill-eol
33192 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33193
33194 \(fn)" t nil)
33195
33196 ;;;***
33197 \f
33198 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20374 32165))
33199 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33200
33201 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33202 Perform an interactive search.
33203 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33204 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33205 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33206 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33207
33208 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33209 Example:
33210
33211 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33212
33213 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33214
33215 ;;;***
33216 \f
33217 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33218 ;;;;;; (20378 29222))
33219 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33220
33221 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33222 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33223 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
33224 Returns the top node with all its children.
33225 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33226 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33227
33228 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33229
33230 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33231 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33232 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33233 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
33234 is not well-formed XML.
33235 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
33236 and returned as the first element of the list.
33237 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33238
33239 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33240
33241 ;;;***
33242 \f
33243 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33244 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20355 10021))
33245 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33246
33247 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33248 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33249 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33250 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33251 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33252 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33253 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33254 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33255 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33256 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33257
33258 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33259
33260 ;;;***
33261 \f
33262 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20355
33263 ;;;;;; 10021))
33264 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33265
33266 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33267 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33268 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33271 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33272
33273 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33274
33275 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33276 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33280
33281 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33282 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33283 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33284 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33285 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33286 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33287
33288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33289
33290 ;;;***
33291 \f
33292 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33293 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20355 10021))
33294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33295
33296 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33297 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33298
33299 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33300
33301 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33302 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33303
33304 \(fn)" nil nil)
33305
33306 ;;;***
33307 \f
33308 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33309 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20364 42504))
33310 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33311
33312 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33313 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33314
33315 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33316
33317 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33318 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33319
33320 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33321
33322 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33323 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33324 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33325
33326 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33327
33328 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33329 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33330
33331 \(fn)" t nil)
33332
33333 ;;;***
33334 \f
33335 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20392 31071))
33336 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33337
33338 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33339 Zone out, completely.
33340
33341 \(fn)" t nil)
33342
33343 ;;;***
33344 \f
33345 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33346 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33347 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33348 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33349 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33350 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33351 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
33352 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
33353 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
33354 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
33355 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
33356 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
33357 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
33358 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
33359 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
33360 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
33361 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
33362 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
33363 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
33364 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
33365 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
33366 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
33367 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
33368 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
33369 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
33370 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
33371 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
33372 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
33373 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
33374 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
33375 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
33376 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
33377 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
33378 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
33379 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
33380 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
33381 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
33382 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
33383 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
33384 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
33385 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
33386 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
33387 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
33388 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
33389 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
33390 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
33391 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33392 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33393 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33394 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33395 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33396 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33397 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33398 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33399 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
33400 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
33401 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
33402 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
33403 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
33404 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
33405 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33406 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33407 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33408 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33409 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33410 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33411 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33412 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33413 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33414 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33415 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33416 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33417 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33418 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33419 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33420 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
33421 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
33422 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
33423 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
33424 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
33425 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
33426 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
33427 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
33428 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
33429 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
33430 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
33431 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
33432 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
33433 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
33434 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
33435 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
33436 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
33437 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
33438 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
33439 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
33440 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
33441 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
33442 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33443 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33444 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33445 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
33446 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
33447 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
33448 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
33449 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
33450 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
33451 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
33452 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
33453 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
33454 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
33455 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
33456 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
33457 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
33458 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
33459 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
33460 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
33461 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
33462 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
33463 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
33464 ;;;;;; "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
33465 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
33466 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33467 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33468 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33469 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33470 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33471 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33472 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33473 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33474 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33475 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33476 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33477 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
33478 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
33479 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
33480 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
33481 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
33482 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
33483 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33484 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33485 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33486 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33487 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33488 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33489 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33490 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33491 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33492 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33493 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33494 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33495 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33496 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33497 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33498 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33499 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33500 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33501 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33502 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33503 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33504 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33505 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
33506 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
33507 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
33508 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
33509 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
33510 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33511 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33512 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el"
33513 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
33514 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
33515 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
33516 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
33517 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
33518 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
33519 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
33520 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
33521 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
33522 ;;;;;; "org/org-special-blocks.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el"
33523 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
33524 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
33525 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
33526 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
33527 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
33528 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
33529 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
33530 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
33531 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
33532 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
33533 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
33534 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
33535 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
33536 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
33537 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
33538 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
33539 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
33540 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
33541 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
33542 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
33543 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
33544 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
33545 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
33546 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20424 38645 32667))
33547
33548 ;;;***
33549 \f
33550 (provide 'loaddefs)
33551 ;; Local Variables:
33552 ;; version-control: never
33553 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33554 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33555 ;; coding: utf-8
33556 ;; End:
33557 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here